<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" version="2.0">
<channel><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/natural-gas/071726-brussels-redesigns-business-friendly-ets-with-slower-emissions-cuts</link><description>The European Commission proposed a substantial redesign of the EU Emissions Trading System on July 17, slowing the pace of emissions reductions beyond 2030, delivering Eur6 billion ($6.9 billion) in additional free permits to manufacturers, and introducing controlled access to carbon removals and international credits while deploying more than Eur100 billion toward industrial decarbonization</description><title>Brussels redesigns &amp;apos;business friendly&amp;apos; ETS with slower emissions cuts</title><pubDate>17 July 2026 15:28:58 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Eklavya Gupte</name><name>Felix Njini</name><name>Adam Easton</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Emissions, Carbon July 17, 2026 Brussels redesigns 'business friendly' ETS with slower emissions cuts By Eklavya Gupte, Felix Njini, and Adam Easton Editor: Pollock Mondal Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Ties free permits to EU investment 'Free allocation does not mean free cash': Hoekstra International credits limited to 2% from 2036 LRF adjustment addresses 'unlevel playing field' The European Commission proposed a substantial redesign of the EU Emissions Trading System on July 17, slowing the pace of emissions reductions beyond 2030, delivering Eur6 billion ($6.9 billion) in additional free permits to manufacturers, and introducing controlled access to carbon removals and international credits while deploying more than Eur100 billion toward industrial decarbonization through a new financing instrument. "Today's proposal on the ETS brings together three key goals: sustained truly ambitious climate action, much more competitiveness and a huge boost for our independence," Climate Commissioner Wopke Hoekstra said in a press briefing calling the approach more "business-friendly." "It advances climate action, but at the same time, it transforms the ETS into a genuine engine for innovation and investments and reindustrializing Europe for the clean economy of the future." The overhaul adjusts the Linear Reduction Factor to 3.7% for 2031-2035 and 1.7% for 2036-2040, down from the current 4.3% rate, providing what the commission called "breathing space" for industry as Europe pursues its legally binding target to cut emissions by 90% by 2040. The LRF is the annual fixed percentage by which the total number of emission allowances is reduced in the EU ETS. The revised trajectory means emission allowances will continue to be issued into the 2040s, addressing concerns that the current pace would eliminate the cap around 2040 and leave hard-to-abate sectors without viable compliance options. The commission also proposed what it described as a "carefully designed and limited integration" of 250 million metric tons of high-quality permanent domestic carbon removals into the ETS. Only domestic permanent removals certified under the Carbon Removal Certification Framework will be eligible for ETS compliance, with storage subject to monitoring and verification rules. From 2036, companies will be able to use international credits to meet up to 2% of compliance obligations, creating additional emissions space as Europe pursues its binding emissions target. Investment focus The proposal establishes the Industrial Decarbonization Bank with Eur100 billion in funding for decarbonization projects across ETS sectors, with an initial Eur30 billion Investment Booster phase available before 2030. Member states will be required to spend 50% of national ETS revenues on investments in ETS sectors, adding more than Eur100 billion in investments before the end of the decade, according to the commission. The move addresses what Hoekstra called insufficient reinvestment in industrial decarbonization, noting that of the roughly 80% of ETS revenues flowing to member states, "less than 10% has been spent on industrial decarbonization." "Industry, in our view, rightly demands that significantly more should flow back to decarbonize these sectors," Hoekstra said. Free allocation to industry will continue beyond 2030 but become conditional on operators developing "Invest in EU Decarbonisation Plans" and investing an amount equivalent to 100% of the value of their free allocation into decarbonization projects in Europe. The requirement addresses concerns about companies "pocketing the free allocations and then selling them on the market and using the money elsewhere," according to Hoekstra. "Free allocation does not mean free cash," he said. "100% of the free allowances will need to be invested in Europe in decarbonization." A separate proposal aims to increase free allocation by Eur6 billion for 2026-2030, while for sectors covered by the Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism, the phaseout of free allocation will be extended until 2038. The Market Stability Reserve will be adjusted for a shrinking market, with the absorption rate dropping to 12% from 24%, allowing more permits to remain in circulation longer and supporting market liquidity as the cap tightens. Member state reactions EU carbon prices were initially up over 2% after the proposal was announced, but prices stabilized by the afternoon of July 17. EU Allowances for December 2026 were trading at Eur79.11/metric ton of CO2 equivalent at 1435 GMT, according to Intercontinental Exchange data. Polish Prime Minister Donald Tusk said the reforms delivered a "positive response to Polish expectations," signaling that Warsaw had secured more favorable terms within the overhaul. "We've been saying this from the very beginning: Poland will not respect the original version of the ETS," Tusk told journalists in the Polish parliament, Sejm. Tusk said Poland has a "very large deficit of allowances" and highlighted that the country would be among the beneficiaries of European funds under the reforms. "Poland has to buy more of them. The Commission understands this, and from today on, Poland has an even more privileged position compared to other countries," he said. The reforms provide enhanced access to the Investment Booster for lower-income member states, with guaranteed allocations designed to address disparities in allowance holdings and compliance costs among EU economies. The reforms come amid mounting political pressure from European industry groups, and member states concerned about competitiveness as carbon prices have traded above Eur60/mt for much of 2026, adding to production costs for energy-intensive manufacturers. EUAs surged to 30-month highs near Eur93/mtCO2e in mid-January before plunging nearly Eur30/mtCO2e by March, as leaders from major EU economies called for major changes to the ETS, arguing that stringent climate rules were undermining industrial competitiveness. Hoekstra acknowledged that "the world has changed considerably with key European industries facing an unlevel playing field," citing "heavy state subsidies, dumping, dubious labor conditions abroad" affecting European sectors. Transport, waste expansion The commission also proposed to extend ETS coverage to all flights departing from European Economic Area airports to destinations within 5,000 km of the EU's geographic center, and to all business jet flights (incoming and departing), while maintaining alignment with the International Civil Aviation Organization's Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation (CORSIA) scheme. A mechanism to avoid double carbon pricing where both systems apply will be introduced, with a 2032 review to assess CORSIA's effectiveness. "Currently, the ETS only covers the EEA, and quite a few countries subsidize their airlines in ways we do not," Hoekstra said, explaining the rationale for the geographic expansion. The changes mean "a flight from Brussels to one of the Greek Islands will be treated in the same way as a flight arriving in the neighborhood but then outside of the EU." The EC also said that CORSIA "has not been sufficiently strengthened yet" and plans to conduct a new assessment on its implementation in 2032. "By then, results of the functioning of the scheme in terms of offsetting will be apparent," the EC said. "On [the] contrary, if CORSIA still does not deliver by then, the commission may consider extending the scope to full departing flights." For maritime transport, the ETS scope will be extended to vessels between 400 and 5,000 gross tonnage, down from the current 5,000 gross threshold, improving effectiveness and leveling the playing field among ship categories. The proposal includes provisions to avoid double payment if the International Maritime Organization implements a global pricing measure. Meanwhile, municipal waste incineration will be gradually integrated from 2031 to 2034, with installations required to surrender allowances for 25% of verified emissions in 2031, rising to 100% by 2034. National opt-outs are possible until 2035 if countries meet two of three conditions: equivalent national carbon tax, progress on recycling targets, or progress on landfill reduction. The inclusion aims to "encourage waste prevention and recycling, making it more cost effective than incineration and giving a real boost to the circular economy," Hoekstra said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/071426-brazilian-government-lifts-cap-on-voluntary-biodiesel-blending-creates-barrier-to-imports</link><description>Brazil&amp;apos;s National Energy Policy Council, or CNPE, approved measures July 14 aimed at strengthening the country&amp;apos;s biodiesel industry, including a ban on imports for compliance with the diesel blend mandate and the expansion of a voluntary use of the biofuel in percentages higher than the mandatory level. The measures were approved alongside the increase in Brazil&amp;apos;s mandatory ethanol blend in</description><title>Brazilian government lifts cap on voluntary biodiesel blending, creates barrier to imports</title><pubDate>14 July 2026 22:31:43 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Gabriela Brumatti</name><name>Vinicius Damazio</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Biofuels, Renewables, Vegetable Oils July 14, 2026 Brazilian government lifts cap on voluntary biodiesel blending, creates barrier to imports By Gabriela Brumatti and Vinicius Damazio Editor: Bill Montgomery Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Brazil bans imports for mandate compliance Government eases access to voluntary blend Increase on radar due to price scenario Brazil's National Energy Policy Council, or CNPE, approved measures July 14 aimed at strengthening the country's biodiesel industry, including a ban on imports for compliance with the diesel blend mandate and the expansion of a voluntary use of the biofuel in percentages higher than the mandatory level. The measures were approved alongside the increase in Brazil's mandatory ethanol blend in gasoline to E32 and form part of the government's broader Fuel of the Future strategy to expand renewable fuels and reduce dependence on imported fossil fuels. Barrier to imports Under one resolution, imported biodiesel may not be used to comply with Brazil's mandatory biodiesel blending requirement, which currently stands at 15%. The formal barrier to imports responds to a concern in the biodiesel sector regarding the CNPE resolution from April 1, which left pending whether the biodiesel market would partially open to imports. The measure established at that time that at least 80% of the volume of biodiesel sold in the country had to come from family farming, but it did not clarify whether the remaining volume could be imported. The absence of formal regulations restricting imports could create market confusion, according to industry players, although uncertainty has also prevented distributors from venturing into importing the biofuel, market participants told Platts. The decision is expected to be welcomed by Brazil's biodiesel industry, which has consistently argued that the country has sufficient installed production capacity to fully meet domestic demand. Industry groups have also warned that imported biodiesel could undermine investment, reduce utilization rates and pressure margins for local producers. By reserving the mandatory blending market for domestic production, the measure is also expected to support demand for Brazilian biodiesel producers and, indirectly, soybean oil, the country's primary biodiesel feedstock. Voluntary use of higher biodiesel blends In a separate resolution, the CNPE also approved rules allowing the voluntary use of biodiesel in a volume exceeding the percentage mandated for the national blend in captive fleets, public transportation systems, agricultural machinery, mining equipment, railways, inland waterway transport and power generation applications. The new measure allows consumers in those segments to voluntarily adopt higher biodiesel blends whenever technically compatible with their engines and equipment, creating an additional market for domestic producers beyond the mandatory national blend. Although the Future Fuel Law had already allowed the practice of adding biodiesel levels exceeding the mandatory mandate, a 2015 CNPE resolution still required formal authorization from the national oil regulator ANP for commercially voluntary blends above 10,000 liters. This imbalance between the measures was considered a barrier to the sector's ability to blend larger volumes, even with more attractive prices. Under the previous model, which required formal authorization from the ANP, 13 companies -- mostly biodiesel producers and firms in the river, road and rail transport sectors -- were permitted to use higher biodiesel blend for specific applications. The new measure requires industry participants to just report the use of these blends to the ANP, waiving prior consent. This step is expected to facilitate the process for players considering increasing the biodiesel content in diesel, particularly given the more favorable price scenario that has emerged for the biofuel as the war in the Middle East disrupted the global fuel market. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed Biodiesel DAP Paulinia for one- to seven-day delivery at Real 6,250/cubic meter July 14, from Real 6,394/cubic meter Feb. 27, prior to the war escalation. Meanwhile, Platts assessed Brazilian ultra low sulfur diesel in Paulinia at Real 5,301/cubic meter July 14, from Real 3,553/cubic meter Feb. 27. CNPE said the repeal is administrative in nature and is intended to simplify and organize Brazil's biofuels regulatory framework. It does not alter the rules governing the commercialization of biodiesel or voluntary blending, nor does it create new obligations or modify rights established under current legislation. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/crude-oil/071726-taiwans-saf-ambitions-run-through-ethanol-market-development-industry-experts</link><description>Taiwan may need to build a domestic fuel ethanol market before it can scale a sustainable aviation fuel industry, given that alcohol-to-jet (ATJ) technology is identified as key pathway for its SAF market development, according to S&amp;amp;P Global Horizons and Chung-Hua Institution for Economic Research. A policy white paper released by Taiwan&amp;apos;s Chung-Hua Institution for Economic Research in June argues</description><title>Taiwan&amp;apos;s SAF ambitions run through ethanol market development: industry experts</title><pubDate>17 July 2026 10:55:58 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Mia Pei</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 17, 2026 Taiwanâs SAF ambitions run through ethanol market development: industry experts By Mia Pei Editor: Rizwan Choudhury Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Think tank picks ATJ pathway for SAF production E10 mandate needed to support ethanol supply Taiwan lacks announced domestic SAF projects Taiwan may need to build a domestic fuel ethanol market before it can scale a sustainable aviation fuel industry, given that alcohol-to-jet (ATJ) technology is identified as key pathway for its SAF market development, according to S&amp;P Global Horizons and Chung-Hua Institution for Economic Research. A policy white paper released by Taiwan's Chung-Hua Institution for Economic Research in June argues that ATJ should become Taiwan's principal SAF production pathway through 2035 because the island lacks sufficient waste oils to support large-scale hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids (HEFA) production. However, Horizons analyst Chua Wei Jun said Taiwan lacks a nationwide E10 gasoline mandate that can support ATJ production over the longer term. "A nationwide E10 mandate can act as a stepping stone for domestic ATJ supply development in the longer term, as higher electric vehicle penetration can divert a surplus of fuel ethanol toward a stable feedstock supply for ATJ production," Chua said. Taiwan currently does not have nationwide ethanol blending, with E3 gasoline available only at selected retail stations, he said, adding that its fuel ethanol is almost entirely imported rather than domestically produced. "Mandating nationwide E10 will require infrastructure upgrades, such as blending and storage facilities, as well as upgrades to existing pump stations," Chua said. Horizons estimates a nationwide E10 mandate would require about 1 billion liters/year of fuel ethanol. Although an ethanol blending policy would initially increase ethanol demand, higher EV adoption over the longer term could free surplus ethanol previously blended into gasoline, creating a stable domestic feedstock pool for ATJ production. This echoes LanzaJet's view on the ATJ outlook. Flyn van Ewijk, LanzaJet's Asia Pacific regional director, told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, in an interview that increasing electrification of road transport would fundamentally reduce gasoline blending demand. "Alcohol-to-jet is the next technology to scale after HEFA," van Ewijk said. "As we get more EVs on the roads, you're going to have more ethanol available for SAF." Unlike HEFA, which relies largely on limited supplies of waste oils and fats, ATJ can utilize ethanol regardless of how it is produced, van Ewijk said. He said concerns that ATJ would compete with road fuel markets are likely to diminish over time, making ethanol an increasingly attractive long-term SAF feedstock compared with waste oils, which face structural supply constraints. The Chung-Hua Institution for Economic Research's report also highlighted ATJ's greater scalability over the longer term as the market can draw on internationally certified ethanol imports while leveraging Taiwan's refining and petrochemical expertise. The report also urges Taiwan to establish a national SAF mandate and long-term investment support mechanisms before 2030, highlighting the policy certainty needed for production investments. Platts data showed that as of July 7, there were no announced or speculative SAF projects in Taiwan. However, the Asia Pacific region's overall HEFA production capacity, based on announced plants with a max diesel or modulated configuration, stands at around 8 million metric tons in 2026 and 11 million mt in 2030. The announced capacity of ATJ-SPK projects in the region stands at 46,000 mt in 2026 and 906,000 mt in 2030. The estimated capacity of speculative ATJ-SPK projects is projected at over 2.7 million mt in 2030, bringing the total ATJ-SPK capacity to nearly 4 million mt then, based on the data. Platts assessed SAF (HEFA-SPK) FOB Straits at $2,475/metric ton on July 16, unchanged day over day. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/crude-oil/071726-thailand-seeks-saf-supply-over-mandates-with-technology-investment-catalysts</link><description>Thailand is prioritizing supply-chain development and institutional reforms for sustainable aviation fuel blending while seeking foreign investment and technology for domestic feedstock production, rather than introducing mandates, Dr. Pongpat Thiensiri, deputy director general of the Civil Aviation Authority of Thailand, told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy, in an interview during the SAF APAC</description><title>Thailand seeks SAF supply over mandates with technology, investment catalysts</title><pubDate>17 July 2026 09:36:06 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Mia Pei</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 17, 2026 Thailand seeks SAF supply over mandates with technology, investment catalysts By Mia Pei Editor: Arushi Jain Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Civil Aviation Authority keeps 1% SAF target voluntary Thailand's agricultural base offers opportunity Thailand is prioritizing supply-chain development and institutional reforms for sustainable aviation fuel blending while seeking foreign investment and technology for domestic feedstock production, rather than introducing mandates, Dr. Pongpat Thiensiri, deputy director general of the Civil Aviation Authority of Thailand, told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, in an interview during the SAF APAC Summit 2026 in Melbourne, Australia. Thiensiri said CAAT will establish its first sustainability department later in 2026 to coordinate the country's aviation decarbonization strategy, with Thailand's immediate priority as building a commercially viable SAF ecosystem rather than imposing mandates on its strategically important airline sector before production capacity catches up. "It will be necessary in the years to come, but at the moment we don't want to enforce strict regulations on the airlines," Thiensiri said. "We don't want to rush. We need to make the infrastructure ready, the demand and supply balanced." CAAT intends to keep the current 0.5%-1% SAF uptake target voluntary, review it in 2028-2030 and enforce mandatory SAF utilization in 2031 or later. Thailand's current SAF production capacity of 6 million liters annually is slated to scale up to 24 million liters if the country can tap into its massive agricultural residues, he said at a keynote speech during the summit. Aviation remains critical to Thailand's economy, where tourism is a major source of national income, making airline competitiveness a key policy consideration, he said. Thiensiri said geopolitical events, such as the US-Iran conflict, had highlighted how vulnerable airlines are, prompting carriers to seek government support as fuel costs rose before recovering through operational efficiency improvements. Challenges and opportunities "The biggest challenges (to scale up the SAF market in Thailand) are supply availability, cost, feedstock readiness, certifications and market confidence," Thiensiri said. He said Thailand's biggest opportunity lies in its agricultural base. While its abundant crops could become SAF feedstocks, the country lacks sufficient technology to efficiently convert many of them into aviation fuel. Technology transfer and overseas investment would allow the country to extract greater value from its domestic agricultural base, thereby creating opportunities for overseas companies, said Thiensiri. He said investors need clear policy direction, stable regulation and visibility of future demand before committing capital. Despite Thailand having had three prime ministers over the past three years, continuity in the SAF policy helped build confidence among lenders and project developers, Thiensiri said. Thiensiri cited UOB Thailand's financing of Bangchak's SAF project as evidence that policy certainty can unlock investment: Bangchak secured a Baht 6.5 billion transition finance package from UOB in late 2024 to build Thailand's first commercial SAF plant, which entered commercial production in May. Beyond policy certainty, Thailand must convince investors that SAF demand will be sufficiently large to justify new production capacity, he said. "We need to provide greater confidence to producers and investors that SAF is no longer an alternative; it's a must now ... We need to create a larger and more scalable market." According to Thiensiri, regional cooperation on feedstocks, technology and supply chains would help achieve that scale rather than countries pursuing isolated national markets. Thailand seeks to build a regional value chain rather than competing with neighboring countries, he said. He envisages Australia contributing feedstocks and research, ASEAN countries sharing technologies with Singapore and Malaysia complementing regional refining and logistics, and cross-border investment to create a larger SAF market. Thailand's success should not be judged by domestic production volumes, but by whether it can create a self-sustaining aviation decarbonization ecosystem that balances environmental goals with airline competitiveness, he said. Platts assessed SAF (HEFA-SPK) FOB Straits at $2,475/metric tons on July 16, unchanged day over day. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/071726-taiwan-south-korea-push-alcohol-to-jet-as-asia-next-saf-pathway</link><description>Alcohol-to-jet technology is gaining commercial traction in Taiwan and South Korea as both markets position ethanol-based sustainable aviation fuel as the pathway best suited to overcome domestic feedstock constraints, with policy developments and industry engagement accelerating across the region even as analysts warn that demand-side mandates remain the critical missing piece. Taiwan&amp;apos;s</description><title>Taiwan, South Korea push alcohol-to-jet as Asia next SAF pathway</title><pubDate>17 July 2026 19:27:59 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel, Gasoline, LPG, Naphtha, Vegetable Oils July 17, 2026 Taiwan, South Korea push alcohol-to-jet as Asia next SAF pathway By Samyak Pandey Editor: Benjamin Morse Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Taiwan, South Korea push alcohol-to-jet SAF tech Taiwan's SAF demand to reach 182,000 mt by 2030 Asia-Pacific ATJ capacity to hit 4 mil mt by 2030 Alcohol-to-jet technology is gaining commercial traction in Taiwan and South Korea as both markets position ethanol-based sustainable aviation fuel as the pathway best suited to overcome domestic feedstock constraints, with policy developments and industry engagement accelerating across the region even as analysts warn that demand-side mandates remain the critical missing piece. Taiwan's sustainable aviation fuel demand could reach 182,000 mt by 2030 under a 5% blending mandate, while South Korea hosted a July 2-3 conference on biofuels and SAF that highlighted alcohol-to-jet's role in meeting the country's 2030 blending targets, according to the US Grains and BioProducts Council (USGBC). The parallel momentum in both markets reflects a broader strategic shift across Asia-Pacific, where rising electric vehicle adoption is expected to free ethanol currently blended into gasoline and ease concerns over future waste-based oil-derived feedstock constraints that threaten to limit hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids production. Taiwan has completed its national standard for E10 ethanol-blended gasoline, establishing a regulatory framework that could accelerate bioethanol adoption in its transport sector as policymakers seek to reduce carbon emissions and enhance energy security. The Bureau of Standards, Metrology and Inspection under the Ministry of Economic Affairs officially announced two national standards for E10 ethanol gasoline, CNS 12614 for unleaded gasoline and CNS 15109 for denatured fuel ethanol, marking a new stage in Taiwan's ethanol gasoline policy. "Alcohol-to-jet is the next technology to scale after HEFA," Flyn van Ewijk, LanzaJet's regional director for Asia Pacific, said. "As we get more EVs on the roads, you're going to have more ethanol available for SAF." Taiwan's ATJ pivot A policy white paper released by Taiwan's Chung-Hua Institution for Economic Research argues that ATJ should become Taiwan's principal SAF production pathway through 2035 because Taiwan lacks sufficient waste oils to support large-scale HEFA production. The projection assumes 2% annual growth in aviation fuel demand from a 2025 base of 3.28 million mt, with demand potentially reaching 200,500 mt under an optimistic scenario assuming 4% annual growth driven by Taiwan's strengthened role as a regional air transport hub. The white paper sets 2035 as a critical policy review point, arguing that the global supply of oils and fats for first-generation HEFA technology will reach a ceiling by then. By establishing a robust bioethanol import system, Taiwan could position itself as a regional conversion and blending hub, effectively addressing the critical constraint of insufficient domestic oilseed feedstock, Chen added. The white paper proposes a phased policy framework with 2030 serving as a transition point from demonstration to institutionalized implementation, recommending that Taiwan's Ministry of Transportation prioritize setting a 3% or 5% SAF blending target by 2030 to establish clear market signals. However, S&amp;P Global Horizons analyst Chua Wei Jun said Taiwan currently has E3 gasoline available only at selected retail stations, he said, adding that its fuel ethanol is almost entirely imported rather than domestically produced. "A nationwide E10 mandate can act as a stepping stone for domestic ATJ supply development in the longer term, as higher electric vehicle penetration can divert a surplus of fuel ethanol toward a stable feedstock supply for ATJ production," Chua said. Horizons estimates a nationwide E10 mandate would require about 1 billion liters per year of fuel ethanol. South Korea engagement as capacity buildout accelerates The USGBC conference engaged major South Korean policymakers, refiners, airlines, researchers, fuel suppliers and energy stakeholders about the role of ethanol and other biofuels in advancing energy security, transportation decarbonization and sustainable fuel development. Asia-Pacific's ATJ capacity could reach nearly 4 million mt by 2030 when combining announced and speculative projects, compared with just 46,000 mt in 2026, according to S&amp;P Global Energy data. That would still trail the region's HEFA capacity, which stands at around 8 million mt in 2026 and is projected to reach 11 million mt by 2030 based on announced plants with maximum diesel or modulated configuration. The announced capacity of ATJ-SPK projects in the region stands at 906,000 mt by 2030, while estimated speculative projects add over 2.7 million mt, bringing total ATJ-SPK capacity to nearly 4 million mt by decade's end. Feedstock diversification critical Sustainable aviation fuel producers across Asia-Pacific must aggressively diversify away from used cooking oil toward palm residues, non-edible oilseed crops, microalgae, and alcohol-to-jet pathways, experts said warning that reliance on a narrow feedstock base represents the biggest structural risk facing new SAF projects. Caleb Wurth, regional director for USGBC said volume constraints will force rapid diversification. With the major volumes aviation requires, all feedstocks available that are responsible and fit the end goal of decarbonization will be needed, including sustainable corn in the US, palm products in Malaysia, coconut products in the Philippines and starch products in Thailand. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed sustainable aviation fuel HEFA-SPK FOB Straits at $2,475/metric ton July 17, unchanged from July 16. Platts assessed SAF HEFA-SPK FOB China at $2,462/mt July 17, unchanged on day. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/natural-gas/071526-environmental-tribal-groups-sue-to-block-trump-esa-rule-changes-to-habitat</link><description>Environmental and tribal groups filed three federal lawsuits July 14 challenging a Trump administration rule that removes habitat protections under the Endangered Species Act, creating regulatory uncertainty for energy project developers seeking permits despite industry support for the changes. The rule â&amp;#x80;&amp;#x94; announced July 10 and published in the Federal Register July 14 â&amp;#x80;&amp;#x94; eliminates the definition</description><title>Environmental, tribal groups sue to block Trump ESA rule changes to habitat</title><pubDate>15 July 2026 22:37:24 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Thomas Tiernan</name><name>Karin Rives</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Crude Oil, Natural Gas, Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables July 15, 2026 Environmental, tribal groups sue to block Trump ESA rule changes to habitat By Thomas Tiernan and Karin Rives Editor: Maya Weber Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Energy attorneys say rule creates uncertainty Lawsuits claim rule violates ESA, court precedent Environmental and tribal groups filed three federal lawsuits July 14 challenging a Trump administration rule that removes habitat protections under the Endangered Species Act, creating regulatory uncertainty for energy project developers seeking permits despite industry support for the changes. The rule â announced July 10 and published in the Federal Register July 14 â eliminates the definition of "harm" to species habitat without providing a replacement, prompting attorneys who represent energy clients to warn that companies could face litigation over how federal agencies interpret the law going forward. The lawsuits allege that the rule defies the text and purpose of the ESA and reverses 50 years of administrative policy, as well as a 1995 US Supreme Court precedent. The suits were filed in federal district courts in California and Washington State. The groups claim the rule violates the language of the law and is arbitrary and capricious under the Administrative Procedure Act. They also argue that the Interior and Commerce departments failed to comply with the National Environmental Policy Act when issuing the rule. The groups contend that the rule will create confusion for industries seeking federal permits by removing regulatory certainty over what will be required for incidental take statements under the ESA, despite what they describe as a clear requirement in the law to account for habitat destruction or modification. The Interior Department pushed back on the suits' assertions. The lawsuits seek to preserve "a decades-old regulatory overreach that expanded the Endangered Species Act beyond the authority granted by Congress," an Interior spokesperson said July 15. The role of federal agencies is to implement the ESA as written, "not to expand its reach through interpretations favored by advocacy organizations," the spokesperson added. "The department will vigorously defend its authority to implement the law according to its plain text," the spokesperson said. Ambiguity, disagreement may continue Numerous federal agencies have historically considered potential harm to protected species' habitat when conducting energy project reviews. Agencies' biological opinions include incidental take statements, which set the extent of legally permitted harm to, or deaths of, protected species by project developers under the ESA. Because the definition of "harm" has been removed without replacement, the US Fish and Wildlife Service and National Marine Fisheries Service are expected to narrow their reviews for incidental take statements, Seth Barsky, a partner at Bracewell, said during a July 14 interview. Energy companies would be wise to consult with federal agencies on how the new rule will be implemented, Barsky and other attorneys said. Due to lawsuits challenging the rule and potential project-by-project challenges to future incidental take statements, "it is possible that the issue of whether and to what extent impacts to listed species' habitat qualify as 'take' under the ESA could be in flux for quite some time," Rebecca Hays Barho, a partner at Nossaman, said in a July 14 email. "Ultimately, the issue may not be resolved until Congress or the Supreme Court weighs in." Just as there has been "ambiguity and disagreement" when the definition of harm to habitat was included in regulatory proceedings, "it is likely that there will continue to be ambiguity with respect to how the agencies view 'take'" under the ESA with the new rule, Barho added. "Approaches could vary across regions and across different classes of species," and federal courts may differ on how they interpret habitat modifications. The FWS and the NMFS said they will address habitat-related impacts through other provisions in the statute, including Section 7 consultations and Section 5 land acquisition authorities. Lawsuits filed in Western courts Earthjustice submitted one of the newly filed lawsuits on behalf of plaintiffs including the Center for Biological Diversity, Columbia Riverkeeper, Conservation Northwest and the Sierra Club. The plaintiffs asked the US District Court in Seattle to vacate the rule, declare it invalid and reinstate the regulatory definition of "harm" to species habitat that agencies used for decades. The ESA's long-standing regulatory definition of harm "reflected an overwhelming body of scientific evidence demonstrating that loss of habitat imperils species in multiple ways," such as disruptions affecting breeding, feeding and shelter, the plaintiffs said. The Swinomish Indian Tribal Community and Squaxin Island Tribe also challenged the rule in the US District Court in Seattle, asserting that the agencies' new interpretation of the ESA regarding habitat means salmon populations in the region are unlikely to survive habitat destruction. A third legal challenge was filed by the Environmental Protection Information Center, the Western Environmental Law Center, Friends of the Shasta River and others in the US District Court in the Northern District of California. "No longer protecting where grizzlies, salmon, and owls live will make them go extinct," Pete Frost, an attorney with the Western Environmental Law Center, said in a statement. "We're hopeful the court will clarify what the Endangered Species Act has always meant." "The recission of the harm definition will have an immediate effect on pending biological opinions" for projects being reviewed by the federal agencies where endangered species habitat is threatened, environmental groups said. Industry support The American Petroleum Institute and other industry groups argued in comments on the proposed rule in 2025 that the definition of harm should be narrowed to include only acts that directly kill or injure fish or wildlife. "The US oil and natural gas industry has taken significant steps to minimize its impacts on wildlife and the environment while continuing to produce essential energy for the American public," Holly Hopkins, vice president of upstream policy for the API, said in a statement. "We remain committed to supporting commonsense ESA policies that both protect wildlife and support American energy leadership." Considering habitat degradation or modification that kills or injures wildlife stretches the term "harm" beyond its natural meaning and creates overlap with other provisions of the ESA, agencies said in the final rule. When issuing an incidental take permit, the Interior secretary "will no longer consider the effects of a proposed action on the species' habitat, nor will the permit contain terms and conditions requiring permittees" to account for habitat modification and degradation, according to the rule. The Western Energy Alliance declined to comment on the final rule until it has discussed it with its members. However, in its 2025 comments on the proposal, the Alliance supported the rule, saying it would "ensure that moving forward, ESA will not be used to prohibit productive human activities such as energy development that may affect habitat but do not actually result in the taking of species." Legal precedent questions In the recently released rule, the agencies adopted the view of three dissenting justices in the 1995 Supreme Court decision â Babbitt v. Sweet Home Chapter of Communities for a Great Oregon â and determined that the existing definition of "harm" was not the best reading of the ESA. Earthjustice, by contrast, said the 1995 ruling remains the law of the land and that the agencies' reliance on the 2024 Supreme Court decision in Loper Bright Enterprises v. Raimondo, which ended courts' practice of deferring to federal agencies, is in error. Rather, the agencies' adoption of a policy that runs counter to the ESA and favors an executive branch interpretation of the statute is the very type of interpretation the Supreme Court rejected in Loper Bright, Earthjustice claimed. Relying on a dissenting view from the high court for a new rule is "certainly unusual," because the majority in the Sweet Home ruling upheld the regulation at issue, said Barsky of Bracewell. Because the lawsuits were filed in federal district courts, they "probably have a good chance" of receiving favorable rulings because district court judges typically do not feel comfortable going in a different direction than a Supreme Court precedent, Barsky added during the interview. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/natural-gas/071526-new-white-house-rule-would-put-political-appointees-in-charge-of-federal-grants</link><description>Political appointees will review and sign off on all federal grants under a new rule the Trump administration said will ensure that no tax dollars support &amp;quot;anti-American&amp;quot; values or agendas deemed to be far left-wing. The regulation is now being finalized after the public comment period closed July 13. The rule would also alter federal procurement requirements by eliminating sustainability,</description><title>New White House rule would put political appointees in charge of federal grants</title><pubDate>15 July 2026 21:28:44 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Karin Rives</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Electric Power, Natural Gas, Emissions, Carbon, Renewables July 15, 2026 New White House rule would put political appointees in charge of federal grants By Karin Rives Editor: Giselle Rodriguez Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Rule would eliminate peer review panels' power 94% of commenters oppose the change Political appointees will review and sign off on all federal grants under a new rule the Trump administration said will ensure that no tax dollars support "anti-American" values or agendas deemed to be far left-wing. The regulation is now being finalized after the public comment period closed July 13. The rule would also alter federal procurement requirements by eliminating sustainability, energy-efficiency and recycled content provisions from government purchasing. The changes would go into effect Oct. 1. The sweeping rule proposed by the White House Office of Management and Budget (OMB) on May 29 would significantly change how the federal government awards more than $1 trillion in grants, cooperative agreements and other financial assistance. The grants go to states, tribes, nonprofits, research organizations and thousands of other recipients. Today, grant proposals are reviewed by a panel of peers, scientists and professionals who score grant applications on which funding decisions are made. Under the new rule, such peer panels would only have an advisory role. The plan proposed by the OMB, which serves the executive branch under Director Russ Vought, received nearly half a million comments from individuals, public interest groups and legal scholars. Of the 53,000-plus comments published so far, 94% opposed the proposed change, according to independent Claude AI analysis by data scientist Abigail Haddad. The OMB said the changes are needed to improve transparency and accountability after the Biden administration awarded what Vought's office said were billions of dollars in unlawful grants that promoted "far-left" and "neo-Marxist" projects. The proposed rule specifically highlights grants focused on diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) along with gender issues, and also revises how grants can be terminated "when the award no longer advances federal agency priorities." The termination clause follows the Trump administration's decisions in 2025 to freeze and cancel billions in grants for climate-related projects and disaster mitigation along with other programs, over which multiple lawsuits are still pending. Twenty states in June also sued the administration over federal agencies implementing President Donald Trump's executive order to eliminate DEI initiatives by federal contractors. The presidential order is cited in the OMB rule. Pushback from scientists, lawmakers Science, environmental and public interest groups opposed to the rule say it will undermine research and development in the US. "Grants leading to breakthroughs in many areas critical to the US energy economy such as LED lighting, advanced batteries and geothermal energy were given to a wide variety of people and institutions selected purely on the technical merits of their proposals," wrote Henry Kelly, a former official with the US Department of Energy, in his comment to the OMB. "Some of the most important innovations came from groups unfamiliar to our unbiased reviewers. A political review by people unfamiliar with the technical merits would certainly have blocked some of the most creative of these proposals." Others expressed concern over the rule allowing federal contracts to be canceled at any time by a political appointee. "The proposed rule restricts and marginalizes the scientific review of individual research projects, giving political appointees the ability to terminate research projects at any stage of a project's lifecycle for reasons well beyond scientific merit and potential societal benefit," Carlos MartÃ­n, vice president of research and policy engagement for the research group Resources for the Future, wrote in his comment to OMB. In a June 26 letter to Vought, 127 lawmakers also weighed in to say the proposed rule would subject "congressionally-mandated spending to excessive political control." The OMB said the changes will ensure that "recipients are held accountable when they fail to meet relevant standards." US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/blog/investors-look-beyond-labels</link><description>Sustainable finance is entering a more mature phase as investors continue to support sustainability and transition objectives but increasingly assess issuers through the credibility of their transition strategy, quality of execution, and ability to demonstrate measurable progress. Labels remain relevant but are no longer sufficient on their own to attract capital. </description><title>Investor Pulse: Investors Look Beyond Labels </title><pubDate>15 July 2026 17:04:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ 15 July 2026 Investor Pulse: Investors Look Beyond Labels Insights from European investors on the evolution of sustainable finance Authored by Geraldine Cametti Overview Sustainable finance is entering a more mature phase as investors continue to support sustainability and transition objectives but increasingly assess issuers through the credibility of their transition strategy, quality of execution, and ability to demonstrate measurable progress. Labels remain relevant but are no longer sufficient on their own to attract capital. At the same time, market growth continues to be constrained by the lack of consistent transition definitions, metrics, and disclosure standards. As sustainability markets become more fragmented across regions and regulatory zones, investors are placing greater emphasis on issuer-level analysis, robust data, and clear evidence linking financing activity to real-world outcomes. Credibility matters more than labels Investors are increasingly focused on whether issuers can demonstrate a credible transition pathway rather than on the specific label attached to a financing instrument. The conversation is shifting toward implementation, capital allocation, and delivery against stated objectives. Investors recognize that the transition cannot be financed through labelled bonds alone and are placing greater emphasis on how transition considerations are embedded across an issuerâs broader financing strategy. Transition metrics remain elusive Despite strong investor interest in transition finance, the absence of widely accepted definitions and metrics continues to limit market scale. Measuring progress remains particularly challenging for complex sectors and financial institutions, while issues around Scope 3 emissions, avoided emissions, and sector-specific pathways hinder comparability. Investors continue to supplement external frameworks with their own internal assessments. Labeled markets have limits Labelled bonds remain valued by investors but are increasingly viewed as one component of a broader transition toolkit. Structural constraints, including limited market size, concentration in certain sectors, and weak pricing incentives, continue to restrict growth. Investors are paying closer attention to the quality and credibility of structures, particularly in sustainability-linked instruments where KPI design and ambition remain under scrutiny. Data quality is a differentiator Reliable, transparent, and comparable data is becoming increasingly important in investment decision-making. Investors continue to highlight concerns regarding disclosure consistency and methodological differences across providers. External reviews and second-party opinions remain useful reference points, and they are generally used as supporting evidence rather than primary investment decision tools. Increasingly, investors reward issuers that demonstrate transparency, consistency, and measurable progress over time. Water finance gains visibility Water-related financing is attracting growing investor interest owing to its tangible impact and relatively low political sensitivity. However, the market remains small, with a limited investable universe and evolving measurement standards. Investors see long-term potential but acknowledge that broader adoption will require greater issuance volumes and stronger reporting frameworks. Adaptation moves up the agenda While transition remains the dominant theme, adaptation and resilience are receiving increased attention. Investors are beginning to assess how companies address physical climate risks and resilience investments, despite the lack of established adaptation metrics and frameworks. Many expect financing needs related to adaptation to grow significantly over time. Fragmentation is increasing Regional policy divergence, differing regulatory approaches, and varying attitudes toward transition activities are making global standardization more challenging. Broader themes such as energy security, competitiveness, technological transformation, and geopolitics are increasingly influencing sustainability discussions. As a result, investors are relying more heavily on issuer-specific analysis and scenario assessment than on standardized market frameworks. Looking ahead The sustainability finance market is evolving from one driven by labels and frameworks to one focused on credibility, execution, and measurable outcomes. Investors remain committed to supporting transition and sustainability objectives, but increasingly require clear evidence of progress, high-quality data, and transparent reporting to inform investment decisions. As market fragmentation, regulatory divergence, and evolving transition pathways continue to shape the landscape, issuer-specific analysis is becoming more important than standardized approaches. Together, these trends point to a more disciplined and outcome-oriented sustainable finance market, where long-term access to capital will increasingly depend on an issuer's ability to demonstrate credible and measurable impact. S&amp;Pâs analyses, including ratings, are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed, and are not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell any securities, and should not be relied on when making investment or other business decisions. S&amp;P obtains information from sources it believes to be reliable, but does not audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of information it receives. S&amp;Pâs opinions and analyses do not address the suitability of any security. Please read our full disclaimer. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/062326-uk-hydrogen-ccs-sectors-await-direction-from-new-prime-minister</link><description>The resignation of Keir Starmer as UK prime minister has created further uncertainty for the country&amp;apos;s low-carbon hydrogen sector, bringing the prospect of further delays to key funding and policy decisions, though the favorite to replace him could give the industry a boost. Starmer announced his resignation June 22, ending a two-year tenure marked by an aggressive push to decarbonize Britain&amp;apos;s</description><title>UK hydrogen, CCS sectors await direction from new prime minister</title><pubDate>23 June 2026 16:58:21 GMT</pubDate><author><name>James Burgess</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Hydrogen June 23, 2026 UK hydrogen, CCS sectors await direction from new prime minister By James Burgess Editor: Jonathan Fox Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS UK hydrogen sector awaits funding decisions Starmer's exit creates policy uncertainty The resignation of Keir Starmer as UK prime minister has created further uncertainty for the country's low-carbon hydrogen sector, bringing the prospect of further delays to key funding and policy decisions, though the favorite to replace him could give the industry a boost. Starmer announced his resignation June 22, ending a two-year tenure marked by an aggressive push to decarbonize Britain's power sector and by persistent concerns over high energy costs. Energy Secretary Ed Miliband has led a strong drive to increase the country's renewable power generation, and continued policies from the previous government to roll out low-carbon hydrogen and carbon capture and storage projects. The UK clean hydrogen and CCS sectors have suffered a series of setbacks and delays, some caused by political uncertainty. There was a first delay to hydrogen project funding decisions after the Labour government won the last election in July 2024, followed by renewed commitments to the sector, and a funding pledge for CCS. However, the industry is still awaiting a delayed hydrogen policy update, first promised by the end of 2025, and progress on a second round of CCS cluster funding has stalled. "The UK's CCUS sector has made significant strides forward, with the first two clusters in Teesside and the North West and North Wales now in delivery," Olivia Powis, CEO of the Carbon Capture and Storage Association, said in a June 23 statement. "The CCSA remains committed to working closely with the government to build on this progress and maintain momentum." The winners of the country's second electrolytic hydrogen allocation round are also still awaiting the results, following the shortlisting of 27 projects in April 2025. Industry representatives have repeatedly called for urgent action to avoid delays in investment. "We still do not have a confirmed date for either the Hydrogen Allocation Round 2, or the Hydrogen Strategy refresh," Hydrogen UK CEO Clare Jackson told Platts by email on June 23. "This is holding up investment and has a clear opportunity cost to UK plc." Jackson called on the next prime minister "to create the policy certainty the industry needs as soon as possible." The Hydrogen Energy Association, a fellow industry group, echoed the call. "The hydrogen sector is committed, capable and ready to deliver investment, skilled jobs and long-term benefits for the UK's energy security, industrial competitiveness and net zero ambitions," HEA CEO Emma Guthrie told Platts by email on June 23. Hydrogen-friendly successor? Starmer's departure and the contest to appoint a successor are likely to further stall decision-making in the short term. But the leading contender to be Starmer's successor, former Manchester mayor Andy Burnham, has form for supporting hydrogen projects, political consultancy Beyond2050 said. "Burnham has historically been engaged with, and supportive of, the UK's hydrogen sector," the group said in an email on June 19. "Greater Manchester Combined Authority has had its own Hydrogen Strategy since 2021, and a refreshed version was consulted last year (now running from 2025-2030)." Beyond2050 also noted that Burnham had been supportive of Carlton Power's planned renewable hydrogen production site in Trafford, in the Greater Manchester area, which has received funding under HAR1. Burnham confirmed his intention to run for leader shortly after Starmer resigned. Miliband is also touted as a possible finance minister in a Burnham government, which could lead to continued backing for clean energy projects. Guthrie said the HEA hoped for progress on HAR2 and the publication of the updated hydrogen strategy. "The sector is now awaiting the Invitation to Offer stage, with many companies relying on this next milestone to progress projects and unlock investment decisions," she said, noting an updated strategy would provide "important long-term direction for the industry." US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/070926-white-house-picks-science-skeptic-to-head-flagship-climate-research-program</link><description>A 36-year-old US research program Congress created to help the country respond to climate change will be reinstated and led by a climate contrarian who has questioned mainstream science. The US Global Change Research Program (USGCRP) will be revived, the White House confirmed on July 9 without commenting on the new leader. Matthew Wielicki, a former assistant professor at the University of</description><title>White House picks &amp;apos;professor-in-exile&amp;apos; to head flagship climate research program</title><pubDate>09 July 2026 21:48:47 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Karin Rives</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Emissions July 09, 2026 White House picks 'professor-in-exile' to head flagship climate research program Karin Rives Editor: Jasmin Melvin Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Scientists question new director's credentials National Climate Assessment work remains halted A 36-year-old US research program Congress created to help the country respond to climate change will be reinstated and led by a climate contrarian who has questioned mainstream science. The US Global Change Research Program (USGCRP) will be revived, the White House confirmed on July 9 without commenting on the new leader. Matthew Wielicki, a former assistant professor at the University of Alabama, has updated his X social media profile to say he is the director of the USGCRP. Wielicki resigned from Alabama's department of geological sciences in 2023 over the university's diversity, equity and inclusion policies. He has criticized a "climate doom narrative" that does not allow for divergent views, and he describes himself on his website as an "earth science professor-in-exile." "The Trump administration is committed to using the best scientific information to inform public policy," a White House spokesperson said in an email. "For too long, the USGCRP has been used as a vehicle for political agendas instead of sound science. We look forward to restoring the USGCRP and ensuring it fulfills its legal mandate." The administration halted the program in April 2025 and issued a stop-work order to the contractor leading work on the now-delayed Sixth National Climate Assessment. Consulting firm ICF International had a $33.9 million contract to coordinate the project, which involves scientists across 14 federal agencies and academia. Past reports were also removed from government websites. Future of national climate report uncertain It is unclear how or when work on the report will resume. Wielicki did not immediately respond to questions sent through his website. "It would not be easy to start over where we were, because you need technical support and a real commitment," said Jesse Keenan, an associate professor at the Tulane School of Architecture who was working on a chapter for the report when the research program ground to a halt. The National Climate Assessment, published every four years, undergoes several layers of rigorous scientific and editorial review, a public review and an independent review by the National Academy of Sciences, Keenan said in an interview. "Communities, businesses, emergency managers, infrastructure planners and policymakers across the country rely on this comprehensive report to understand climate risks and make informed decisions that help protect people's health, safety, livelihoods and local economies," Carlos Martinez, a senior climate scientist at the Union for Concerned Scientists, said in a statement. Under the Biden administration, one of the climate assessments was criticized for including occasional language that some scientists felt was policy-driven, but they also said the report as a whole was based on rigorous and evidence-based research. Martinez said Wielicki was not qualified for the job and could "jeopardize the integrity of one of the nation's most important climate science resources." Among those congratulating the new USGCRP director on his new appointment was Judith Curry, co-author of a climate report that US Energy Secretary Chris Wright commissioned in spring of 2025. The report was crafted to help support the Trump administration's repeal of the 2009 greenhouse gas endangerment finding, which underpins all federal climate policy. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/podcasts/private-markets-360/private-markets-360-episode-47-risk-resilience-and-relationships-with-churchills-alona-gornick</link><description>In this episode of Private Markets 360Â°, we welcome Alona Gornick, Managing Director, Senior Investment Strategist at Churchill Asset Management. Alona&amp;apos;s journey from investment banking to deal origination at Churchill and now guiding wealth investors through a rapidly changing landscape highlights the importance of adaptability, discipline and transparency in today&amp;apos;s market. She discusses Churchillâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s differentiated approach, the advantages of its integration with Nuveenâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s broader ecosystem</description><title>Private Markets 360Â° | Episode 47 - Risk, Resilience, and Relationships with Churchill&amp;apos;s Alona Gornick</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 04:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Jocelyn Lewis</name><name>Christina McNamara</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Podcast â16 July, 2026 Private Markets 360Â° | Episode 47: Risk, Resilience, and Relationships with Churchill's Alona Gornick By Jocelyn Lewis and Christina McNamara In this episode of Private Markets 360Â°, we welcome Alona Gornick, Managing Director, Senior Investment Strategist at Churchill Asset Management. Alona's journey from investment banking to deal origination at Churchill and now guiding wealth investors through a rapidly changing landscape highlights the importance of adaptability, discipline and transparency in today's market. She discusses Churchillâs differentiated approach, the advantages of its integration with Nuveenâs broader ecosystem, and its commitment to rigorous diligence and investor education. Alona also offers insights on the competitive dynamics of wealth management, the importance of consistency in deal structuring, and the critical questions high net worth investors should be asking in today's market. More S&amp;P Global Content: Be the first to move on private markets value while itâs still taking shape. Uncover Hidden Potential> Credits: Host/Author: Christina McNamara and Jocelyn Lewis Guests: Alona Gornick, Churchill Asset Management Producer: Georgina Lee Published With Assistance From: Sophie Carr, Kimberly Olvany View Full Transcript Jocelyn Lewis 00:00:01 Welcome to Private Markets 360 insiders guide to the world of private investments. Today, we're joined by Elona Gornk, Managing Director and Senior Investment Strategist at Churchill Asset Management. With a career spanning 25 years across investment banking and the buy side, Elona has navigated the evolution of private credit from the early days of alternatives before they became mainstream and experienced firsthand the seismic shifts brought on by the 2008 financial crisis. Elona's journey has taken her from originating high-yield deals at Oaktree and progressing into private placements at TIAA to pioneering Churchill's approach to sourcing deals in the private credit middle market, where she was the firm's very first originator. Over the years, she has focused on working with private equity sponsors to source and structure deals, bringing a credit perspective that blends high-yield expertise with investment-grade discipline. Now as Churchill expands beyond institutional capital to serve the growing wealth investor segment, Ilona acts as a strategist, bridging investment professionals and clients and helping investors understand the evolving landscape of private credit. In this episode, Alona shares her insights on the competitive dynamics of wealth management, the importance of consistency in deal structuring and the critical questions high net worth investors should be asking in today's market. Ilona, welcome to Private Markets 360. It's a pleasure to have you join us today.How are you? Alona Gornick 00:01:54 Thank you, Jocelyn. So great to be here and doing well. Jocelyn Lewis 00:01:57 Excellent. Christina McNamara 00:01:58 Welcome, Alona. You've spent 25 years in finance across investment banking and private credit. What initially attracted you to private credit? And how has your perspective evolved over those 25 years? Alona Gornick 00:02:14 Great and interesting question as I think back, I think what first attracted me to private credit was that it sort of felt like one of the more thoughtful corners of finance. If you think about investment banking, that's where I got my start. You learn a ton about markets, execution, pace. It's very quick. It's very transaction-oriented. But as I learned about private credit, I always felt that there was a bit more of a completeness to it. You're not just analyzing numbers here, you're really thinking about underwriting a business, its capital structure and particularly with what we do here at Churchill, the sponsor relationship. And given you're a buy-and-hold investor here, what can go wrong in the downside, so downside scenario analysis. So what I liked then and what I still like now is that private credit really combines this sort of analytical rigor with judgment. And it's really quantitative, but it's also, I guess, very human. You're evaluating people, what incentivizes them, the alignment of interest in a deal and really the resilience of those people and the business model that we're evaluating underneath. And that's really always appealed to me. But in terms of perspective evolving over time, I guess I'd say earlier in my career, I was probably more focused on whether a deal looked attractive on its own, right? And now I think about a lot more in terms of is the business we're lending to the right company? Is it the right capital structure? And are we getting paid appropriately for that risk? And particularly with private credit, who are we partnering with? The relationship is so important. The other thing that I'd say has changed about private credit is really the scale and the visibility of the asset class altogether, say, private credit has become very much more mainstream, and that's exciting. It's definitely in the news and such a buzzword, hopefully, for the positive, but it also means that manager selection, I think, matters a lot more now than ever. And growth in the asset class is a positive but it doesn't reduce the need for discipline. I think it actually increases that need for discipline. So I'd say I was initially drawn to private credit because it was intellectually interesting, but I've stayed with it because I think it rewards more of that patient mindset, the ability to recognize patterns and also shows you a lot and having humility. I'd say even the word humility is pretty important here. And it's useful in credit because the market has a pretty interesting way of correcting overconfidence if you use it too much. Jocelyn Lewis 00:05:07 Thank you for that explanation, Alona. I think that it really paints a nice picture of how you move from that really great experience that you've got within investment banking, where it is definitely more transactional focus where you're chasing those individual deals. And now you're looking more broadly across the private credit landscape and how particular deals really fit within an existing portfolio. And that evolution seems to mirror how different platforms themselves have scaled and been able to differentiate themselves. And with that in mind, I want to understand more about Churchill specifically and how the position that Churchill has within Nuveen's ecosystem enhances what you're able to do and the value that you're able to then deliver to your clients. Alona Gornick 00:06:05 Sure. I think Churchill is in a really interesting position. We've got a unique combination of what I guess I'd call specialization at scale behind it. So with Churchill, we've been really focused on the core middle market or middle market in general and specifically core middle market that we can talk about, where we are trying to identify top-performing companies that are backed by leading private equity firms here in the U.S., and we do this with a very sponsor-centric approach. In doing so, I think that having that specialization is a really important focus that matters. And it's often where your real edge can come in as an investment firm, right? Knowing your market really well, understanding your sources of deal flow, the sponsor community from whom we source deal flow from, structuring those transactions thoughtfully and appropriately for that size of the business that it is and really staying disciplined over time. I'd say at the same time, because we sit, as you noted, within Nuveen's broader ecosystem, we've got a really interesting and different but equally important layer of value here. where if you're a client in Churchill, you're not just evaluating our investment judgment. I feel like clients here are also evaluating and they should, the platform that stands behind us, right? The infrastructure, the governance, the risk management, our level of reporting, the depth of the reporting and really the long-term stability and the support that we can get as an investment team broadly. So that combination living within Nuveen's ecosystem becomes, I'd say, even more meaningful as the private markets open up, we're seeing investors gain interest in this asset class beyond traditional institutional investors. And whether you're talking to an institution or a family office or a wealth investor through their adviser, people really ultimately want the confidence that they are going to be working with a platform that offers specialization, but both the durability lasts for a long time, right? So Churchill today, we've got about $64 billion of committed capital. And when you combine us with Arkmont, our European middle market business, we're at nearly $100 billion. So that really speaks to that scale. Each of the platforms here remain very specialized. We've each got our own long-standing reputations that we've hard earned over multiple decades. So with Nuveen, our ultimate parent TIAA as well being one of the highest rated insurance companies in the U.S., I really think that speaks to that durability and that really appeals to investors. So I'd frame it that Churchill brings both an expertise and specialization that investors are looking for and Nuveen would help really bring that kind of institutional strength, the connectivity that really allows us to broaden our distribution and our product development at scale very thoughtfully. Christina McNamara 00:09:23 That focus on relationships and long-term alignment really does set the stage for how Churchill approaches the market today. So to build on that, Churchill is known for originating deals through private equity sponsors. What makes this approach unique? And how does it benefit both Churchill and its clients? Alona Gornick 00:09:45 Sure. With our focus on sponsor relationships, I'd say you're getting to the heart of our model. I think what's really important is that private credit and specifically direct lending where we're focused, isn't really just about deal access for the sake of access. It's really about creating a depth and a durability of those relationships, those sponsor relationships I mentioned and what that can enable. So at Churchill, we've really thoughtfully created what I think is unique about our platform, a nearly $13 billion portfolio of commitments we've made into funds, now over 350 different private equity funds that ultimately roll up to about 150 different general partners or managers. That matters because it shows that we're not just a lender that's showing up when the financing is needed. We, as Churchill as a broader platform really can build out more of a broader connectivity with our sources of deal flow here, these sponsors. That is first rooted in our LP commitments and then ultimately complemented by the variety of direct financing capabilities that we can offer, senior, junior, equity co-insecondaries. So I think that really resonates across the private equity ecosystem. And you've got to ask yourself, why would that be valuable to investors. Ultimately, it's because having these strong sponsor relationships can really -- when you look at the deal level, translate for the most part into earlier looks at opportunities, right, and more time to underwrite, more insight, if you will, into who you're partnering with. We've got a lot of intel because we're invested with a lot of these sponsors in their funds. So with sponsor-backed lending, you're not only evaluating the company that you're lending to, you're also evaluating that sponsor and their track record and the support management teams and really how they behave when things get more difficult. So for clients, I think the ultimate benefit that we're giving them is the ability to be really selective, right? So if we have a good network and this good network of sponsors doesn't necessarily mean we're going to do more deals. Ideally, I think it means what you should see is enough high-quality opportunities so that you can be more selective about the ones we ultimately choose. So where we're focused, specifically in the core middle market, where we really align with a target range of companies that vary from on the small end, $10 million to $20 million of EBITDA to the top end of about $100 million of EBITDA. This is a part of the market where relationships really matter. And what we see in terms of the best outcomes, they don't necessarily come from being the most aggressive lender in the room. We're invited to participate and provide a term sheet. Private equity sponsors that we work with in this part of the market typically want lenders who are reliable, who are also constructive, but they're consistent across cycles, across markets. So those who can partner not only in good times, but also through tough times. I often say that we've gone through just a few here at Churchill over the past 20 years, I'd say, is extremely important. But that uniqueness of Churchill's approach being rooted in sponsor relationships, is really intentional. And I think one of the main engines of how we think about driving growth and differentiation for Churchill in the core middle market as demonstrated by significant repeat business for the platform. Jocelyn Lewis 00:13:42 And in any business, you want to have the right partners and you want to be able to drive repeatable business because that's important as you scale, as you mentioned, having that reliability and not having to kind of start from scratch with every relationship is also really beneficial because like you mentioned, it is not only about who can provide that financing that a sponsor would be looking for, but who can provide the financing in a manner that is expected and deliver upon that. So I think that very deliberate and repeatable approach to sourcing and structuring deals that you mentioned really underpins how Churchill is able to grow and continuously differentiate itself. But stepping back from just Churchill specifically, it also raises a broader question as you're also getting more capital from the retail or high net worth individuals via financial advisers, is there any criteria that you would suggest that the financial adviser community should prioritize when they are evaluating investment managers in this current market environment? Alona Gornick 00:15:07 Yes. It's been fascinating to sit in the seat of a strategist focused on this investment community or channel. in addition to thinking about, obviously, the quantitative metrics that everyone should be looking at, track record and your performance through cycles to the extent you've been doing what you're doing for a long enough time, I probably boil it down to a few things. really sourcing, huge, number one. Two, I'd say selectivity, as I mentioned before, is really big. Three, structure sort of risk management, how risk focused on risk you are. And then four, I'd say, transparency, kind of -- it sounds simple, but transparency, and I'll talk about in a little bit. But with first on sourcing, as we started talking about earlier, I think advisers should really identify and fully understand and feel comfortable with where are the deals coming from. In a crowded market, differentiated sourcing really matters because it can affect many things other than even having the opportunity to look at the deal flow, pricing, documentation and really how early you can get that look and give you just that much more time to get comfortable with this asset, do more diligence than someone else, not have to be squeezed on the time because we're talking about investment banking, there's a bit more of like an execution and pace and fast pace measure to it with private credit, the more time you have, hopefully, the better underwriting you can actually accomplish. So your sourcing, as I like to say, is a bit more of your destiny in private credit. So really understanding how a manager finds and selects its deals and how repeatable and defensible that process is, is extremely important. I'd say second, on selectivity and sort of risk management. This is a big one for me. I often think that a manager's decline or pass rate can be just as revealing if calculated without a lot of additions to it as their deployment rate, right? How much you turn things down? It's very hard. It's very hard to turn deals down and multiple times to the same private equity firm. If what you ultimately do want to do is get to investing, right, and deploying. So that is an extremely important measure, I think advisers should spend a little more time on. And in a market where we have seen a ton of capital come in and more so even through the wealth channel as it's on its early innings moving forward, the pressure on the part of lenders or managers here to put money to work has really increased. So advisers should want to know what a manager can say no to. And to the extent there are any issues on -- in a portfolio from a risk perspective to the extent that happens, what is their team's ability to work through that? Do they have the right capabilities in terms of workout and restructuring? How do they assess and integrate that risk management kind of capability? And do they use technology or AI to assess that early on, try to eliminate the surprises as much as possible? And how do they improve their workout and restructuring scenarios from a lessons learned perspective. The last I'll say is that point about transparency, and we can talk about this here. The managers nowadays, I think, the better you can explain your strategy, how -- what your competitive edge really is clearly and candidly, I think it's so important. It might sound on the cover of every fact sheet or presentation that we all somewhat do the same thing. So it's really important to understand what -- from an adviser standpoint, what does that manager actually do and what makes them different, especially as we see private credit expand further into this wealth channel, I do think advisers need to ask and look for managers who can educate, right, help them better understand both risks and opportunities and not just market to them, right, and sell them on a product. I think this is also why we've seen the surge in adviser interest here more recently, why we think that makes the diligence on these big important questions or criteria even more important. There has continued to be interest in this asset class, meaningfully so. surveys tend to point to steady to increasing appetite to allocate to private credit. I'm looking at a KKR 2025 RIA survey that showed RA is planning to increase private credit from those -- the percent wanting to increase jump from 15% to 53%. That's a significant continued appetite towards private credit. So as we see that, I think this diligence and this question asking about criteria and asking beyond the quantitative measures is extremely important. Christina McNamara 00:20:28 And that strategy and approach becomes even more important as market conditions start to shift, whether it's changes in interest rates, deal flow or overall economic uncertainty, those dynamics can really test an investment strategy -- so with that in mind, how do shifting market conditions influence Churchill's investment decisions? And just as importantly, its willingness to walk away from deals. Alona Gornick 00:21:00 Yes, you make a very good point. I'd say market conditions absolutely do influence sort of the opportunity set that we look at, of course. But I don't think that they should cause you to abandon your standards by any means. I think the goal ultimately is to be adaptive without becoming reactive. So for Churchill, we've really developed an investment philosophy and an underwriting rigor that stems from over 20 years of direct lending experience. Now that means in 20 years, we've seen multiple cycles. We've seen the effects of macro shocks and different rate environments. And this has resulted in a very unrelenting focus on credit quality. That is always first for us and really sticking to disciplined deal structuring regardless of what happens in the market, right? So we need to be prepared to walk away from deals that just don't meet our criteria. It will always be credit quality over yield for us or aligning with the market reality, of course. So in more competitive markets, as we have seen the case in some parts of the middle market as we continue to see lenders create and amass more capital, the pressure often shows up in some ways. Here, I talk about tighter spreads, higher leverage, weaker documentation, generally a temptation to stretch. But in more uncertain times, right, the opposite can happen, and we are experiencing now potentially a little bit more uncertainty. Well, we're getting some stability under our feet as we look at private credit through the lens of BDCs and nontraded BDCs at that. But the opposite can happen when we approach uncertain markets and people can become maybe too defensive or overly defensive and then ultimately miss on opportunities, right? And the leaning back approach at the wrong time could also be bad for investment outcomes. So the challenge ultimately is don't get too pulled too far in either one direction or the other, right? I think at Churchill, the right posture will be to really stay anchored in that route for us, which was credit quality, right, over yield and really thinking about underwriting rigor and truly an ultimate risk-adjusted return with durability. If the structure that we're looking at looks too weak, if the leverage feels too high or too aggressive, if the business just has too much exposure to one customer or one industry over others or if the compensation or what we're getting paid maybe doesn't match the risk that we're assessing, then yes, we do have to be willing to walk away. And I think that walkaway discipline isn't a failure in private credit or showing something to be noted, it's really key or core to private credit. So yes, I do think the market conditions matter, but they should influence how thoughtfully you're investing. And it's most important to make sure that you stay disciplined because sometimes the most important investment decision is really the one you don't make or the deal you do walk away from. And I think that, that has really helped Churchill maintain its credibility, not only with the investors that trust us with their capital, but also the private equity sponsors who we work with, we partner with and we source deal flow from on a regular basis. Jocelyn Lewis 00:24:39 And you have a track record that includes that long-standing discipline that's really, I would think, help you build credibility through those different cycles and that you understand what LPs are looking for, what the sponsors that you're partnering are looking for I'm curious now that private credit is gaining that wider audience. And as you're expanding your kind of partnerships, we'll call them, just beyond institutional capital, what is really driving the shift beyond institutional capital? And also, how are the needs beyond that institutional capital different than some of the, I guess, institutional capital that you're used to partnering with? Alona Gornick 00:25:31 I'd say what's driving the shift is really the private markets at large have become a lot more relevant to the wealth channel. I'd say as I talk to and survey and read surveys about advisers or family offices or high net worth investors, they're really looking for income and diversification and opportunities that are beyond the traditional public markets -- and private credit really fits naturally into that conversation, right? And the data is definitely supporting this trend. Another interesting survey that we found, BlackRock had a 2025 survey, but this is for global family offices, where family offices plan to increase allocations not only in '25, but into '26. So I really think that as we look at this continued shift, really meeting the income diversification, lack of volatility, lack of correlation that investors are looking for in their portfolios, private credit is going to be a very important topic. But the needs, you're right, are different. I do think institutional investors can often come in with a lot more familiarity with the typical mechanism in which you've accessed private credit, which would be a drawdown structure. And they typically understand upfront that there are trade-offs in liquidity. There's going to be vintage diversification because these had typically been or historically been funds by vintage and a drawdown mechanism or closed term vehicle and pacing or deploying over time, right? In the wealth channel, I think those concepts may be newer. So the education factor becomes extremely important and that much more important. With wealth investors, I'd say they're often asking maybe more practical questions, really thinking about, one, like how does this fit in my portfolio or two, what kind of income should I expect? Three, what are the liquidity terms? How does that work? One we're getting very often now is valuation. How do I think about valuation? How are you valuing these private assets? And then ultimately, I think the understanding of what role should private credit play in my portfolio relative to what I already have there, the public part, the fixed income or the equities. And I think these are the right questions to ask as wealth is sort of getting more familiar for the first time with this asset class. So that's, I think, a starting point. But as they get more comfortable, they obviously can go deeper. But I do think that, that's a very different mindset that the wealth investors are sort of bringing to private credit somewhat for the first time versus the institutional side. Ultimately, I do think spending a lot more time about risk is really ultimately what's needed here and having advisers really understand and be able to explain what they learned and interpret that and then explain it again to their clients in a trustworthy way that there are both risks and rewards to this illiquidity of private credit and explain how credit selection matters. These portfolios are constructed not based off of benchmarks over or underweighting a benchmark, but uniquely and bespoke. And then what do the rates and yields sort of look like today and longer term and with a historic context, right? So I think portfolio implementation generally tends to be a lot more of a focus for wealth than it is with institutions. And given we're still on the earlier days, I do think advisers need a bit of help. with understanding how to implement private credit. And a big question we tend to get and what they focus on is where should I take it from? We have often seen most of that reallocating from fixed income to private credit or a new sleeve than alts generally, and some of that alts are private alts being dedicated to private credit, but it is unique and something where we spend a lot of time. Christina McNamara 00:29:56 And as we've been discussing opportunities that lie within private credit, it's also important to take a clear-eyed look at some of the risks, especially in a market that continues to evolve. With that in mind, what are some of the key risks high net worth investors should understand when entering private credit? And how does Church Hill address them? Alona Gornick 00:30:20 I think the main risks for high net worth investors and wealth in general, the wealth channel, they need to understand there are a few. I'd say credit risk for sure, but liquidity risk and then also manager risk and then ultimately, expectation risk. I think this is very important today because there's been a bit of like it's been coming to the surface, what do you expect out of this asset class in this fund versus what you're seeing and what is the longer-term reality? So starting with credit risk, I think this is a very obvious one. Ultimately, with private credit, there is multiple segments or subsegments underneath private credit as an umbrella, the largest of which is where Churchill focus, which is direct lending to companies. These loans to businesses are very easy to understand at that level. The businesses can underperform, right? Their earnings can weaken due to that, the leverage or the debt as a ratio to the cash flow they generate can become too high. And then ultimately, the sectors that they are in or that they serve can come under pressure. That's why underwriting and structure are so important, not just understanding that you like the business, but the structure around that. I think liquidity risk is a huge one. Private credit is not built to behave like a daily traded bond fund. Investors need to understand the terms of the vehicle that they're investing in. So they need to really understand does that liquidity term or reduced liquidity of the vehicle itself and access to my investment align with their own liquidity needs, right? Limited redemptions compared to the public market doesn't necessarily mean it's a bad thing. I think that seeing that as a feature of the vehicle to give you exposure, opportunity to have exposure to an illiquid asset class is a big plus or a positive. Ultimately, I'd say seeing redemptions because it is an important topic, and we are seeing it right now, redemptions in a fund doesn't necessarily signal that the fund itself has meaningful instability. But I do think if we were to see concentrated or sustained outflows that potentially could impact performance in the long run. I think that we've got to keep in mind the difference between headline risk and underlying fundamentals, but there could certainly be maybe an impact on fundraising or deal sourcing. But ultimately, thinking about liquidity risk and understanding what that means and what you're gaining access to and how it's guided or the guardrails around that is extremely important. Manager risk, as I mentioned, and we've talked about manager selection being extremely important. I think that's really something to better understand for advisers in terms of manager selection in this asset class. We've talked about underwriting rigor. Everyone can have their own playbook. It's very important to understand the front-end work on a deal, the process to taking something to an investment committee, the discussion at investment committee, how a deal is voted on unanimously or by vote. All that's really important in terms of how you think about a manager's process, the documentation standards they have, how they ultimately think about the portfolio construction, what feels a little too much overweight or underweight in any specific sector, concentration risk, inside of how a manager views that. And even as we talked about earlier, workout experience, do they have that or not? That's all embedded in thinking about risk around a manager, and that can vary a lot by manager. And last, I mentioned the expectations. I do think there is a need to understand what private credit is actually designed to do and what it isn't designed to do. And that's really all going to stem from the education approach, right? Firms really need to educate investors about this asset class, the landscape and help them build confidence about making informed decisions. So private credit, yes, it can be a really compelling source of income. We talked about that. Diversification, we talked about that. But at the same time, it does require patience -- it does require the right sort of sizing and some realistic expectations, primarily, even as you think about returns, this is a primarily floating rate asset class. So it will have -- it will have an impact or rates will have an impact on it. So how does Churchill address that? You asked me. I'd say we address this through our disciplined underwriting, right? The depth and strength of the sponsor relationships we've developed over 20 years, really rooted in how we underwrite not only the deal, but the sponsor. And if we ultimately invest in that part of our business that invests in funds, that's a really big defense or first line of defense and understanding that much more about the sponsor, being highly selective, having the structural protections in each of our deals that matter to our investors and us and really transparency, explaining what we do and how we do it and reporting on that. I would say Churchill's scale, the sponsor connectivity, this origination model that we've talked about rooted in being a GP-centric approach really are all part of that foundation and ultimately allow us to keep that discipline and walk away from unsuitable deals and really protect our investors' interest. So that's how I think we would address these kind of key risks that I mentioned. Ultimately, I'd say to investors, don't just ask or focus on yield. I think you really need to understand what's underneath that yield, right? How did the manager get to that yield? And what protections are they building to support that yield? -- and ultimately, who is responsible for sourcing and delivering that yield on a consistent basis. Jocelyn Lewis 00:36:41 Alana, that was a great overview of the importance of understanding those 4 key risks that you mentioned, credit risk, liquidity risk, manager risk and expectation risk. And it's really important so investors aren't caught off guard. And for those that are newer to private credit, that naturally leads to the question of advice and insights. And what practical advice would you offer wealth managers and high net worth individuals to help them make more confident decisions? Alona Gornick 00:37:18 The advice-wise, I think back over time and now even particularly right now where we are, there's so much uncertainty and scrutiny around this asset class, which I think still has intact merits that will deliver long-term benefits over time. But I think advice-wise, you really need to think about really learning about who you really are through good and bad times and who you're dealing with. And what I mean by that is when I think about even more recently, what's really stood out to me in terms of identifying a good deal or an opportunity that looked like a great at first glance, but then ultimately was not guided well. I'd say, I think taking the time to understand how does this sit within the broader landscape of private credit -- and how does this really differ from what I'm thinking about on the traditional side of what I do. So when you do that, you've got to ask the question or I mean, what I'm trying to help in my meeting is the question behind the question. There's the obvious kind of check the box diligence questions you have. We talked about the quantitative measures that are very easy to ask. The qualitative are so difficult because there isn't a linear scale of assessing assigning points like 1 to 10, where it's very hard to say what's good, better, best on these more qualitative aspects. So I do think having -- gathering that much information across a variety of managers, not just stopping at 1 or 2 will be extremely important you have a basis of comparison, right? You have the opportunity to assess for yourself what you're looking for. And if everything you're hearing tends to gravitate towards one side, I'd say seeing what stands out and why they stand out would be important. I think also being -- having a full awareness around those risks we talked about, the illiquidity, the redemption, there are different ways to access your capital back, but that also implies there are different ways to manage a portfolio to support that by way of the manager. So I do think that is also just as important as to what type of fund structure does the manager take and why did they take it? And how do they manage to that? What are they doing that is core to their strategy and what are they doing differently to support just to support that fund. I do think that, that's different. And then ultimately, use all the education that the manager is giving you, use education outside of the manager and don't rush. I think we've spent a ton of time with some advisers trying to make their first private credit allocation decision. And when I say a ton, I mean 12 months to even longer than a year. And we are very patient as a manager, and we continue to have multiple calls with them. And I think it's really watching over time that what you see is what you get with the manager. So allow yourself that time, right? -- allow yourself to see -- have that first meeting, that follow-up meeting and follow up over the next few quarters to see if it's really playing out. Jocelyn Lewis 00:40:57 And Alana, what criteria should financial advisers prioritize particularly when they're looking to invest in private credit and get that allocation to the middle market specifically? Alona Gornick 00:41:11 Yes. I think this is a really important question as we think about education, which is so critical to assessing managers in the middle market. In addition to looking at, obviously, the quantitative metrics that an adviser can obtain through fact sheets and presentations on track record, performance cycles, I think there's also a very important element to look at on a qualitative basis in terms of aspects of the manager and its platform and ultimately, its strategy. A few that I'd mention are, one, sourcing, right? For sourcing, I think it's extremely important for advisers to understand where the deals actually come from. In a crowded market, differentiated sourcing really matters because it can ultimately affect the pricing on that deal, the documentation tightness, if you will, of that deal and really the amount of time that a manager has to do real underwriting largely based upon how early you are in that calling order in terms of sourcing, how close is your relationship with your source of deal flow? And do they call you for a first look at a deal before they call others? Do they come back to you to call you as a last look because they've taken a little sense of the market, but really value your relationship ultimately and give you that opportunity to take a look at it on a last look basis. So I think ultimately, sourcing as a private credit manager will ultimately be your destiny in terms of the deals that you have the opportunity to look at and ultimately execute on in your portfolio. So as an adviser, absolutely need to understand how a manager finds and selects deals, how repeatable and defensible is that process. And if you can believe that, that's a successful sourcing strategy, that should show up in their strength of network, their ability to have insight and conviction on deals, their willingness to lean in and walk away. That's all in sourcing. It isn't quantitative, it's more qualitative, but one together. I'd say second, really looking at selectivity that will be born or out of sourcing, how selective a manager can be. This is a big one for me. I think often a manager's pass rate or decline rate can be just as revealing as their deployment rate. So when we're seeing a market like we're seeing today where we've got a lot of capital coming into private credit funds, direct lending funds, there's a lot of pressure to put that money to work. So advisers should want to know when a manager is willing to say no and how often do they do that and reasons for that path. That should ultimately lead to and hopefully less in the way of issues in the portfolio, but really asking about risk management is a third area. What does the team have in terms of risk management capabilities? How integrated is that risk management team with the regular underwriting team? How actionable are the assessments of the risk management protocols that they put in place? Do they use technology, dashboards, alerts and even AI to help assess that risk more proactively and hopefully improve workout and restructuring scenarios to the extent they need to handle stress or distressed situations and ultimately protect investor capital. So I do think having an assessment of, while qualitative, the level and capability of risk management is really an important criteria. And then ultimately, I think thinking about structure also here, you got to think about where in the capital structure is the manager investing, what protections do they have? Typically, how strong is the documentation, how seriously do they think about the downside? Those can sound a little dull in a market, but in a good market, but I do think that they can be much more interesting as we come into some uncertainty here. But last, I'd say another qualitative aspect to think about is the competitive edge. And what I mean by that is what is the secret sauce of the manager? What do they tout as their huge differentiation piece. Oftentimes, that can come down to explaining their strategy. And can they explain that very clearly and candidly? And how is it different and from what others are doing and why do they pursue it? I think this is extremely important for Churchill, when we talk about our strategy or our edge, if you will, I think it comes in 2 ways. We talk about our edge being very sponsor-centric, our ability to fully integrate fund investments onto our platform, giving us advantages in what I mentioned before, sourcing, selectivity, information and structure. All of that lends itself because of our model and the edge. But to our strategy, I think our strategy is very unique in how we focus directly in the core middle market. The middle market itself is pretty large. There's additional specialization we've seen be very successful for managers. For us, that's generally core middle market between, call it, $10 million to $20 million on the small end to about $100 million on the larger end of EBITDA, the cash flow that the business generates. Being focused on this part of the market affords us many benefits for us and for our investors. I'd say here, being able to explain that to investors and help them understand why -- we continue to stay here as we've grown, as our scale has allowed us to move upmarket, we remain very focused here because it, one, gives us a huge opportunity set to choose from. The very, very vast amount of middle market companies in the broader middle market, over 200,000 middle market companies. I'd say over half of that really sized in the range we're focused on, close to 60%. So close to a majority of what we have in private credit in terms of the companies to lend to really sits in our top end of our funnel, allowing us to be extremely selective, build highly diversified portfolios, really look at different industries and really reduce concentration risk. Two, I'd say structural protections are very much an interesting feature for core middle market, where we can have modest or more conservative leverage, financial maintenance covenants that tend to get negotiated away in the upper end of the middle market as you see businesses get larger and have more negotiating power. So I think that, that's very unique and a good edge for our part of the market. And last, I'd say the ability to continuously deploy and have this sort of start small, start modest in the lending or the debt-to-EBITDA that we provide to a business. And as it proves out growth milestones, we will incrementally finance that business and allow us to have more deployment, continuous deployment through markets even when new M&amp;A, new buyout activity is muted or slow or still recovering. It's a really fascinating aspect about the core middle market that we've really benefited from and think will be -- continue to be a great opportunity for investors going forward. So I'd say those areas in terms of criteria sourcing, selectivity, risk management, structure and ultimately understanding the competitive edge can all be very qualitative in nature, but really fitting that to an investment approach and looking at what you want to add to your portfolio is extremely important outside of just quantitative metrics. Christina McNamara 00:49:26 And stepping back from the market itself, it's always interesting to understand the experiences that shape an investor's perspective over time. Looking back on your 25 years in the industry, is there a pivotal moment or a lesson that most shaped your approach to leadership and investing? Alona Gornick 00:49:47 That's a great question. I love it because I think it's a good pause moment to think about what is really shaped how I think about, I guess, investing and leadership together. But when I think through the past 20, 25 years and looking through really milestone moments when I've either been at Oaktree and taken the opportunity to join TIA or move to Churchill, there have been moments in time where I had this front row seat through cycles. And I feel so grateful for that because I think it's been an interesting sort of positive part of the cycle, if you will. We haven't seen a real down cycle in such a long time. And I really am grateful that I've been in finance long enough to have seen that. But I think seeing what does that show you in terms of the people you work with through a tough time is extremely important. Anyone can look good or sound good I call like throwing spaghetti at the wall and seeing if it sticks in an accommodating market when the market is great. I think the real test is how do you behave? How do you look at opportunities when it's tougher, right? When you don't have all the information when it feels like you should hide under a rock when you think that the outcome is going to be extremely uncertain. And I think that, that is very true as you think about investing, and I think it's also true when you think about building teams. So over time, I guess I've come to value consistency a lot more, both in investing, of course, but also in leadership where I think what people are looking for is clarity and honesty and really steadiness. When I think about investing, I think you need those same things, right, that repeatable framework we're talking about. So if I had to distill it, I think it would be not really from a lesson perspective, not really confusing a bunch of activity with productivity. I think some of the best decisions that I've made were when I didn't force a deal, and then I push it too hard at investment committee when I could sense that it wasn't going to be one that was going to get there or on the other end, when I challenged assumptions, right, the status quo or at least when the moments I had some time to kind of ask questions and slow the movement in the room. I think that also applies when you think about leadership, right? For me, I don't think you have to be the loudest person in the room to be the clearest person. And I also don't think you need to be perfect in forecasting and predicting what's going to happen in the future to be a great leader. I think you need to really build an amazing team. And on investing, I think you need to build an amazing investment process. Christina McNamara 00:52:53 I really like that, the clarity, honesty and stability. That's fantastic insight and advice to share with our listeners and we really appreciate you sharing everything and your time with us today. Thank you so much. Also thank you, Alona, for joining us on this episode of Private Markets 360 where we had the opportunity to learn from Alona Gornick's wealth of experience in private credit. Alona's journey from investment banking to pioneering deal origination at Churchill and now guiding wealth investors through a rapidly changing landscape highlights the importance of adaptability, discipline and transparency in today's market. We explored how Churchill's sponsor driven approach, its integration with Nuveen's ecosystem and its commitment to rigorous diligence and investor education set it apart in the world of private credit. Alona's insights on risk management, deal structure and the evolving needs of wealth investors offer valuable guidance for anyone navigating private markets. We hope this conversation has given you practical tools and confidence to make informed decisions in private credit and beyond. Christina McNamara 00:54:15 Don't forget to subscribe to Private Markets 360 for more expert insights and market intelligence. Until next time. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/071526-new-zealand-introduces-amendments-to-climate-change-act</link><description>New Zealand has amended its Climate Change Response Act, which would expand the scope of its emissions trading scheme to recognize additional carbon removal activities beyond forestry and remove some industrial allocation review requirements, the Ministry for Cities, Environment, Regions and Transport said July 15. The Climate Change Response Amendment Bill, or CCRA, introduced to Parliament on</description><title>New Zealand introduces amendments to climate change act</title><pubDate>15 July 2026 07:47:14 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Angelica Garcia</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Emissions, Carbon July 15, 2026 New Zealand introduces amendments to climate change act By Angelica Garcia Editor: Ankit Ajmera Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS To scrap industrial allocation reviews to boost investment Bill enables non-forestry carbon removals in trading scheme New Zealand has amended its Climate Change Response Act, which would expand the scope of its emissions trading scheme to recognize additional carbon removal activities beyond forestry and remove some industrial allocation review requirements, the Ministry for Cities, Environment, Regions and Transport said July 15. The Climate Change Response Amendment Bill, or CCRA, introduced to Parliament on July 15, proposes adding "carbon removal activities" as a category that can be recognized under the New Zealand ETS, while removing allocative baseline and eligibility reviews for industrial allocation. "Forestry is already a critical part of New Zealand's approach to removing greenhouse gases from the atmosphere. However, the government also wants to ensure businesses and organizations can explore other ways to reduce the impact of their emissions," the ministry said in a statement. The changes would not immediately include new carbon removal activities in the ETS, but would establish the regulatory pathway for future additions, simplifying and accelerating the approval process, according to the ministry. Carbon removal pathway The bill proposes changes that would establish a framework for evaluating and approving new removal methods without requiring primary legislation for each addition. The ministry said it has been exploring opportunities to recognize and reward non-forestry removals in carbon markets as part of efforts to diversify New Zealand's emissions-reduction toolkit. The bill also creates a pathway for new emissions sources, excluding agriculture, to be added to the ETS in the future through the same streamlined process. "The CCRA and the NZ ETS are our key tools to transition New Zealand to a low-emissions, resilient future," Climate Change Minister Simon Watts said in a separate statement July 15. "It is critical that they are working smoothly to deliver emissions reductions and help us meet our climate targets. That is why we are making changes like strengthening oversight of the NZ ETS market." Industrial allocation changes The legislation removes two components of current industrial allocation settings that the ministry said risk disincentivizing decarbonization investments. Allocative baseline reviews and eligibility reviews would be eliminated, except for limited technical exceptions, addressing concerns that allocations could be reviewed and reduced after investments have been made. "Currently, these two processes mean it is possible for an allocation to be reviewed and reduced after investments are made, which then impacts the financial viability of making that investment," the ministry said. The changes would retain phaseout rate reviews as the primary tool for managing industrial allocation volumes, while making their timing more flexible by allowing reviews once every five years, rather than linking them to emissions budget periods, according to the ministry. The minister would be required to consider firms' decarbonization investments, including reductions in emissions intensity or gross emissions, when reviewing phaseout rates, the ministry said. Annual updates to allocative baselines related to electricity costs would continue, and any reviews currently in process would be completed, the ministry said. The adjustments aim to balance the cost of industrial allocation against the environmental, social and economic effects of New Zealand companies potentially relocating overseas, according to the ministry. Market governance The bill proposes establishing market governance for the trading of New Zealand units in the ETS secondary market, including provisions to support market transparency and enable government monitoring of trading activity. The Financial Markets Authority would be designated as the enforcement agency for two discrete market conduct standards, with penalties applying to breaches of new market governance requirements, according to the ministry. The market oversight changes aim to improve transparency and enhance the availability of market information to the government, the ministry said. The provisions would also support market confidence and stability as the ETS expands to include new types of carbon removal activities. The legislation proposes moving ETS settings to a biennial process from the current annual cycle, with decisions made every two years after the bill passes into law, the ministry said. The 2026 and 2027 ETS settings processes would proceed as usual to provide market clarity while the amendment bill moves through parliament, it said. The bill includes provisions to allow flexibility for reestablishing forests after significant disruptions, such as severe weather events, helping foresters avoid deforestation liabilities when clearance occurs due to events beyond their control. The legislation would also bring CO2 imports into the ETS to ensure that international suppliers of liquid CO2 face the same costs as domestic producers, according to the ministry. The bill will be referred to a select committee for public submissions, with information on the submission process to be made available through Parliament, the ministry said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/071526-ihi-starts-ammonia-fueled-engine-demo-for-land-power-generation</link><description>IHI Power Systems and IHI Corp. commenced demonstration of a land-based power generation plant powered by a 6,000 kW-class ammonia-fueled reciprocating engine at Ota Works in Gunma Prefecture, Japan, IHI said July 15. Leveraging its work on ammonia-fueled marine engines, IPS is advancing the development of a land-based ammonia-fueled reciprocating engine capable of achieving ammonia fuel ratios</description><title>IHI starts ammonia-fueled engine demo for land power generation</title><pubDate>15 July 2026 12:03:07 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ruchira Singh</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Coal, Electric Power, Energy Transition, Natural Gas, Fertilizers, Chemicals, Renewables July 15, 2026 IHI starts ammonia-fueled engine demo for land power generation By Ruchira Singh Editor: Anoop Menon Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS IHI starts 6,000 kW ammonia engine demo System targets 90% emissions reduction rate Commercial sales planned for fiscal 2027 IHI Power Systems and IHI Corp. commenced demonstration of a land-based power generation plant powered by a 6,000 kW-class ammonia-fueled reciprocating engine at Ota Works in Gunma Prefecture, Japan, IHI said July 15. Leveraging its work on ammonia-fueled marine engines, IPS is advancing the development of a land-based ammonia-fueled reciprocating engine capable of achieving ammonia fuel ratios and greenhouse gas emissions reductions of more than 90%, it said. "Through this demonstration program, IPS will verify the safety and operability of the complete power generation system, including auxiliary facilities," it said in a statement. "In addition to advancing ammonia conversion technologies for coal-fired boilers and developing 100% ammonia-fired gas turbines, the IHI Group is now extending ammonia-fueled reciprocating engine technology into the land-based power generation sector." The demonstration testing is scheduled for completion during the Japanese fiscal year 2026 (April-March), with commercial sales planned to commence in fiscal year 2027, it said. The IHI Group is promoting the expansion of the ammonia value chain through both fuel ammonia supply and development and fuel utilization combustion technologies of ammonia, it said. "Through these efforts, IHI Group aims to expand its portfolio of power generation solutions capable of meeting the needs of customers striving towards a low-carbon society in Japan and around the world," it said. Broad range of applications The power generation system is intended for a broad range of applications, including industrial facilities, remote islands in Japan and overseas, data centers, mining operations, and industrial parks, where highly efficient low-carbon power sources are increasingly required. The system is expected to provide a pathway for the gradual low-carbon transition of existing diesel power generation facilities fueled by heavy fuel oil or diesel, thereby supporting demand for fuel ammonia, it said. "IPS will continue to pursue the development of fully ammonia-fueled engines with the ultimate goal of achieving zero CO2 emissions and contributing to the realization of a carbon-neutral society," it added. Japan certified a low-carbon ammonia project developed by IHI and ACME in India's Odisha as part of the country's Yen 3 trillion ($18.5 billion) hydrogen price-gap subsidy, the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry said June 30. Additionally, 177,000 mt/year of capacity has been earmarked under Japan's Long-Term Decarbonized Power Source Auction to supply decarbonized fuel to Japan's power sector over a long-term horizon, ACME said. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed the India Renewable Hydrogen Term Contract at $3.24/kg July 9, down 0.61% month over month. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/energy-transition/071726-indias-net-zero-power-transition-a-strategic-bet-on-technological-leapfrogging</link><description>India&amp;apos;s journey to net zero is not simply a climate commitment -- it is emerging as a defining national development strategy. As electricity demand accelerates alongside industrialization, urbanization and electrification, the power sector will sit at the center of this transformation, according to S&amp;amp;P Global Energy CERA analysis.</description><title>India&amp;apos;s net-zero power transition: A strategic bet on technological leapfrogging</title><pubDate>17 July 2026 04:11:12 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Mohd. Sahil Ali and Ashish Singla</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Coal, Energy Transition, Natural Gas, Hydrogen July 17, 2026 Indiaâs net-zero power transition: A strategic bet on technological leapfrogging Mohd. Sahil Ali and Ashish Singla Editor: Roma Arora Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... India's journey to net zero is not simply a climate commitment -- it is emerging as a defining national development strategy. As electricity demand accelerates alongside industrialization, urbanization and electrification, the power sector will sit at the center of this transformation, according to S&amp;P Global Energy CERA analysis. The question is no longer whether India will decarbonize, but how it will balance growth, affordability and energy security while doing so. At the heart of this transition lies a strategic choice between competing -- but increasingly complementary -- pathways. The key pathways emerge India's power sector could evolve along two distinct trajectories. One pathway is built around renewables -- solar and wind supported by battery storage and, over time, green hydrogen for seasonal balancing, according to CERA's assessment of India's strategic options. The other retains coal as a core pillar but integrates carbon capture and storage to curb emissions. These pathways reflect a deeper reality. India is not choosing between coal and clean energy in a binary sense; it is optimizing across multiple objectives, according to CERA. Energy affordability, system reliability and domestic resource security remain just as important as emissions reduction. Both pathways ultimately converge. Despite different technology mixes, they can deliver comparable long-term generation costs -- reaching $80-$160/megawatt-hours by 2050 --and both outperform a business-as-usual trajectory, according to the CERA analysis. This suggests that India's net-zero transition will not hinge on a single winning technology, but on how effectively multiple options are deployed together. Policy signals broaden the technological base Recent policy developments reinforce this pluralistic approach. India's Union Budget 2026 signals a clear expansion of the clean energy toolkit. Alongside continued support for renewables, the government has committed significant funding -- around 200 billion Indian rupees(about $2.3 billion) -- to accelerate carbon capture technologies, while also extending support to nuclear energy and critical minerals supply chains. In parallel, the government is also supporting the National Green Hydrogen Mission, which aims to produce 5 million metric tons/year of green hydrogen by 2030 and position India as a global hub for hydrogen production. Stressors in the oil and gas supply chain are opening new use cases for green hydrogen, for example, in the fertilizer sector, according to CERA. At the heart of these efforts is a recognition that India's strategic ambitions are best realized through deeper electrification of end uses that rely on increasingly expensive imports. Additionally, India is advancing its Carbon Credit Trading Scheme, laying the foundation for a domestic carbon market that assigns a price to emissions and incentivizes cleaner technologies. Taken together, these moves suggest a deliberate strategy. India's transition is being structured around a portfolio of technologies, each playing a different role over time. 'Clean coal' cost Coal remains deeply embedded in India's power system -- currently generating 70%-75% of India's electricity -- but decarbonizing it is expensive, the CERA analysis shows. Integrating carbon capture technologies can roughly triple the cost of coal-based power generation today, with only modest reductions expected over time. Even compliance with local air pollution norms, separate from carbon capture, adds a noticeable cost burden. These economics limit the scope for CCS to scale purely on market competitiveness. Instead, its adoption will depend heavily on policy support and carbon pricing. India's emerging carbon pricing regime could apply to the power sector by the early 2030s, making CCS viable by the mid-2040s, according to CERA. Even then, CCS is unlikely to become a dominant solution. Its role is more targeted: enabling continued use of coal where necessary, preserving existing assets, and addressing emissions in hard-to-abate segments of the system. Renewables and green hydrogen: the long-term backbone Renewable energy continues to strengthen its position as the backbone of India's future power mix. Falling costs, improving integration technologies, and supportive policies are driving rapid deployment, according to CERA. Meanwhile, green hydrogen is expected to add a new dimension to this system. While still expensive, its costs are expected to decline significantly over the coming decades, potentially reaching around $2/kg by mid-century, driven by rapidly falling renewable energy costs, according to CERA analysis. The value proposition of green hydrogen for power lies in its ability to store excess renewable energy and recycle it during prolonged periods of low renewable generation, serving as a seasonal storage medium that traditional batteries alone cannot. At the same time, future clean baseload options, storage-backed renewables and CCS-backed coal are both expected to deliver power in a similar cost range by mid-century. This reinforces the idea that future competitiveness will depend less on individual technologies and more on how the system is configured. System-wide transformation Regardless of the pathway, the structural changes to India's power system will be profound. Unabated coal's share of generation is expected to fall sharply, while renewables take on a dominant role, according to CERA scenarios. Large-scale investments will be required in transmission networks, storage infrastructure, and flexible generation. This is not merely a shift in fuels -- it is a redesign of the entire system. Electricity markets, grid architecture and infrastructure planning will all need to evolve in tandem. Emissions trajectories across different scenarios tell a consistent story: Power sector emissions -- which currently account for about 40% of India's total carbon footprint -- will peak in the early 2040s before declining toward net zero, CERA analysis shows. The pace and shape of this decline will depend on how quickly technologies mature and how effectively policies are implemented. Costs converge Encouragingly, the long-term cost outlook remains favorable toward clean technologies. Across both net-zero pathways, average generation costs decline over time as technologies mature and efficiencies improve, according to CERA analysis. Carbon costs become a meaningful component of electricity pricing, but they remain manageable relative to overall system costs. However, the transition is not without risks. A renewables-heavy system requires massive deployment of storage and grid infrastructure, which introduces execution and financing challenges. A coal-plus-CCS pathway, meanwhile, depends on technologies that remain costly and relatively unproven at scale. In practice, India is likely to navigate a middle path, leveraging renewables where they are most competitive, while retaining flexibility through a combination of storage, hydrogen, nuclear and selectively decarbonized thermal capacity. Multiple pathways, one destination India's transition to net-zero power will not follow a single, linear path. Instead, it will be defined by a dynamic interplay of technologies, policies, and market forces. What is becoming clear is that the transition is not about choosing one pathway over another. It is about building a system flexible enough to accommodate multiple solutions -- and resilient enough to adapt as technologies evolve. In that sense, India's strategy is as pragmatic as it is ambitious. By embracing technological diversity, the country is positioning itself to deliver the most optimal results on its three overarching energy sector goals: energy security, affordable access and emissions reduction, according to CERA. Further reading: The costs and pathways for technological leapfrogging in India's power sector, 2025 Switching currents: India's power sector evolution toward a low-carbon future Related webinar: The New Power Play: How India's net zero transition will reshape energy investments This article contains data, views and forecasts from S&amp;P Global Energy CERA analysts and does not represent reporting by Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/crude-oil/071626-china-focuses-on-building-voluntary-demand-for-saf-over-issuing-mandates</link><description>China has prioritized building sustainable aviation fuel ecosystems and fostering voluntary demand over issuing demand-side policies such as mandates, said Eason Chen, chief operating officer of the SAF center at the Civil Aviation Authority of China, July 16. At an industry webinar, Chen said China is developing SAF certification, traceability, voluntary markets and book-and-claim mechanisms</description><title>China focuses on building voluntary demand for SAF over issuing mandates</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 13:00:13 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Mia Pei</name><name>Oceana Zhou - Oil Market Specialist</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 16, 2026 China focuses on building voluntary demand for SAF over issuing mandates By Mia Pei and Oceana Zhou - Oil Market Specialist Editor: Jonathan Loades-Carter Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS China leads Asia-Pacific SAF output Civil Aviation Authority develops sustainability certification scheme China has prioritized building sustainable aviation fuel ecosystems and fostering voluntary demand over issuing demand-side policies such as mandates, said Eason Chen, chief operating officer of the SAF center at the Civil Aviation Authority of China, July 16. At an industry webinar, Chen said China is developing SAF certification, traceability, voluntary markets and book-and-claim mechanisms rather than immediately relying on blending mandates similar to the EU's RefuelEU Aviation regulation. "China's approach is different from Europe," Chen said. "If we really want to meet a target, we need to ensure we can get it done ... voluntary markets are an important way to help airlines gain greater access to SAF." Chen said SAF has been designated a national priority after being incorporated into China's 14th Five-Year Plan, a strong policy signal for SAF producers and investors, and will remain a focus in the upcoming Five-Year Plans. China has pledged to peak carbon dioxide emissions before 2030 and achieve carbon neutrality before 2060, Chen said, noting that aviation, as a hard-to-abate sector, remains a key part in achieving the goal. On the production side, Chen said China is currently leading SAF production in the Asia-Pacific, while manufacturers continue to expand outputs. S&amp;P Global Energy data showed that China's HEFA-SPK production capacity based on announced plants as of July 7 stands at 2.7 million metric tons, projected to rise to 3.6 million mt in 2030. China's SAF export quota currently stands at 1.7 million mt/year. On the demand side, China's SAF pilot program has also expanded rapidly, said Chen. Initially launched in 2024 with four international airports and a limited number of airlines, the program has since broadened to cover domestic flights, with more than 10 airports upgraded with SAF blending and into-plane fueling infrastructure. Chen said the success of voluntary SAF markets depends on establishing confidence in sustainability claims through robust certification and traceability systems. "If we want voluntary markets to work well, we first need to build trust." "Sustainability certification is the key. We need to ensure carbon reductions are genuine, accurately calculated, and supported by full feedstock traceability," Chen said. Chen added that China is developing its own sustainability certification scheme that is fully aligned with ICAO's CORSIA framework while incorporating local feedstocks and resources to lower compliance costs. CAAC's SAF Center is also developing AnchorTrace with CNAF to support book-and-claim transactions, enabling airlines to sell SAF environmental attributes to corporate customers seeking Scope 3 emission reductions. "China's green transition is irreversible. By 2035, we hope China will become one of the global leaders in SAF, not only in production, but also in application and technological developments," said Chen. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed SAF FOB China at $2,462/mt on July 15, down $45/mt day over day. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/071626-interview-south-korean-airlines-target-price-driven-intermediary-corsia-procurement-kis</link><description>South Korean airlines are procuring their Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation credits via Korea Investment &amp;amp; Securities to mitigate potential counterparty risk, while credit preference is driven primarily by price, KIS Manager Hwan Young Chang told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy, July 15. Chang said KIS is acting as an intermediary between overseas developers,</description><title>INTERVIEW: South Korean airlines target price-driven intermediary CORSIA procurement: KIS</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 16:01:46 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ben Carding</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Emissions, Carbon July 16, 2026 INTERVIEW: South Korean airlines target price-driven intermediary CORSIA procurement: KIS By Ben Carding Editor: Anoop Menon Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS South Korean airlines mitigate counterparty risk CORSIA prices expected at $13-$15/mtCO2e by end of Phase 1 Middle East war stals Korean demand South Korean airlines are procuring their Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation credits via Korea Investment &amp; Securities to mitigate potential counterparty risk, while credit preference is driven primarily by price, KIS Manager Hwan Young Chang told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, July 15. Chang said KIS is acting as an intermediary between overseas developers, brokers and South Korean airlines seeking to buy CORSIA eligible emissions units, or CEEUs. Intermediary-led procurement "Based on our meetings with Korean airlines, the most common hurdle preventing them from purchasing CEEUs directly from overseas entities is potential counterparty risk," said Chang. "They are concerned about the difficulty of taking legal action, particularly if the governing law is not Korean and favors the counterparty ... however, by signing an offtake agreement with KIS, the governing law remains within South Korea," the executive added. "Additionally, we possess a strong financial standing should we need to procure credits from the market or third party." In the past week, market participants have attributed an uptick in CORSIA prices to Asian requests for proposals by Asian airlines, which have been led by intermediaries, namely a tender from Abatable for over 440,000 metric tons. Price-driven focus Chang said that South Korean airlines' credit purchases are primarily compliance-driven, with price being the key criterion, while non-South Korean airlines place greater emphasis on project type. "This difference stems from Korean airlines viewing this activity purely from a cost and compliance perspective, whereas non-Korean airlines often view it as part of their [environmental, social and governance] strategy and marketing/PR efforts directed at customers," Chang said. "Korean airlines believe that once a project issues CORSIA-eligible credits, it has met the regulatory body's basic thresholds and is sufficient for compliance purposes," he added. Chang said that South Korean airlines understand that credit prices "have bottomed out, considering prices were above $20/metric tons of CO2 equivalent at the beginning of the year." The Platts CEC assessment, which reflects the price of fully eligible CORSIA credits, hit a Phase 1 record low at $9.45/mtCO2e July 1, and was most recently assessed at $10.50/mtCO2e July 15, driven by an uptick in Asian RFP activity, according to market sources. CORSIA Phase 1 runs from 2024 to 2026 and is voluntary, involving 130 member states of the International Civil Aviation Organization who must comply with offsetting requirements. Chang anticipated that CORSIA prices will reach $13-$15/mtCO2e by the end of Phase 1. Stalled South Korean demand South Korean airlines, namely Korean Air and Asiana Airlines, are taking a cautious approach to the procurement of CORSIA credits due to the conflict in the Middle East, with more detailed discussions expected between the late third quarter and early fourth quarter of this year. "These two carriers are currently merging and will eventually consolidate into Korean Air. For this reason, coupled with geopolitical tensions in the Middle East, Korean airlines are taking a very cautious approach to their CEEU procurement," Chang said. "While they are interested in signing offtake contracts now, the actual transactions will likely occur in 2027. By then, they anticipate that most uncertainties will be resolved before the end of the first phase," he added. Chang said there are 11 airlines in South Korea with CORSIA obligations, and KIS estimates annual credit demand from these airlines exceeds 3 million credits, with 80% of that demand from Korean Air and Asiana Airlines. Smaller low-cost carriers in South Korea, which mostly operate domestic or regional Asian routes, typically have a demand obligation lower than 20,000 mt/year, Chang said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/071626-interview-repair-targets-modular-electrochemical-co2-capture-to-cut-energy-use</link><description>Startup RepAir Carbon is developing a modular electrochemical approach to carbon capture designed to work at low CO2 concentrations, expanding the range of industrial applications where carbon capture and storage could be deployed, and dramatically lowering energy use for the capture process. The technology uses a solid-state electrochemical cell to capture CO2 at concentrations below 5%, where</description><title>INTERVIEW: RepAir targets modular electrochemical CO2 capture to cut energy use</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 16:11:15 GMT</pubDate><author><name>James Burgess</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Emissions, Carbon July 16, 2026 INTERVIEW: RepAir targets modular electrochemical CO2 capture to cut energy use By James Burgess Editor: Alisdair Bowles Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Energy use 450 kWh/mt CO2 vs 2-3 MWh for liquid solvents 90% capture rate achieved at 1% CO2 in Norway Company targets 2026 for commercial stack deployment Startup RepAir Carbon is developing a modular electrochemical approach to carbon capture designed to work at low CO2 concentrations, expanding the range of industrial applications where carbon capture and storage could be deployed, and dramatically lowering energy use for the capture process. The technology uses a solid-state electrochemical cell to capture CO2 at concentrations below 5%, where more established technologies can struggle. "The technology is at the crossroads between batteries and fuel cells, but applicable to carbon capture," RepAir Vice President for Strategy &amp; Growth Jean-Philippe Hiegel told Platts in an interview. The electrochemical process uses one electron per molecule of CO2 removed, with flue gases flowing over an electrode. "We try to leverage the precision of electrochemistry," he said. The technology uses an anion-exchange membrane to bind CO2 molecules in a three-layer cell, where a redox reaction binds CO2 to hydroxide ions. The lower concentration capability could be relevant for sectors like aluminum, where smelter off-gas CO2 concentrations are around 1%, Hiegel said. The company is working with aluminum producers on feasibility studies to evaluate deployment at scale for process emissions, he said. In a test at 1% CO2 concentration in Norway, the system used 450 kWh/metric ton CO2 captured and achieved a 90% capture rate, Hiegel said. Traditional liquid solvent capture systems typically require 2-3 MWh/mt CO2 captured and generally work down to 5% CO2 concentrations, requiring a lot of heat with high energy intensity. "That is where the energy intensity is undoing the economics" of conventional carbon capture, Hiegel said. "We remove heat from the equation." RepAir is deploying 1,000 square centimeter cells and aims to install a commercial stack in 2026, Hiegel said. "We believe this is now commercial scale," he said. Larger capture units can be constructed, with modules stacked both vertically and horizontally up to 25 meters high. "We scale by modularity," Hiegel said. He said the next step towards commercialization was to de-risk the technology, deploying a stack on site. The company has secured Eur12.5 million ($14.3 million) in blended funding from the European Innovation Council and EIC Fund in 2025, comprising Eur2.5 million in grant funding and Eur10 million in equity investment. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed nearest December EU ETS CO2 allowances at Eur81.17/mt ($93.03/mt) on July 15. CO2 emissions concentration by sector Sector Typical CO2 concentration (%) Ammonia 40+ Hydrogen via steam methane reforming 40+ Cement 15-20 Steel 15-20 Post-combustion gas power generation 3-5 Aluminum 1 Direct Air Capture 0.04 Source: S&amp;P Global Energy, RepAir US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/crude-oil/071626-atj-poised-for-post-2030-growth-as-evs-free-ethanol-supply-policy-remains-key-hurdle-lanzajet</link><description>Alcohol-to-jet (ATJ) sustainable aviation fuel could emerge as the next major production pathway after 2030 as rising electric vehicle adoption frees ethanol currently blended into gasoline, easing concerns over future feedstock constraints, Flyn van Ewijk, LanzaJet&amp;apos;s regional director for Asia Pacific, told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy. While hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids (HEFA) will</description><title>ATJ poised for post-2030 growth as EVs free ethanol supply; policy remains key hurdle: LanzaJet</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 06:49:03 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Mia Pei</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 16, 2026 ATJ poised for post-2030 growth as EVs free ethanol supply; policy remains key hurdle: LanzaJet By Mia Pei Editor: Namrata Srivastava Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS HEFA remains dominant SAF pathway until 2030 EV adoption frees ethanol for ATJ Policy gaps hinder APAC SAF scaling Alcohol-to-jet (ATJ) sustainable aviation fuel could emerge as the next major production pathway after 2030 as rising electric vehicle adoption frees ethanol currently blended into gasoline, easing concerns over future feedstock constraints, Flyn van Ewijk, LanzaJet's regional director for Asia Pacific, told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. While hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids (HEFA) will remain the dominant SAF technology through the end of the decade, ethanol-based SAF is well-positioned for commercial expansion beyond 2030 because ethanol availability and production are expected to increase rather than tighten, van Ewijk said in a sideline interview at the SAF APAC Summit in Melbourne. "Alcohol-to-jet is the next technology to scale after HEFA," van Ewijk said. "As we get more EVs on the roads, you're going to have more ethanol available for SAF." Unlike HEFA, which relies largely on limited supplies of waste oils and fats, ATJ can utilize ethanol regardless of how it is produced, said van Ewijk. "We already produce around 120 billion liters of ethanol globally every year," van Ewijk said. "The technology doesn't care where the ethanol comes from." Platts assessed SAF (ETJ) Cost of Production w/o Credits USGC at 158.25 cents/gal July 15, down 7.63 cents/gal from the previous day. He expects HEFA to remain the dominant SAF pathway until around 2030 but said several industry outlooks indicate that feedstock constraints could begin to emerge around then, creating an opportunity for ATJ technologies to scale. Asia-Pacific could become one of the largest ATJ markets globally, given its rapidly expanding aviation sector and abundant agricultural resources, van Ewijk said, highlighting Australia, Thailand, and India as countries with strong domestic ethanol industries, while Japan, South Korea, and Singapore could develop significant import-based production models. S&amp;P Global Energy data show that, as of July 7, HEFA production capacity in the Asia Pacific region, based on announced plants with a max diesel or modulated configuration, stands at around 8 million metric tons in 2026 and 11 million mt in 2030. The announced capacity of ATJ-SPK projects in the region, however, stands at 46,000 mt in 2026 and 906,000 mt in 2030. The estimated capacity of speculative ATJ-SPK projects is projected at over 2.7 million mt in 2030, bringing the total ATJ-SPK capacities to nearly 4 million mt then, based on the data. Policy hurdle Despite the favorable feedstock outlook, van Ewijk said the biggest obstacle facing the industry is no longer technology or raw materials but policy. "SAF is a policy-enabled market. It wouldn't exist without those policies," he said. "The key bottleneck to really scaling up in Asia-Pacific is getting the right mix of demand-side and supply-side policies." He said governments across the region have made significant progress in introducing production incentives, but demand-side measures remain underdeveloped, with Australia illustrating that imbalance. The country has introduced grant funding through the Australian Renewable Energy Agency, production incentives under the A$1.1 billion Cleaner Fuels Program, and financing support through government investment vehicles. However, "the missing piece has always been demand-side policy," van Ewijk noted. The Australian government announced earlier that it would soon launch industry consultation on the demand-side policy. Supply-side incentives help lower production costs, while demand-side measures create guaranteed markets and de-risk long-term offtake agreements needed to secure project financing, he added. Without mandates, airlines remain reluctant to sign long-term SAF purchase agreements because doing so voluntarily could put them at a competitive disadvantage compared with rivals who continue to use conventional jet fuel. "Mandates level the playing field," said van Ewijk. He cited Japan as one of the region's policy leaders, pointing to its 10% SAF target by 2030 and generous government support for project development. South Korea's blending mandate and Singapore's SAF levy model are also closely watched across the industry. Van Ewijk added that geopolitical developments have further strengthened governments' interest in domestic SAF production. "The biggest change over the past year has been energy security," he said, noting that disruptions arising from the Middle East conflict underscored the vulnerability of fuel-importing countries such as Australia and New Zealand. Domestic SAF production, he said, offers not only emissions reductions but also greater resilience against future fuel supply disruptions. The US-based SAF company licenses its alcohol-to-jet technology. Its Freedom Pines Fuels facility in Georgia, which can produce up to 10 million gal/year of sustainable fuels, became fully operational in 2025, based on LanzaJet's website. The company is also advancing projects with Jet Zero Australia, Cosmo Oil in Japan, Air New Zealand, and Indian Oil, and raised $47 million in new capital in February 2026 to support its global expansion, according to the company website. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/071626-flexibility-is-key-to-increasing-the-scope-and-impact-of-carbon-markets-vitol</link><description>Carbon markets in Europe and globally can expand to further cut greenhouse gas emissions only if built with sufficient flexibility tools that make carbon prices equitable across regions, Ariel Perez, Head of Carbon Trading EMEA at Vitol and a veteran of carbon markets, said. &amp;quot;We are testing the limit of how far [carbon prices] can go,&amp;quot; Perez said in an interview with Platts. &amp;quot;There are signs in</description><title>Flexibility is key to increasing the scope and impact of carbon markets: Vitol</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 15:11:48 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Silvia Favasuli</name><name>Charlotte Radford</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Emissions, Carbon July 16, 2026 Flexibility is key to increasing the scope and impact of carbon markets: Vitol By Silvia Favasuli and Charlotte Radford Editor: Juan Tolentino Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Carbon price limits are being tested in Europe ETS need flexibility through carbon credits to scale Price convergence is possible at below European prices Carbon markets in Europe and globally can expand to further cut greenhouse gas emissions only if built with sufficient flexibility tools that make carbon prices equitable across regions, Ariel Perez, Head of Carbon Trading EMEA at Vitol and a veteran of carbon markets, said. "We are testing the limit of how far [carbon prices] can go," Perez said in an interview with Platts. "There are signs in Europe [of this]," he said. His remarks come on the eve of a review of the European Emission Trading System, one of the largest compliance carbon markets globally and the first of its kind, that will aim, among other things, to address concerns about the risk of de-industrialization in a continent where carbon prices are currently trading at about Eur80/mtCO2e, well above the price seen in other regions. "How are we going to have 40%-50% of extra emissions reduction at the price where they are now? Countries are going to sign up for equitable systems based on collaboration," Perez said. Talking at an event earlier in June, Perez pointed out the risk of having a large premium on carbon prices in Europe versus elsewhere: "The EU cannot have a price of carbon at Eur100/mtCO2e, if the rest of the world is not on the same path because the lost competitiveness and lost political support is irreversible," he said. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed its EU Emission Allowance Nearest-December price assessment at Eur81.17/mtCO2e on July 15, down from a peak of Eur92.09/mtCO2e on Jan. 15. While other countries implementing ETS systems or carbon taxes allow for a limited use of carbon credits, the EU has resisted doing so, missing out, according to Perez, on the opportunity to import much lower abatement costs and bring down the cost of carbon without reducing climate action, he told Platts. Vitol has been urging the EU to integrate high-integrity international carbon credits under Article 6 of the Paris Agreement into the European ETS scheme and published a white paper on the topic earlier in April. A global price for carbon The integration of international carbon credits within compliance carbon schemes worldwide would help distribute the high cost of carbon paid in Europe to other regions and create global carbon price convergence below the price of EU allowances, Perez said: "The point is to spread carbon pricing." Carbon credits are issued by projects typically located in the Global South, where it's cheaper to implement them, but are traded globally, with most buyers sitting in the Global North, meaning global demand and supply dynamics help set their price. Perez sees the price Article 6 credits, when integrated in the EU ETS systems and in other carbon schemes globally under the same set of rules, converging at a global weighted average price that will be lower than the price of carbon allowances under the EU ETS scheme but above the cost of abatement in the Global South. "With $15 to $20/mtCO2e, you replace biomass with clean cooking solutions with the most recent technology and highest integrity. You can also save millions of hectares [of forests] per year, depending on the price of soybeans [and other competing commodities] in the region," Perez said. "People can be surprised at how low the price of carbon can be to have an impact, but to have maximum impact, there needs to be linkages among systems." The Platts CCP Cookstoves Sub-Saharan Africa Current Year price assessment â an indicator of the price of higher integrity cookstoves credits â was assessed at $13.50/mtCO2e on July 15. Price fragmentation Carbon markets are currently deeply fragmented. If companies covered by the EU's ETS are currently exposed to prices at about Eur80/mtCO2e, compliance systems elsewhere, such as China's ETS, the Australian Carbon Credit Unit (ACCU) Scheme or the Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative (RGGI) in the US, are seeing much lower prices. The lack of price convergence affects the competitiveness of companies exporting their goods and can lead to carbon leakage, whereby companies simply relocate their factories to areas with less stringent environmental rules or cheaper carbon prices. In 2026, the EU introduced the Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM) to address the problem, a carbon tax paid by companies importing goods into the EU and located in countries without a carbon scheme comparable to the EU's ETS. While this measure has triggered the rise of new ETS systems (or plans to do so), it doesn't create the conditions for global price convergence, according to Perez. "CBAM is a useful tool to incentivize trading partners to put in place ETS systems, but it's not the right one to incentivize them to have the same ambition as the EU." Different abatement costs globally mean that the price of carbon needed to make dirty fuels or polluting industrial processes less competitive with their greener alternatives is much higher in Europe than elsewhere, especially in the Global South. "You need to look at the cost of reducing emissions in Europe versus the cost of reducing emissions internationally â it's not comparable" Perez sees the proposed penalties for [polluting vessels under] the International Maritime Organization, the cost of Sustainable Aviation Fuel, and the German Greenhouse Gas Reduction Quota (THG-Quote) as indicators of the cost of decarbonizing the middle- and high-hanging fruits in Europe. But the cost of abatement in less developed countries is not such a quickly moving target, according to Perez: "With $25/mt and below, which can go to $50/mt with restrictions, you can decarbonize." In such a context, incorporating international credits into ETS systems is the inevitable answer to reducing the cost of decarbonization, according to Perez. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/blog/takeaways-private-markets-forum</link><description>We recently hosted our inaugural U.S. Private Markets Forum in New York City, convening investors and market participants to discuss the evolving dynamics across private credit, fund finance, and structured solutions.</description><title>Investor Pulse: Takeaways from S&amp;amp;P Global Ratingsâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99; U.S. Private Markets Forum</title><pubDate>08 May 2026 17:04:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ 08 May 2026 Investor Pulse: Takeaways From S&amp;P Global Ratingsâ U.S. Private Markets Forum Authored by Layla Beyzavi Overview We recently hosted our inaugural U.S. Private Markets Forum in New York City, convening investors and market participants to discuss the evolving dynamics across private credit, fund finance, and structured solutions. Discussions highlighted the growing role of innovative structuring, the use of fund finance as both an investment opportunity and liquidity tool, and the shifting priorities shaping today's investor landscape. Key Takeaways Investor sentiment toward private credit and structured solutions remains broadly constructive, though capital deployment has become more selective and disciplined. As investors place greater emphasis on downside protection and risk-adjusted returns, competitive differentiation is increasingly defined by structuring expertise, underwriting discipline, and manager capabilities rather than access to capital alone. Market Environment: Demand for yield continues to support private credit; however, investors are prioritizing risk-adjusted returns and capital preservation over headline yield. There is heightened scrutiny on liquidity management, refinancing risk, and the ability of portfolios to withstand stress scenarios, reflecting a more defensive and disciplined investment posture. Structural Underwriting: Structure and alignment have become central to investment decisions. Investors are evaluating opportunities through a holistic lens, focusing not only on asset quality but also on manager quality and track record, incentive alignment, covenant protections, repayment flexibility, and transparency. Structural integrity is a key driver of downside protection. Market Convergence: Boundaries between corporate, project, infrastructure, and structured finance continue to blur, creating a broader and more complex opportunity set. Transactions are becoming more bespoke, often incorporating both debt- and equity-like features to tailor risk-return profiles to investor needs. Structural Innovation: Flexible structures, including fund finance solutions, fund wrappers, hybrid vehicles, joint ventures, and layered capital stacks are becoming increasingly important. Innovation is increasingly occurring through transaction structure, enabling investors to optimize liquidity, risk exposure, and capital efficiency. Role of Insurance Capital: Insurance investors have become an increasingly important source of capital in private credit, influencing not only pricing and transaction terms but also the evolution of deal structures. Their focus on ratings outcomes, regulatory capital efficiency, and long-duration liabilities is driving greater demand for bespoke solutions that balance capital efficiency, robust structuring, and long-term risk-adjusted returns. Investment Conditions: Investors remain willing to pursue complex opportunities where the economic rationale is compelling and risks are clearly understood and appropriately allocated. Complexity itself is not a barrier, provided it is supported by transparency, strong governance, and robust structural protections. Whatâs Next Looking ahead, market differentiation will increasingly depend on the ability to structure transactions that effectively balance flexibility, liquidity, transparency, and long-term investor protection. Managers that can consistently deliver on these dimensions are likely to be best positioned to attract capital and scale in an increasingly selective environment. S&amp;Pâs analyses, including ratings, are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed, and are not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell any securities, and should not be relied on when making investment or other business decisions. S&amp;P obtains information from sources it believes to be reliable, but does not audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of information it receives. S&amp;Pâs opinions and analyses do not address the suitability of any security. Please read our full disclaimer. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/industry-credit-outlook-update-europe-oil-and-gas-s101696713</link><description>Oil supply swings from excess to shortage--and back? Oil and products prices spike. We anticipated increasing oversupply and lower oil prices in 2026--until the unprecedented disruption in the Strait of Hormuz caused initial panic. European gas benchmarks are up. Title Transfer Facility prices jumped too, but not to 2022 levels. Only 3% of global gas has been affected, but the loss of 20% of liquified natural gas squeezed supply for Asian and European spot purchasers. Market resilience has been </description><title>Industry Credit Outlook Update Europe: Oil and Gas</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 14:22:22 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/071626-interview-wildlife-works-weighs-new-mai-ndombe-redd-credits-issuance-after-four-year-gap</link><description>Wildlife Works Carbon is exploring options to issue new carbon credits from its Mai Ndombe and Kasigau REDD+ forestry conservation projects after changes in carbon emissions accounting methodology stalled fresh issuances over the past four years. The Mai Ndombe forestry conservation project in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which spans 300,000 hectares of tropical rainforest, has not issued new</description><title>INTERVIEW: Wildlife Works weighs new Mai Ndombe REDD+ credits issuance after four-year gap</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 11:15:46 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Felix Njini</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Emissions, Carbon July 16, 2026 INTERVIEW: Wildlife Works weighs new Mai Ndombe REDD+ credits issuance after four-year gap By Felix Njini Editor: Alisdair Bowles Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Wildlife Works eyes African projects credit issuance options Methodology changes have halted new credits for four years Mai Ndombe prices drop to 25 cents/mtCO2e on exchanges Wildlife Works Carbon is exploring options to issue new carbon credits from its Mai Ndombe and Kasigau REDD+ forestry conservation projects after changes in carbon emissions accounting methodology stalled fresh issuances over the past four years. The Mai Ndombe forestry conservation project in the Democratic Republic of Congo, which spans 300,000 hectares of tropical rainforest, has not issued new credits since 2022 after Verra inactivated the VM0009 methodology the project used, WWC's CEO and founder Michael Korchinsky told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, in an interview. The Kasigau project, a 200,000 hectare forestry conservation project in Kenya, is in a similar predicament. Mai Ndombe and Kasigau need to transition to Verra's VM0048 methodology or look for other registries under which to issue new credits, the CEO said. "It's been a challenge that we have not been able to issue for four years, but we hope the wait is over, and that this year we will be a year in which we can begin issuances again," Korchinsky said. Verra's new datasets developed under VM0048 (Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and Forest Degradation) enable developers to register projects using standardized baselines -- which determine the volume of carbon credits a project can generate by comparing actual forest loss against modeled deforestation risk. But it's not an immediate solution WWC seeks for its African forestry projects, Korchinsky said. "The lack of a methodology solution in the case of Mai Ndombe or data for use of the methodology in the case of Kasigau is still preventing us from moving ahead with Verra for both projects," Korchinsky said. When Mai Ndombe was threatened by commercial logging in the early 2000s, a REDD+ conservation project was agreed with authorities to help preserve the rainforests, using carbon credits sales revenues to usher in conservation alongside local communities. At the time it was estimated that more than 100 million tons of CO2 emissions would be reduced over three decades. However, Rainforest Foundation UK alleged in 2020 that the Mai Ndombe project lacked integrity, was not inclusive enough, and overstated the community and environmental benefits. WWC dismissed the allegations, arguing they were not backed by evidence. Then in January 2023, the UK's Guardian newspaper alleged that more than 90% of Verra-certified REDD+ projects globally were not impacting deforestation and that the credits were worthless. In the wake of the allegations, Platts' Nature-Based Southeast Asia price assessment â the global assessment for REDD+ credits at the time â slumped, falling to $8.20/mtCO2e on Feb. 9, 2023 from $10.95/mtCO2e less than a month earlier. For the Mai Ndombe project specifically, credits with a vintage 2018 that were trading at $14.30/mtCO2e in June 2022 were being offered at around $6/mtCO2e a year later, according to Platts data. 'We like the idea that there is a choice' WWC wants to issue new credits from its Kasigau project but, just like in DRC, it is still not clear when Verra will transition the projects to VM0048, Korchinsky said. "So, it's not just about the data not being available," he said. "There is no methodological support for it under VM0048. Whether that becomes a different methodology under Verra or whether it's a module that they add to VM0048, that's not clear to us at this point." The VM0048 is a framework that is to be used together with other modules for specific activity types, Verra says on its website. "What's missing are the baselines. We don't have the baseline from Verra for either project [DRC or Kenya]," Korchinsky said. "So, we can't speculate on the volumes we are going to issue. But historically, those are projects that issue, give or take, 4 million credits [per year]." The last issuance was in 2022, and the new issuances are planned for vintages starting from 2023, according to the founder. The Mai Ndombe project could also explore other standards like Equitable Earth to issue, but no final decision has been made, Korchinsky said. Verra is still the default standard that Mai Ndombe and Kasigau want to issue the new credits under, he said. "If they [Verra] do produce the data, then we would be able to move, but it's not a secret that we have also been working with a group of people to try and see if we can introduce or see if the market is ready for an alternative," Korchinsky said. "Equitable Earth is attempting to be a global standard for forest carbon projects. And we like that standard, and we like the people there, and we like the idea that there's a choice." Equitable Earth declined to comment. Equitable Earth uses the M002 Terrestrial Forest Conservation methodology, which is designed to support high-integrity avoided unplanned deforestation and degradation projects, it says on its website. "We like the idea that the market would have more than one choice for projects like ours because it would prevent situations where one standard basically stops the activity in the market for four years," the WWC founder said. The stalled credit issuances could pose financial challenges as running the forestry conservation projects is costly, Korchinsky said. New investors planning forestry conservation could face delays because "the economic models are dependent on baselines," Korchinsky said. "It's not fair to the communities and to everybody that's been involved to have been in limbo for so long without a clear path forward," he added. Verra did not respond to emailed requests for comment. What are Mai Ndombe credits worth? Some Mai Ndombe credits are currently offered at prices ranging from 25 cents/mtCO2e for 2016 vintage and 24 cents/mtCO2e for 2018 vintage on CBL Xpansiv, a secondary exchange for environmental markets. Earlier this month 20,000 mt of REDD+, 2020 vintage, were being offered at 95 cents/mtCO2e, while 100,000 mt, vintage 2019, were offered at 40 cents/mtCO2e, a broker said. Some of the project's biggest buyers include Eni Upstream and Shell. Eni Upstream retired more than 5.9 million Mai Ndombe credits between February 2025 and February 2026, Verra registry data shows. "We have sold or contracted to sell all our inventory, so I'd say buyers still want the high-quality credits from our projects," Korchinsky said. Some units from Kasigau phase II, Kenya REDD+, 2021 vintage, were being offered at $3.20/mtCO2e, a trader said. "The prices we get on the primary market have remained strong for our credits. People still buy from us at strong prices, even knowing that there are these credits out there on the secondary market," Korchinsky said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/crude-oil/071526-airbus-urges-faster-apac-saf-policy-to-unlock-investments-improve-price-discovery</link><description>Governments across the Asia Pacific need to move quickly to finalize SAF policy frameworks and stimulate trading activities to unlock investment decisions and improve price discovery, as the market enters a new phase of growth, Stephen Forshaw, Airbus chief representative for Australia, New Zealand, and the Pacific, told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy. &amp;quot;We&amp;apos;ve now got a number of proponents with</description><title>Airbus urges faster APAC SAF policy to unlock investments, improve price discovery</title><pubDate>15 July 2026 08:11:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Mia Pei</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 15, 2026 Airbus urges faster APAC SAF policy to unlock investments, improve price discovery By Mia Pei Editor: Namrata Srivastava Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Regional SAF demand strengthens Australia potentially net exporter of low-carbon fuels More trading needed to improve price discovery Governments across the Asia Pacific need to move quickly to finalize SAF policy frameworks and stimulate trading activities to unlock investment decisions and improve price discovery, as the market enters a new phase of growth, Stephen Forshaw, Airbus chief representative for Australia, New Zealand, and the Pacific, told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. "We've now got a number of proponents with very serious proposals," Forshaw said at an interview during SAF APAC Summit 2026, citing projects in Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, Australia, and potentially Japan and South Korea. While most projects have yet to reach a final investment decision, he said the industry already has two essential ingredients needed for growth: available capital and growing demand. "There are pools of capital available for financially sound projects that are investment-ready... and there is demand for the product," Forshaw said. "The onus is then on the producers to develop sound investment cases." S&amp;P Global Energy data shows that, as of July 7, HEFA production capacity in the Asia Pacific region, based on announced plants with a max diesel or modulated configuration, stands at around 8 million metric tons in 2026 and 11 million mt in 2030. However, the streaming of speculative capacity will increase the region's HEFA production capacity by an additional 7 million mt, bringing total capacity to nearly 19 million mt in 2030, according to S&amp;P Global Horizons' biofuels outlook, released in late June. Asia's SAF production could more than double by 2030 to nearly 23 million mt per year if speculative capacity also streams. Demand is strengthening as more Asia-Pacific governments introduce SAF usage targets or other demand mechanisms, including Singapore, Japan, and South Korea, while airlines are increasingly pursuing voluntary decarbonization targets and seeking to monetize Scope 1 and Scope 3 carbon reductions, Forshaw said. Horizons forecasts that SAF demand in Asia will reach 31 million mt, accounting for around 19% of the jet fuel pool by 2060. This means the region will require an additional 25 million mt of SAF production capacity by 2060 to meet demands, of which 18 million mt will have to come from ATJ or other pathways, according to Horizons. Trading liquidity Besides policy support, Forshaw said the market also needs more physical trading to establish transparent pricing and improve liquidity. "We're still in the early stages of price discovery," he said, noting that a larger number of SAF transactions would allow buyers and producers to better understand the market's clearing price and reduce uncertainty for future investments. He said mechanisms such as mandates and growing voluntary demand help create a functioning market by increasing transaction numbers, enabling participants to develop clearer price signals and more standardized commercial arrangements. "The more SAF that's bought and sold, the more comfortable financiers and project developers become because they can see where the market is pricing the product," he said, adding that mature price discovery ultimately supports long-term contracting and investment decisions. Platts assessed SAF (HEFA-SPK) FOB Straits at $2,520/mt and SAF FOB China at $2,507/mt July 14. Australia's evolving role Australia has announced a low-carbon liquid fuels support package as part of its 2026-2027 federal budget and intends to introduce demand-side measures, but detailed consultation has yet to conclude. Forshaw said Australia now needs to move beyond policy consultation and provide investors with certainty, noting that delays risk more premium domestic feedstocks being exported rather than processed locally into SAF. "We've heard commitments to consult. Great, let's get on with it. Let's see urgency," Forshaw said. "The longer we take to set policy in Australia, the more and more our feedstock gets exported, and I don't want that window to close." If Australia's first commercial SAF facilities are successfully built, larger projects should follow, creating economies of scale and positioning the country as a major producer of low-carbon liquid fuels, he said. Looking further ahead, Forshaw said Australia could become "the Saudi Arabia of liquid fuels" if abundant renewable electricity and green hydrogen enable competitive power-to-liquids production. "That may take a couple of decades to get to the right price point, but I'm trying to look at this with a long-term vision, not a three-year election cycle," he said. Nonetheless, he noted that recent geopolitical disruptions have reinforced the importance of domestic low-carbon liquid fuel production beyond climate policy. "A year ago, I warned we were sleepwalking our way into a fuel security crisis by being so heavily dependent on imported jet fuel." On aircraft readiness, he noted that Airbus has already successfully flown aircraft on 100% SAF during test flights, and the remaining hurdle is regulatory certification. "The issue for regulatory certification is understanding the long-term impact on engines and aircraft components. That's what regulators are studying." Current Airbus aircraft are certified to operate on blends of up to 50% SAF, while the company is working with regulators toward certification for 100% SAF use. "There's absolutely no chance that globally we can be at anything like 100% SAF by 2030. There's just not enough supply." Instead, Airbus is focusing on helping airlines decarbonize through fleet renewal, investment in SAF production and technology, and support for policy development. The company has invested alongside Qantas in Australia's SAF sector and recently expanded investments into earlier-stage technologies through Climate Tech Partners, which Forshaw said is intended to identify future winners, including power-to-liquids and other next-generation fuels. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/industry-credit-outlook-update-north-america-regulated-utilities-s101696747</link><description>Credit quality is stabilizing. In May we revised the industryâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s outlook to stable from negative, where it had been since early 2020. During the past six years, downgrades mostly outpaced upgrades and the median industry rating fell to &amp;apos;BBB+&amp;apos; from &amp;apos;A-&amp;apos;. Over the next two years, we expect upgrades and downgrades will be more balanced.</description><title>Industry Credit Outlook Update North America: Regulated Utilities</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 14:37:41 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/industry-credit-outlook-update-north-america-midstream-energy-s101696751</link><description>Stability amid uncertainty. The war with Iran has triggered an oil shock, volatile commodity markets, and investor uncertainty. The opening of a second major conflict--the Russia-Ukraine war being the first--will likely reshape trade flows to the benefit of North American midstream companies.</description><title>Industry Credit Outlook Update North America: Midstream Energy</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 14:39:54 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/industry-credit-outlook-update-north-america-chemicals-s101696765</link><description>A break in the clouds. The Middle East war has temporarily flipped a global chemical oversupply into a supply-deficit. Chemical product prices have risen and--despite some recent tempering--remain higher than prewar levels for a broad range of chemicals. Input costs for U.S. producers have generally stayed flat or have increased marginally relative to product price increases. Important exceptions include higher sulfur prices for phosphate fertilizers. Higher product prices without commensurate c</description><title>Industry Credit Outlook Update North America: Chemicals</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 14:45:28 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/industry-credit-outlook-update-gcc-chemicals-s101696683</link><description>Geographic diversification will determine credit resilience. Disruption to Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC)-based chemical producers. The effective closure of the Strait of Hormuz underpins the disruption. The Middle East war has constrained export activity through the Strait of Hormuz since the end of February, in addition to some physical damage. This led to several closures and force majeures in the region, with various GCC-based corporates reducing the production of certain chemical products, </description><title>Industry Credit Outlook Update GCC: Chemicals</title><pubDate>16 July 2026 14:02:27 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/blog/french-investors-are-becoming-more-vigilant</link><description>French institutional investors are adopting a more guarded stance. This indicates that current market conditions may not fully capture underlying risks. </description><title>Investor Pulse: French Investors Are Becoming More Vigilant</title><pubDate>12 May 2026 17:04:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ 12 May 2026 Investor Pulse: French Investors Are Becoming More Vigilant Authored by Claudio Viscomi Overview French institutional investors are adopting a more guarded stance. This indicates that current market conditions may not fully capture underlying risks. While financial conditions remain broadly supportive, investors are shifting their focus toward medium-term risks, structural vulnerabilities, and potential gaps between macroeconomic stress and market pricing. Overall investor sentiment is characterized by a tension between short-term stability and long-term vulnerability. While stable credit markets underpin resilience over the near term, concerns are rising over the delayed materialization of risks, particularly in credit and private markets. Additionally, investors pay more attention to sector and geographic exposures. What We Heard Medium-term risks are coming to the fore Investors are shifting their focus from short-term volatility to the long-term effect of geopolitical and energy shocks, and are increasingly moving toward scenario-based analysis. Key concerns include rising pressure on corporate profitability and earnings visibility, an increase in default risk in the case of prolonged stress, and uncertainty about how long energy shocks will last and how they will affect the broader economy. Uncertainty about market signals increases Mixed or inconsistent signals make traditional market indicators harder to interpret. This is underpinned by uncertainty about interest rate dynamics and yield curves, alongside limited visibility of forward-looking macro signals, particularly in rates and foreign exchange markets. Investors are therefore shifting from conventional indicators toward a more cautious, judgment-based approach. Central bank policy comes under scrutiny Investors have started to question the effectiveness of central banks' policy actions and see them as a source of uncertainty rather than stabilization. Among the main concerns are the potential acceleration of an economic slowdown in Europe due to policy tightening, the limited ability of monetary policy to address supply-driven inflation, and potentially less aggressive tightening than current market pricing implies. Credit markets might be less stable than they seem Financing conditions remain generally supportive, with spreads widening only moderately. Immediate stress is limited and there are no signs of widespread ratings pressure or liquidity events. However, this resilience is raising concerns about a potential disconnect between macro conditions and financial markets. Key risks include the capacity of sovereigns and corporates to absorb shocks, the possibility of sudden repricing due to delayed adjustments, and potential spillovers into the wider financial system. Sector selectivity is up Investors are adopting a highly selective approach. Sectors that are most vulnerable to current pressures include energy-intensive industries (margin pressure), transport and consumer-related sectors (sensitive to fuel and input costs), and agribusinesses (fertilizer supply volatility). Investors are increasingly reassessing their regional exposure and view Asia as more sensitive to energy dependence and supply chain vulnerabilities than Europe. Private credit risks remain elusive Even though private credit appears calm on the surface, it could become a central concern for investors--not due to immediate stress but because of structural vulnerabilities, such as limited transparency and weak mark-to-market mechanisms. According to investors, private credit may not trigger a financial crisis but could amplify it. Investors increasingly emphasize tail-risk scenarios. They note that systemic risk would most likely emerge from institutional balance sheets, particularly insurers, if they faced a combination of illiquidity, regulatory constraints, and sudden liquidity needs. Additionally, extensions and restructurings to "smooth" returns may only delay potential losses instead of eliminating them. This could lead to dislocation and concentrated losses over time. Risk exposure differs across regions. While European exposures remain contained and nonsystemic, the scale of the U.S. market--coupled with bank involvement and a broader investor base--has led to more investor vigilance. S&amp;Pâs analyses, including ratings, are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed, and are not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell any securities, and should not be relied on when making investment or other business decisions. S&amp;P obtains information from sources it believes to be reliable, but does not audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of information it receives. S&amp;Pâs opinions and analyses do not address the suitability of any security. Please read our full disclaimer. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/070926-asean-to-integrate-corsia-findings-in-sustainable-aviation-roadmap-due-in-2026</link><description>The ASEAN Secretariat plans to incorporate the findings of a newly launched report on the region&amp;apos;s carbon credit potential under the Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation into the forthcoming ASEAN Sustainable Aviation Roadmap, which is expected to be finalized in 2026 and submitted to transport ministers for adoption, a senior Secretariat official told Platts. Speaking</description><title>ASEAN to integrate CORSIA findings into sustainable aviation roadmap due in 2026</title><pubDate>09 July 2026 03:42:07 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Agriculture, Refined Products, Carbon, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel, Emissions July 09, 2026 ASEAN to integrate CORSIA findings into sustainable aviation roadmap due in 2026 By Samyak Pandey Editor: Ankit Ajmera Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS ASEAN holds 7.1% of CORSIA-eligible carbon credits supply Eyes 348 mil credits by 2035 worth up to $8.5 bil The ASEAN Secretariat plans to incorporate the findings of a newly launched report on the region's carbon credit potential under the Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation into the forthcoming ASEAN Sustainable Aviation Roadmap, which is expected to be finalized in 2026 and submitted to transport ministers for adoption, a senior Secretariat official told Platts. Speaking to Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, at the MYAero Sustainable Aviation Asia-Pacific Symposium in Malaysia on July 1, Aung Soe Moe, senior officer for air transport at the Secretariat, described the organization's role in shaping the June report -- co-authored by Boeing, GenZero and Abatable -- as primarily one of facilitation and coordination rather than technical input, with the Secretariat channeling its findings to relevant national authorities for policy consideration. "Our role is more on the sort of facilitation and coordination rather than providing technical advice on the report itself," Aung said. "They have their own expertise, and our role is to make the findings and recommendations a channel to the authority -- the ASEAN transport ministers, energy ministers and environment ministers -- for awareness, and then the policy direction on what the next step will be to move forward." CORSIA requires airlines operating international routes to offset emissions growth above a 2019 baseline. Airlines in the first phase, covering 2024 to 2026, face a combined global obligation of nearly 200 million metric tons, with ASEAN carriers expected to require 17 million to 18 million carbon credits. The total global eligible supply stood at 36.6 million carbon credits as of June 1, highlighting a structural shortfall that ASEAN is well positioned to help address, the report said. The region hosts four carbon projects that have issued 2.6 million CORSIA-eligible emission units, representing just 7.1% of the global eligible supply and 1.3% of the expected demand during the first phase, the report said. Authorization readiness Asked how prepared other ASEAN governments are to navigate the trade-off between authorizing carbon credits for CORSIA use and protecting their own climate commitments, Aung said Laos and Cambodia have direct experience issuing letters of authorization. However, the Secretariat is actively working to close the knowledge gap with other member states, according to Aung. "[In June] we held a workshop in Kuala Lumpur under the EU-ASEAN Sustainable Connectivity Package - Aviation Partnership Project, or SCOPE APP, implemented by the EU Aviation Safety Agency, that also invited other relevant ministries and agencies to deep-dive into this issue. This workshop is very useful for other member states to learn from Lao PDR and Cambodia's experience," Aung said. An additional 54 carbon projects in the region meet CORSIA's technical requirements but lack host-government letters of authorization, according to the report. If authorized, ASEAN supply could increase more than eightfold to 20.8 million carbon credits, sufficient to cover the entire region's first-phase airline obligations, the report said. Roadmap progress Aung said the Secretariat's forthcoming ASEAN Sustainable Aviation Roadmap builds upon the ASEAN Sustainable Aviation Action Plan adopted by ASEAN transport ministers in 2022. The roadmap will be structured around three pillars: operational improvement covering more efficient airspace management, air traffic management and seamless regional operations to reduce fuel burn and emissions; CORSIA and Article 6 engagement; and SAF, for instance, by establishing a coordinated regional direction for SAF uptake, while preserving national flexibility in setting targets and implementation pathways. "This roadmap will be completed by this year, and then we will submit it to the higher authority and the ASEAN transport ministers for consideration and adoption," Aung said. "This will be a good policy reference not only for the transport sector, but also for other relevant sectors." The CORSIA report launched in June has already been shared with the ASEAN Sustainable Aviation Working Group and technical consultants. "This report is very timely because we are working on the roadmap," Aung said. "This is one of the key pillars of CORSIA and EEU, and I am happy to have a good reference to move forward with the development of the roadmap." Stakeholder engagement On closing gaps highlighted in the report, including Vietnam's 24 CORSIA-aligned projects that currently lack authorization, Aung said the Secretariat will lean on its existing cross-inter-ministerial cooperation platform, which brings together transport, environment and other relevant ministries, as well as external partners such as Boeing. "We do have the cross-inter-ministerial cooperation platform, and we also have the interface with meetings with the transport minister and other relevant ministries," Aung said. "We will invite relevant stakeholders, including Boeing and other partners, and hold the meeting later this year. We are also looking into the possibility of a half-day seminar to promote understanding and share best practices." Vietnam accounts for 24 of the 54 CORSIA-aligned projects in ASEAN, Thailand for 11 and Myanmar for eight, according to the report. None has yet issued authorizations, the report said. Looking ahead, a pipeline of 100 new carbon projects could add another 302 million carbon credits by the end of CORSIA's second phase in 2035, bringing the total potential ASEAN supply to 348 million units, with an estimated market value of $1.6 billion to $8.5 billion at prevailing prices of $10-$23/unit, the report said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/natural-gas/071526-ten-eu-countries-make-last-minute-push-for-industry-reprieve-in-ets-overhaul</link><description>A coalition of 10 EU countries has presented a joint statement to the European Commission outlining demands for a slower reduction in carbon allowances, extended free allocations, and a reconsideration of ETS2, the EU&amp;apos;s new carbon market for road transport, buildings and small businesses, Poland&amp;apos;s deputy climate and environment minister Krzysztof Bolesta said July 15. The statement was signed by</description><title>Ten EU countries make last-minute push for industry reprieve in ETS overhaul</title><pubDate>15 July 2026 15:03:40 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Eklavya Gupte</name><name>Adam Easton</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Emissions, Carbon July 15, 2026 Ten EU countries make last-minute push for industry reprieve in ETS overhaul By Eklavya Gupte and Adam Easton Editor: Anoop Menon Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Price predictability and competitiveness take center stage Poland wants cap cut to be just above 2% vs the current 4.4% ETS2 reconsideration urged as it is "socially sensitive" A coalition of 10 EU countries has presented a joint statement to the European Commission outlining demands for a slower reduction in carbon allowances, extended free allocations, and a reconsideration of ETS2, the EU's new carbon market for road transport, buildings and small businesses, Poland's deputy climate and environment minister Krzysztof Bolesta said July 15. The statement was signed by Poland, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czechia, Estonia, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Romania and Slovakia. If adopted, the proposals would fundamentally reshape the trajectory of Europe's flagship climate policy. The intervention comes as the commission prepares to unveil its comprehensive emission trading system review on July 17, a package expected to recalibrate the market stability reserve, extend free allocations with investment conditions, and inject 400 million allowances into the market through an investment booster running from 2028-2031. The coalition's central demand is to flatten the pace at which the EU allowance cap shrinks. The joint statement argues the current system, which requires energy and industry sectors to reach near-zero emissions by 2039, "will push industries out of Europe." Poland wants the annual linear reduction factor to fall to just over 2% from the current 4.4%, ensuring allowances aren't exhausted until closer to 2050. "We're saying that industry won't sustain this pace of transformation and that we need more time, that sectors burdened by the ETS must have more freedom to transform," Bolesta said. "Such a rate will also allow the system to better adapt to our realities ... If the rate of ETS shrinkage is slower than CO2 reductions in Poland, our industry will be able to have a breather." He argued that Poland's emissions fell about 3% last year, suggesting a slower cap reduction would give industry breathing room. Political pressure The joint statement calls for making the carbon price "predictable and immune to speculation," as well as "affordable to maintain EU competitiveness globally." The Polish-led intervention highlights divisions within Europe over how to balance climate ambition with industrial competitiveness as the bloc pursues a 90% reduction in emissions by 2040. Coralie Laurencin, director of European gas, power, and carbon policy at S&amp;P Global Energy CERA, said the review reflects a fundamental shift in how Europe's carbon market is evaluated. "The review reflects a new reality: Europe's carbon market is no longer judged solely on emissions reductions, but also on how it impacts industry," Laurencin said. "Europe is divided on how far to go, yet it is difficult to see a scenario in which the EU does not continue to have one of the world's highest carbon prices." The review has drawn intense scrutiny, and EU allowances have been volatile so far in 2026, having declined nearly Eur30/metric ton of CO2 equivalent in March to highs of near Eur93/mtCO2e in January, according to data from Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. Platts assessed EUAs for December 2026 at Eur81.41/mtCO2e on July 14. Benchmark revision The joint statement also calls for a fast-track revision to address fallback benchmarks for the 2026 allocation period, while a broader review should "comprehensively review the product benchmark methodology to better reflect technological and industrial realities." Free allocations are based on benchmarks derived from the average emissions of the 10% most efficient installations for each product category. Higher fuel benchmarks would allow industrial sectors to receive more free emission permits retroactively for 2026 and beyond. Other demands include extending the Modernization Fund beyond 2030 with guaranteed pools for less affluent countries. "We want to extend the fund and increase its pool, and when it comes to the Investment Booster, it is an instrument that will allow for co-financing of industrial decarbonization," Bolesta said. "We are working to ensure there is a guaranteed pool for less affluent countries, so that their projects do not compete for funding with projects from Sweden or Denmark, for example." ETS2 reconsideration The coalition's demands include reconsidering ETS2, which would essentially extend carbon pricing to road transport, buildings and small businesses not covered by the existing ETS, directly impacting households through higher fuel and heating costs. "European citizens should not be facing new climate taxes in current economic and geopolitical circumstances," the statement said. Bolesta said Poland's preference would be to make participation voluntary for member states. "This is one of our most important demands in this reform," he said. "Ideally, we would prefer there not to be an ETS2, but if there is, it should be voluntary." The launch of the EU ETS2 was delayed from 2027 to 2028 to provide additional time for affected sectors and member states. The postponement also occurred amid lingering concerns that ETS2 could lead to substantial increases in energy prices, highlighting the complex interplay between ambitious climate objectives and economic realities. The EU ETS2 targets a 42% reduction in emissions from 2005 levels by 2030, and the supply of allowances is expected to tighten in the year or two after launch. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/071526-european-commission-looks-at-additional-eligibility-criteria-for-corsia-phase-2-only</link><description>The European Commission is looking to scale back its push for stricter carbon credit rules under the Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme (CORSIA), dropping planned restrictions for the first phase while maintaining tougher standards for later compliance periods. The Commission is proposing to introduce additional eligibility criteria only for the second phase of the Carbon Offsetting and</description><title>European Commission looks at additional eligibility criteria for CORSIA Phase 2 only</title><pubDate>15 July 2026 18:58:36 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ben Carding</name><name>Silvia Favasuli</name><name>Eklavya Gupte</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Emissions, Carbon July 15, 2026 European Commission looks at additional eligibility criteria for CORSIA Phase 2 only By Ben Carding, Silvia Favasuli, and Eklavya Gupte Editor: Benjamin Morse Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS EU scales back CORSIA Phase 1 credit rules Commission maintains stricter Phase 2 standards Market expects EU-eligible credits at $5-6 premium The European Commission is looking to scale back its push for stricter carbon credit rules under the Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme (CORSIA), dropping planned restrictions for the first phase while maintaining tougher standards for later compliance periods. The Commission is proposing to introduce additional eligibility criteria only for the second phase of the Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation, or CORSIA, according to minutes from a recent Climate Change Committee meeting organized by the EC's Directorate-General for Climate Action seen by Platts on July 15, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. The shift marks a retreat from the Commission's April proposal, which sought to impose more stringent quality standards on carbon credits used by airlines based in the European Economic Area for compliance under both Phase 1 and Phase 2 of the scheme. "The only, yet substantial, proposed change is the removal of the proposed additional quality criteria for credits used under Phase 1 of CORSIA," the minutes said. Under the revised approach, no additional credit quality criteria would apply for Phase 1. The Commission has removed requirements that would have excluded credits from High Forest-Low Deforestation projects, as well as from cookstoves and other projects that displace the use of non-renewable biomass. The Commission is proposing to maintain the other rules already outlined in the document. A spokesperson from the European Commission was not immediately available for a comment. A "constructive gesture of goodwill" Such decision represents a "compromise" confirming the EU's support of CORSIA, the minutes read. "Member states are invited to see it as a constructive gesture of goodwill vis a vis the feedback they have voiced and that of the industry, with a view to securing a positive vote on the draft act in the autumn," the minutes said. Over the past few days, market sources talking to Platts had shared expectations that the EC would have adopted a similar solution as part of its broader ETS review, expected on July 17. Timing and a lack of supply for Phase 1 were the main reasons behind such expectations. "We're almost at the end of Phase 1, so we will see whether [the EC] retrofits new requirements on Phase 1, or just do for Phase 2," a Europe-based trader said on June 30. A second Europe-based developer echoed this sentiment on July 1: "The EU will still push the additional quality criteria for Phase 2... there's no time to do it for Phase 1," a Europe-based developer said on July 1. "There isâ¯definitely more of a case for moreâ¯stringentâ¯qualityâ¯criteria under Phase 2... there's still a lot of unresolved issues in terms of Phase 1 supply," added the trader. Market fragmentation Under the scenario of CORSIA being maintained and additional eligibility criteria being introduced for European carriers, market participants had expected market fragmentation and a premium on EU-eligible credits. On July 14, Platts heard EU eligible CORSIA Phase 1 eligible credits indicatively valued at a $5-6/mtCO2e premium over non-EU eligible phase 1 credits. The Uzbekistan leak detection and repair project has emerged as a frontrunner for generating credits deemed EU eligible in light of the proposal, which the trader said has been trading at just below $14/mtCO2e. "If EU legislation happens, then Bangladesh [leak detection and repair credits] will become more attractive," for inquiries, said a Singapore-based developer on the same day. Regulatory clarity to kickstart activity Over the past few days, market participants had expected demand for CORSIA credits to pick up with more regulatory clarity from the European Commission. "The current expectation is for more demand to materialize as the EU position becomes clearer and we get closer to the compliance deadline," said the first developer. Some sources have taken the view that European airlines won't enter the market until eligibility is legislated. "It's not a matter of prices, it's about policy," said the first Europe-based trader, adding that European airlines would not commit to credits without knowing what they are allowed to buy. A third Europe-based developer said that airlines are hoping to have eligibility criteria adjusted and in place by autumn this year so they can prepare for procurement as Phase 2 approaches. Other market participants believed an official proposal as part of the EU ETS review due on July 17 to be enough to bring European airlines into the market. "Though it may take several months to put in place the legislation, the proposal should give enough policy certainty/direction to give airlines confidence to buy. Of course, it depends on what is proposed," said a fourth Europe-based developer. The first Europe-based developer said that Asian airlines would continue to buy as "compliance has a moral dimension," alongside an element of "matching competitive behaviour" which may give airlines more urgency to buy as prices rise. In the week starting July 6, market sources attributed an uptick in pricing to Asian RFPs circulating in the market, totaling around 700,000 mt. Multiple sources told Platts that these RFPs were seeking to "lock in" a good price ahead of July 17. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/07/us-imports-to-hit-record-high-in-july-amid-pre-tariff-push-retailers</link><description>US imports are set to hit a record high in July as retailers rush cargo ahead of new tariffs, reshaping peak season patterns.</description><title>US imports to hit record high in July amid pre-tariff push: retailers</title><pubDate>17 July 2026 12:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Mark Szakonyi</name></author><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â Jul 17, 2026 US imports to hit record high in July amid pre-tariff push: retailers By Mark Szakonyi US imports will set a record in July as retailers unleash a final push to land cargo before new tariffs take effect, the National Retail Federation said Wednesday, capping an early peak season whose magnitude caught many market observers off guard. The Global Port Tracker (GPT), published monthly by the NRF and Hackett Associates, forecasts that imports for July will hit 2.47 million TEUs, breaking the previous record for a single month set in May 2022 amid the pandemic rebound. But this month will be the end of an early peak season that began in May and increased in intensity, the GPT forecast shows, with imports for August through November expected to be lower year over year. âThis yearâs early peak season is expected to continue through July as retailers and other importers prepare for potentially higher tariffs beginning in August and other trade uncertainties,â Jonathan Gold, the NRFâs vice president for Supply Chain and Customs Policy, said in a statement accompanying the Global Port Tracker. âThe busy back-to-school selling season has already started, and the winter holidays wonât be far behind, so retailers have been working to get products into the US and ready to go before new tariffs can potentially drive prices higher,â Gold added. Retailers brought fall and holiday merchandise into the country early in anticipation of a change in tariffs on July 24 when existing but temporary Section 122 tariffs are due to be replaced by possibly higher Section 301 tariffs. Importers had also been getting ahead of costlier war-driven fuel surcharges with the quarterly bunker adjustment factor (BAF) resetting on July 1, something that potentially added $300 to $400 per FEU to shippersâ all-in rates from Asia. Peak season recalibrating The GPT confirms that this peak season, similar to three of the last four, will reach full health in the summer rather than the traditional pre-pandemic timeline centered on October. Concerns about port strikes and tariffs, along with residual fear of stockouts from the pandemic, have pushed the peak season earlier in recent years. Meanwhile, import bookings from Asia to the US have remained strong into July, data from Vizion shows. Some 327,151 TEUs were booked from Asia for the week ending July 5, down from the year-to-date highs seen in early and mid-June, but still among the highest readings of 2026. The traditional peak season tied to Asia may be a thing of the past, with multiple, overlapping demand waves impacting available capacity and demand. Thatâs been evident this year, with early shipments driving rates out of Asia not just to North America, but also to Europe, Latin America, and Africa. Demand may also be getting harder to forecast. GPT in May forecast that volume in May and June would be up 11% and 8%, respectively. Much of the rest of the industry was also surprised by the surge, citing a range of factors including higher fuel prices and an earlier Amazon Prime Day. Consumer sentiment has generally swung on perceptions of the US-Iran war, with the Conference Boardâs index recovering in June as oil prices eased, ticking to 91.2 from a downwardly revised 90.6 notched in May. President Donald Trump on Wednesday said that the truce with Iran was effectively over, but both sides were still talking. Despite the rise in consumer prices, US retail sales have remained resilient, expanding nearly 1% in May, according to the latest data from the Commerce Department. The GPT forecasts imports at 13 US ports: Los Angeles, Long Beach, Oakland, Seattle, Tacoma, New York/New Jersey, Virginia, Charleston, Savannah, Port Everglades, Miami, Jacksonville and Houston. This article was originally published by the Journal of Commerce on July 8, 2026. Subscribe to JOC.com Learn more about our data and insights Click Here Register for Inland26 The must-attend conference for shippers and transportation and logistics providers moving goods from ports to inland destinations Click Here ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/refined-products/071526-saf-apac-summit-2026-australia-new-zealand-airports-position-for-saf-growth-amid-infrastructure-policy-developments</link><description>Airports in Australia and New Zealand are increasingly preparing infrastructure and operational frameworks to support sustainable aviation fuel, but policy certainty, supply frameworks and commercial viability remain critical barriers to large-scale adoption, speakers said during the SAF APAC Summit 2026 in Melbourne, Australia, on July 8-9. </description><title>SAF APAC Summit 2026: Australia, New Zealand airports position for SAF growth amid infrastructure, policy developments</title><pubDate>15 July 2026 06:51:29 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Jenson Ong</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Crude Oil, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 15, 2026 SAF APAC Summit 2026: Australia, New Zealand airports position for SAF growth amid infrastructure, policy developments By Jenson Ong Editor: Barbara Lorenzo-Caluag Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... Airports in Australia and New Zealand are increasingly preparing infrastructure and operational frameworks to support sustainable aviation fuel, but policy certainty, supply frameworks and commercial viability remain critical barriers to large-scale adoption, speakers said during the SAF APAC Summit 2026 in Melbourne, Australia, on July 8-9. Panelists discussing airport readiness for SAF noted that while airports in the region and the government are planning investments and refurbishments to handle more blended SAF volumes under existing fuel infrastructure, long-term growth will depend on coordinated policy frameworks, investment certainty and stronger collaboration across the aviation value chain. "Airports have a responsibility to think decades ahead," said Richard Barker, chief executive officer at North Queensland Airports, adding that infrastructure planning must anticipate future fuel pathways even before large-scale demand emerges. Unlike airlines and fuel suppliers, airports typically do not procure fuel directly, but speakers at the event said they play a critical enabling role by facilitating infrastructure development, coordinating stakeholders and providing confidence for future investment. Platts assessed sustainable aviation fuel HEFA-SPK FOB Straits at $2,520/mt July 14, up $84/mt from July 13. The SAF FOB Straits premium was assessed at $1,307.50/mt over Platts Jet Kero FOB Singapore forward curve (MOPs), down $123.75/mt from July 13. Balancing current aviation requirements and future expectations Australia possesses sufficient existing agricultural feedstock, including canola, used cooking oil and tallow, according to a white paper released July 6, but lacks domestic SAF production. It relies on SAF imports and pilot-scale blending initiatives. The country has yet to introduce a national SAF mandate, although policymakers are assessing options to stimulate domestic production as airlines face growing pressure from international climate commitments. Panelists said major airports worldwide can already accommodate blended SAF through existing fuel systems, as certified SAF is designed to be compatible with conventional aviation fuel infrastructure. Australia's first end-to-end sustainable aviation fuel storage and blending facility connected to an airport fuel system has begun operations at Brisbane Airport, marking a step forward in building domestic low-carbon aviation infrastructure as the country seeks to reduce emissions from one of its hardest-to-decarbonize sectors. Patty Therrios, head of strategy and sustainability at Adelaide Airport Ltd., said the regional industry's challenge is less about immediate technical capability and more about ensuring infrastructure investments are sufficient and flexible enough to accommodate changing fuel pathways and future market requirements. Airport operators also highlighted the need to consider storage, logistics and supply-chain integration when planning for higher SAF utilization rates. Michelle Khundakar, general manager of strategy and sustainability at Queensland Airports, said airports must balance near-term operational requirements with long-term sustainability objectives, particularly as policy frameworks continue to evolve. Regional collaboration increasingly important Speakers emphasized that cooperation between airports, airlines, fuel suppliers and governments will be essential to accelerate SAF deployment across Australia and New Zealand. Billie Moore, chief executive of the New Zealand Airports Association, said regional collaboration can help align industry priorities and support more consistent policy development across markets. Speakers noted that the aviation sectors of Australia and New Zealand face similar challenges, including limited domestic SAF production, developing supply pathways and the need for long-term policy clarity. Close coordination may reduce fragmented approaches and enable more efficient deployment of future SAF supply chains, speakers said. The panel discussion also highlighted opportunities for airports to act as conveners, bringing together stakeholders to identify common challenges and advocate for supportive regulatory frameworks. Policy certainty remains key Despite increasing industry momentum, speakers said clearer and more stable policy signals remain necessary to unlock larger investment commitments throughout the SAF value chain. Airport operators noted that infrastructure projects often require long development timelines, making policy visibility an important factor in investment decisions. Jonathan Yeo, chief executive officer of FlyORO, said commercial realities remain central to SAF adoption, with stakeholders continuing to explore mechanisms that can improve market efficiency and support demand aggregation. Singapore-based sustainable aviation fuel blending technology company FlyORO commissioned its AlphaLite blending unit in late 2025 at the newly established Wellcamp SAF blending terminal in Queensland, marking the company's first project in Australia and a milestone in its global rollout of modular blending systems for SAF. Panelists pointed to emerging models such as collaborative procurement arrangements, book-and-claim systems and other transitional mechanisms that may help bridge the gap while physical SAF production and distribution networks continue to expand. Airports positioning as long-term decarbonization partners Looking ahead, speakers said airports are increasingly positioning themselves as long-term partners of aviation decarbonization rather than simply transport infrastructure providers. While SAF is expected to play a central role in reducing aviation emissions, panelists agreed that scaling adoption will require continued collaboration among airports, airlines, fuel suppliers, policymakers and corporate customers. Infrastructure readiness is steadily improving across Australia and New Zealand, but sustained policy support, greater supply availability and commercially viable market structures will ultimately determine the pace and success of SAF deployment across the region. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/energy-transition/071526-et-highlights-europe-renewables-solar-power-hydrogen-india-emethanol-tender-budget</link><description>Energy transition highlights: Our editors and analysts bring you the biggest stories from the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices.</description><title>ET Highlights: Europe hits renewables high, EU slashes hydrogen auction budget, India lines up eMethanol tender</title><pubDate>14 July 2026 20:05:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Staff </name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Renewables, Emissions, Carbon July 15, 2026 ET Highlights: Europe hits renewables high, EU slashes hydrogen auction budget, India lines up eMethanol tender Energy Transition Highlights: Our editors and analysts bring together the biggest stories in the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices. Top story June hits all-time high for solar, wind in Europe's Big 5 markets Record solar generation more than offset a slight drop for wind power in Europe's five biggest power markets in June, with the combined total of 56.5 terawatt-hours, a new monthly record high, system data showed July 6. There is now well over 400 GW of solar capacity installed across the EU27, according to SolarPower Europe with annual additions predicted to stagnate at current record levels. Solar power generated almost 35 TWh in the five markets, up 21% from June 2025, with Germany and Spain leading. Wind output fell 10% year over year to 21.7 TWh amid a blustery first half of June and heat wave conditions developing for the second half. Benchmark of the Week Eur1.41/MWh Platts assessed 2026 AIB European wind/solar GOs on July 10, down 15% month over month and after hitting a two-year high at Eur1.95/MWh on May 12. Explore Platts Energy Transition Price Assessments Editor's Picks: Free and premium content SPGlobal.com/energy INTERVIEW: India's SECI eyes renewable fuel expansion with eMethanol tender India's Solar Energy Corp. is advancing plans for a major renewable methanol tender and preparing for a likely rebid for renewable ammonia capacity, as the state-run agency positions the country as a cost-competitive supplier of low-carbon fuels and feedstocks. SECI is finalizing specifications for an eMethanol tender that could total 500,000 metric tons/year or more, targeting buyers aligned with EU marine fuel regulations, Sanjay Sharma, director of solar at SECI, told Platts. White House picks science skeptic to head flagship climate research program A 36-year-old US research program Congress created to help the country respond to climate change will be reinstated and led by a climate contrarian who has questioned mainstream science. The White House confirmed July 9 that the program will be resurrected but did not comment on its new leader. S&amp;P Global Energy Core EC halves budget for next European Hydrogen Bank auction to Eur500 mil The European Commission has slashed funding for its upcoming Hydrogen Bank subsidy program to Eur500 million ($570 million), less than half the Eur1.3 billion budget for the third round, as it opens a consultation on the draft terms and conditions on the fourth auction. The EC will launch a fourth auction under the European Hydrogen Bank mechanism by the end of 2026. The public consultation will run until Aug. 24. California regulators approve 2025 IEPR, recommendations to meet energy needs The California Energy Commission has approved the 2025 Integrated Energy Policy Report used to develop and evaluate energy policies and programs, working to close the gap in demand flexibility. The IEPR provides a cohesive approach to identifying and solving the stateâs pressing energy needs and issues, according to the commission. Indonesia issues new carbon registry rules to boost market integrity Indonesia has launched a national carbon unit registry system designed to prevent double counting of emission reductions as the country seeks to expand its role in domestic and international carbon markets. The Carbon Unit Registry System will track all carbon units generated in Indonesia and record transactions to ensure each ton of CO2 equivalent can only be claimed once toward climate goals, according to the regulation signed by Environment Minister Moh Jumhur Hidayat. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/podcasts/commodities-focus/071326-indias-carbon-market-from-design-to-implementation</link><description>India&amp;apos;s emerging compliance carbon market under the Carbon Credit Trading Scheme is moving into its early implementation phase, with an intensity-based design that sets operational-level obligations for emission-intensive sectors. The scheme is expected to influence industrial planning, capital allocation and trade competitiveness. The stakeholders need clarity on how the market will work in</description><title>India&amp;apos;s carbon market: from design to implementation</title><pubDate>13 July 2026 13:10:02 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Vipul Garg</name><name>Anirudh Iyer</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Electric Power, Emissions, Renewables, Hydrogen, Carbon July 13, 2026 India's carbon market: from design to implementation Featuring Vipul Garg and Anirudh Iyer HIGHLIGHTS India launches intensity-based carbon market Steel, cement sectors face emission targets MRV systems critical for market credibility India's emerging compliance carbon market under the Carbon Credit Trading Scheme is moving into its early implementation phase, with an intensity-based design that sets operational-level obligations for emission-intensive sectors. The scheme is expected to influence industrial planning, capital allocation and trade competitiveness. The stakeholders need clarity on how the market will work in practice, what signals it will send on carbon pricing and how credible emissions accounting will support trust and investment. Vipul Garg, Platts senior price reporter, environmental markets at S&amp;P Global Energy, joins Prabodha Acharya, chief sustainability officer at JSW Group, one of India's largest industrial conglomerates, with its major entities -- JSW Steel and JSW Cement -- expected to participate in India's emerging carbon market framework and Anirudh Iyer, Platts senior carbon price reporter, to discuss the role of strong Monitoring, Reporting and Verification (MRV) and liquidity for market functioning, near-term implementation challenges, genuine emissions reduction through Europe's Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM) and Article 6 mechanisms. Related links (subscriber content): India sets draft emission targets for iron and steel sector for 2026-27 India's compliance carbon credits may see minimum price of $10-$15/mtCO2e: BEE Renewable Energy Current Year (CNRED00) Spotify | Apple Podcasts View Full Transcript Vipul Garg: Hello and welcome to the Platts Commodities Focus podcast by S&amp;P Global Energy. I'm Vipul Garg, senior pricing reporter covering environmental markets as Platts. Today we are discussing a market that could fundamentally reshape how Indian industry approaches emissions management, India's emerging carbon market. India is laying the foundations for its Carbon Credit Trading mechanism, or generally called CCTS, which will introduce a compliance carbon market for emission-intensive sectors. At the same time, Indian companies are navigating international pressures such as European Union's Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism, or CBAM, while also exploring opportunities through international carbon markets and Article 6 mechanisms. So what does this transition mean for Indian businesses? Are companies already preparing for a carbon-constrained future? And what market signals are emerging as compliance and voluntary carbon markets continue to evolve? Joining me today, Mr. Prabodha Acharya, chief sustainability officer at JSW Group. JSW Group is one of the largest industrial conglomerates in India, with businesses spanning steel, cement, energy, and infrastructure. Two of its major entities, JSW Steel and JSW Cement, are expected to participate in India's emerging carbon market framework. Also joining us is Anirudh Iyer, senior price reporter at Platts, who tracks carbon market pricing and developments across both compliance and voluntary carbon markets very closely. Thank you both for joining us today. So Mr. Prabodha, let me start with you. JSW Group is likely to be among the entities covered under India's emerging compliance carbon market. How are you preparing for a carbon-constrained environment and do you see the Indian carbon market materially changing investment and operational decisions or largely reinforcing your existing decarbonization roadmap? Prabodha Acharya: Vipul, thank you very much. It's my privilege to be part of this podcast. To answer you, as you stated, JSW Group, there are two companies who are mandated by compliance requirement with respect to carbon emissions. One is JSW Steel, which is the largest steel producer in India, and another is JSW Cement. So here, as per the Indian compliance carbon market, which is known in CCTS, the entities are covered. That means the targets are set for individual operations rather than at the company level. To answer your question, we fundamentally believe that this Indian compliance carbon market is going to reinforce, sharpen, and accelerate our already having a decarbonized roadmap rather than fundamentally changing it. You might be aware that JSW has already embedded decarbonization into its long-term business strategy. This is happening through investment in renewable energy, through energy efficiency, through circularity, through digital optimizations, adopting low-carbon technologies such as carbon capture utilization and hydrogen exploration. So a carbon-constrained future is no longer hypothetical. Regulatory developments, investor expectations, customers' requirements, and global trade measure, like you stated, CBAM, are moving in the same direction. So we therefore view carbon as an emerging business variable that must increasingly be managed alongside energy, raw material, and capital. So it's going to complement the decarbonization strategy for our group companies. Vipul Garg: Thank you, sir. Coming to Anirudh now. Anirudh, building on the point, many companies are trying to understand what participation in a compliance market could mean in practice. Based on what you're tracking, what are the emerging price signals or expectations for Indian carbon credits, both in a future compliance market context and within the voluntary carbon market today? Anirudh Iyer: Thanks, Vipul. Thank you so much for this opportunity to be a part of this podcast. And, yeah, like you mentioned, the compliance component and the offset component, not just in India, but if you look globally as well, there are several countries that are coming up with domestic compliance markets. The international voluntary carbon market is transitioning to Article 6.4, so both these branches are quite integral to the overall functioning of the carbon market. But if you look at each of these components separately on the compliance side, when you take India into consideration, the compliance side is still in a very price-discovery phase. So trading is not yet established and nobody can confidently point to a fair value for the Indian carbon credit price as on today. What we are seeing is that there is some expectations among the participants driven by contingency of these emission intensity targets, the volume of surplus credits generated, and the overall market liquidity situation. So like most of the listeners also know that India's system is intensity-based rather than a cap and trade model, so the risk of excess supply in the early years is something that participants are watching closely. Having said that, there is still a strong view that compliance demand will eventually create a more reliable carbon price signal than the voluntary market has offered in recent years and the launch of the compliance trading itself is expected to be a major confidence boost for carbon markets in the country. And on the other hand, if you take the voluntary market, traditional avoidance credits, if you take, for example, the renewable energy credits, they are a bit under pressure due to oversupply and weak buying demand scenarios prevalent in the market as of now. Renewable energy credit prices have come down quite sharply and the buyers are also becoming more selective with regards to ratings and integrity and quality, so the demand is dwindling for that segment. However, a bright side for the voluntary carbon market is the high-integrity removal segment, the biochars and the enhanced rock weathering segments, the afforestation segments and other carbon removal pathways, though quite capital-intensive, are attracting strong buyer interest, like I mentioned, because, mainly, corporates looking at durable and scientifically robust carbon credits. Even in this scenario, India is becoming a significant supplier of these credits. Some of the deals that have happened recently for the biochar developers with large institutional buyers from the West is testament to the fact that India is stepping up to be a major supply in the removal space. And with supply also increasing, perhaps these capital-intensive credits could also provide a slight moderate price correction going ahead. So just to sum it up, voluntary market is increasingly becoming quality-centric, while compliance market is pivoting more towards price discovery as and when compliancies unfold. Vipul Garg: Thanks, Anirudh. Coming back to you, Mr. Acharya, one of the key external drivers for industry is CBAM and broader global trade developments. While JSW Group may not be directly exposed across all of its businesses, many of your customers and export-oriented value chains are increasingly affected by CBAM requirements. Is CBAM already influencing discussions around carbon accounting, power procurement, and competitiveness? And do you see India's carbon market helping domestic industry adapt to a carbon-priced global economy? Prabodha Acharya: Vipul, thanks for the questions. But before answering your questions, I just wanted to touch upon a point covered by Anirudh in the earlier discussion. So just to reinforce that Indian carbon market, which is CCTS, is also based on cap and trade mechanism, but he rightly pointed out it is an intensity-based target. So if you want to really have the carbon market to be effective, this intensity target needs to be stringent and also needs to be uniformly applied across these sectors. Unlike when you have an absolute target, it gives to different installations and operations, a different absolute emission, when you are setting an intensity target, in my view, it should be given same intensity target to all the operators and it should be in line with our ultimate objective to achieve net-zero by 2070. So the stringent target will create a demand pool, and therefore the carbon price discovery will be faster. That's the point I just wanted to touch on from the earlier discussion. Now coming to answer your question, Vipul, on the CBAM, in a sense, JSW Steel is directly, or I would say it's going to get impacted because of the CBAM implementation. So that is a direct correlation because some of our steels are getting directly exported to European market, and also, as you stated, some pump in the value chain. But in general, CBAM has already changed the global conversation from carbon reporting to carbon competitiveness. So even when Indian companies like JSW is not directly going to pay the carbon price, but naturally the price discovery and the competitiveness is going to get impacted because of the carbon prices. So therefore, if we need to be competitive across the global market, we need to ensure our cost of delivery decreases by reducing the carbon, because earlier carbon was never in the equation to find the final price of delivery. So this is now a part of it. So it is increasingly getting realized and customers are increasingly seeking product-level carbon informations, emission transparency, and credible reduction pathways to determine how the business will take this in the future. So the conversation has now moved beyond compliance. It is on the market, access, and competitiveness at the moment. So is it influencing directly to the investment decisions? It is yet to be discovered, but there are some of the discussions that have started happening. For example, JSW Steel has announced a green steel facility to start with 4 million tons and taking it to 10 million tons. So these decisions are getting influenced by the fact that the carbon is going to determine the cost of the product that is going to be delivered to the consumers. And that is where I think mechanisms like CBAM or even CCTS is going to help in right capital allocations for the decarbonization in the businesses. Vipul Garg: Thank you, sir. So Anirudh, Mr. Prabodha talked about the importance of preparing the industry for a carbon-priced future. From a market perspective, what are the key challenges holding back the Indian compliance market today, whether it's regulatory clarity, monitoring and verification systems, liquidity, or participant readiness, and how are current voluntary market trends shaping expectations for India's compliance market? Anirudh Iyer: Thanks, Vipul. So yeah, like Mr. Acharya also mentioned, it is more about retaining the competitiveness and it's more about customers also getting more aware of all of the mechanisms that are coming up, embedding carbon prices in the product, and still making it competitiveness is of course a challenge. But if you take India's perspective, the market is moving from policy to implementation, and that is a transition that is happening at this point in time. And of course, any market that moves from paper to operationalization, it has some challenges just to start off with some regulatory challenges. So in India's context, there are still certain doubts on how decarbonization measures will be treated, how these compliance obligations evolve after the initial few years, how are banking provisions ultimately going to look like, and how the market will eventually develop after the first few compliance cycles, with price discovery also being one of them, with future demand outlook also being one of them, and several other factors influencing what all regulatory changes might come up from the government side as the market unfolds. But yeah, like Acharya also mentioned, businesses can manage carbon costs, but it's just that they need long-term visibility to consider all of this in their investment decisions. And second is the MRV. Though India has made progress in building the infrastructure for monitoring, reporting, and verification, confidence in any compliance market will depend on the credibility and consistency of emission data. So participants will want to see how robust MRV functioning can smoothly be embedded into the system before actual liquidity scales up. And touching upon liquidity very briefly, see any market, the demand supply fundamentals is what keeps the market going, and the efficiency of buyer and seller coming into the market to transact is what keeps the price discovery happening, keeps the prices moving. So even though in the initial few years market will need sufficient participation, a transparent pricing and a healthy balance between supply and demand is something that will ensure sustainability of the market, per se. Excess surplus credit generation is something that the market is also looking for as there is potential that excess supply can result in prices dipping a little, but balancing market mechanisms shows an effective way of ensuring that the Indian market, or any carbon market, for that matter, sustains going ahead. Vipul Garg: Thank you, Anirudh. So Mr. Acharya, beyond domestic compliance, companies are also evaluating international opportunities. How do you view mechanisms such as joint crediting mechanism and broader Article 6 carbon markets? What would make them a meaningful component of corporate decarbonization and carbon management strategies in India? Prabodha Acharya: Thanks, Vipul. I believe Article 6 and Indo-Japan joint crediting mechanism or similar JCMs can play an important enabling role, particularly in accelerating deployment of emerging low-carbon technologies, specifically if you see in the hardcore sectors like steel, cement, or chemicals where we are working, the scale of investment required for deep decarbonization is significant, and the technologies such as green hydrogen, carbon capture, utilization, storage, or industrial electrification, advanced process innovations will require substantial capital. So international cooperation mechanism like JCMS can help breeze those financing and technology gaps, and it'll also enable collaboration between technology providers and project developers that facilitates technology transfer, accelerates deployment of innovative solutions. And that is where it becomes attractive. And as far as Article 6 is concerned, it has the potential to unlock those global mitigation opportunity and direct capital flow towards cost-effective emission reduction. See, carbon market's main objective is to find the cost-effective decarbonization solutions. So that means wherever the cost of decarbonization is lower, capital should flow there. That is the fundamental principle in which carbon market works. And that is where I think Article 6 has a role. But well-designed markets can help to accelerate those global decarbonizations. But importantly, as Anirudh also stated, what we need this to be successful is very high environmental integrity. And this has always been questioned when it comes to earlier CDM mechanism, or now in Article 6, this is going to play a very important role. So avoiding double counting, then having very clear national rules and approval process, which having a long-term regulatory predictability is very important. We must also prioritize transformational projects rather than only focusing on low-cost reductions and then fitting into this requirement. That's not going to change or move the needle much. It is also important in these mechanisms to reduce the complexity and lower the transaction cost. Often, if you find in the earlier experiences, the transaction cost is becoming higher. And that coupled with approval timelines becomes a bottleneck. So we need to be very careful about it. And that is where, if we take care of these things, I believe corporate, like JSW or any corporate, they can have a real strategy to have the carbon credit as a complimentary role and also getting additional funding to support those deep decarbonizing drives. And primary focus has to remain on reducing emissions within our operation and value chain rather than bringing in carbon credits to meet own obligations. That is what I like to really stress on. And as far as if you look at our decarbonization strategy, we do not rely on using carbon credit as a major to meet our obligations. Rather, we are focusing on financially-viable solutions to decarbonize our own operation first and work on our value chain. So high-integrity carbon markets can provide some additional flexibility, and that can help accelerate investment into breakthrough technology. So that's my view on international markets and cooperations from government to government like JCM, as you see. So for industry, Article 6 should be viewed as a decarbonization accelerator, not as a substitute for emission reduction. So the real value lies in mobilizing technology, capital, and global cooperation. So that's very important. Vipul Garg: Thank you for your thoughts, Mr. Acharya. I would also like to close by getting a brief forward-looking view from you. So over the next three to five years, what will determine whether India's carbon market becomes a meaningful decarbonization tool rather than just another compliance requirement? Prabodha Acharya: Thank you, Vipul. I think the future is not simply about managing carbon compliance. Let us be very clear about it. It is about building a long-term competitiveness in low-carbon economy. So at the end, the product and services has to be delivered in a competitive manner. That should be the main objective. So whether it is through India's carbon market, whether it is through CBAM-related SIPs or Article 6 mechanism, the common theme is very clear, that companies that invest early in decarbonization, transparency, and innovation will be better positioned to succeed in the decades ahead. So the success of any carbon market depends on how we really use that in driving the needle in decarbonization and making the product and services competitively delivered to the customers, meeting all the obligations. Vipul Garg: Thank you so much, sir. Thanks to Mr. Prabodha and Anirudh for sharing their insights. As you have heard, India's carbon market is steadily moving toward implementation from policy design, and implications extend far beyond compliance. For industrial companies, the discussion increasingly centers on competitiveness, investment decisions, export readiness, and long-term decarbonization strategies. Whether through domestic compliance market, voluntary carbon mechanisms, or emerging international frameworks such as Article 6, carbon is becoming a more important consideration in how businesses operate and compete. We'll be closely tracking how these markets evolve in the months and years ahead. Thanks for listening and we'll see you next time. This episode was produced by Chandreyee Mukherjee in Gurugram. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/crude-oil/071426-saf-supply-constraints-outweigh-airport-readiness-in-asia-pacific-aci</link><description>Only 26 airports across nine Asia-Pacific countries have supplied sustainable aviation fuel for aircraft operations, even though most airports are technically capable of handling it, as the region&amp;apos;s SAF market continues to face supply chain and long-term financing constraints, according to Ken Lau, head of sustainability at Airports Council International Asia-Pacific &amp;amp; Middle East. Because</description><title>SAF supply constraints outweigh airport readiness in Asia-Pacific: ACI</title><pubDate>14 July 2026 07:58:37 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Mia Pei</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 14, 2026 SAF supply constraints outweigh airport readiness in Asia-Pacific: ACI By Mia Pei Editor: Ankit Ajmera Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Only 26 Asia-Pacific airports supply SAF Regional trade key to matching demand, capabilities Urges that policy pair targets with supply incentives Singapore, Japan, China lead SAF ecosystem Only 26 airports across nine Asia-Pacific countries have supplied sustainable aviation fuel for aircraft operations, even though most airports are technically capable of handling it, as the region's SAF market continues to face supply chain and long-term financing constraints, according to Ken Lau, head of sustainability at Airports Council International Asia-Pacific &amp; Middle East. Because certified SAF is a "drop-in" fuel blended with conventional jet fuel before reaching airports, "existing airport fuel hydrants and fuel farms require absolutely no upgrades to begin handling SAF today," Lau told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, during an interview at the SAF APAC Summit 2026 in Melbourne over July 8-9. "It is crucial to emphasize that driving this change does not require massive immediate infrastructure overhauls," Lau said. According to the International Civil Aviation Organization's SAF airports map, cited by Airports Council International, 26 airports across nine Asia-Pacific countries have supplied SAF for aircraft operations, including nine in China, four in Japan, three in Malaysia, two each in South Korea, Thailand, Indonesia and Singapore, and one each in Australia and New Zealand. Of these, only 13 airports have established continuous SAF deliveries, while the remaining 13 have handled one-off pilot or batch deliveries. Lau identified four key barriers to wider SAF adoption in the region: limited supply chain maturity, SAF's price premium over conventional jet fuel, space and permitting constraints for airports seeking to develop dedicated blending or segregated storage facilities, and the capital investment required for such projects. Of these barriers, feedstock availability remains a major challenge to scaling up SAF production and use. "The availability of feedstocks, particularly waste-based lipids like used cooking oil in Asia, remains constrained by fragmented collection infrastructure," Lau said. SAF also remains "significantly more expensive than conventional jet fuel," requiring long-term policy interventions and financial mechanisms to stimulate economies of scale, according to Lau. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed SAF (HEFA-SPK) FOB Straits at $2,436/mt on July 13, down $25/mt day over day. Lau said airport infrastructure is not a major barrier to SAF adoption, as the capital required for SAF readiness at airports is relatively modest. "The specific capital expenditure required strictly for SAF-readiness at the airport gate is not a significant financial barrier," he said. "The massive financial burden of scaling the SAF supply chain falls almost entirely on upstream energy producers and fuel suppliers, rather than airport operators." Lau noted airports' evolving role in the aviation energy transition, from traditional infrastructure providers to facilitators that aggregate demand through stakeholder partnerships. Airport master plans are also increasingly reflecting a shift toward becoming "multimodal energy hubs" that integrate SAF, renewable electricity, and, eventually, hydrogen, Lau said. Regional harmonization As governments introduce national SAF strategies, the Asia-Pacific region faces the dual challenge of strengthening domestic production while avoiding the emergence of fragmented regional markets, Lau said. National policies understandably aim to bolster energy security by developing local feedstocks such as used cooking oil and agricultural residues, but mismatches between production capability and aviation demand across the region make international SAF trade indispensable. "To achieve commercial scale, international trade and regional harmonization will be essential," Lau said. "Divergent national standards could complicate airline operations, which is why cross-border alignment on certification, book-and-claim systems and blending targets is critical to establishing a coherent regional market." Lau said Europe's ReFuelEU Aviation mandate underscores the importance of providing long-term policy certainty to attract investment, but cautioned that blending mandates introduced without parallel supply-side incentives could distort markets and lead to "carbon leakage," with airlines sourcing cheaper conventional jet fuel from neighboring jurisdictions that do not impose such mandates. "Asia-Pacific policymakers should aim for a holistic approach that pairs targets with investment incentives," Lau said. Leading ecosystems Airports Council International identified Singapore, Japan and China as the Asia-Pacific region's most advanced SAF ecosystems, albeit through different policy approaches. Singapore has paired the integration of SAF into Changi Airport's common hydrant system with a transparent passenger levy to support the financing of its planned 1% SAF blending mandate for departing flights. Japan is building commercial viability through domestic feedstock development, long-term supply agreements and airline purchase commitments ahead of its target of achieving a 10% SAF blend by 2030. China, meanwhile, benefits from its dominant position in used cooking oil feedstocks and expanding refining capacity, positioning the country's major airport hubs for larger-scale deployment. Lau expects most of Asia-Pacific's primary international gateways to establish continuous SAF supply chains by the end of the decade, driven by emerging mandates in markets including Japan, Singapore, India and Southeast Asia. He said that airports where physical SAF delivery remains uneconomic would rely on book-and-claim systems to participate in aviation decarbonization. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/podcasts/energy-evolution/071426-how-heat-waves-are-rewiring-europes-power-markets</link><description>Traditionally, European power systems were engineered around a single imperative: survive the winter &amp;quot;Dunkelflaute,&amp;quot; those prolonged cold, dark, windless stretches that push demand higher while renewable generation collapses. But rising summer temperatures are dismantling this assumption. Heat waves are forcing a fundamental recalibration of infrastructure investment, operational strategy and</description><title>How heat waves are rewiring Europe&amp;apos;s power markets</title><pubDate>14 July 2026 23:31:42 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Eklavya Gupte</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables July 14, 2026 How heat waves are rewiring Europe's power markets Featuring Eklavya Gupte HIGHLIGHTS France shows highest price sensitivity in summer Europe shifts from winter to dual-peak system Traditionally, European power systems were engineered around a single imperative: survive the winter "Dunkelflaute," those prolonged cold, dark, windless stretches that push demand higher while renewable generation collapses. But rising summer temperatures are dismantling this assumption. Heat waves are forcing a fundamental recalibration of infrastructure investment, operational strategy and market design across the European power sector. In this episode, host Eklavya Gupte speaks with Parth Goel, power analyst at S&amp;P Global Energy CERA, about how extreme heat is reshaping demand patterns, straining supply and exposing vulnerabilities in the continent's energy infrastructure. Goel explains why France, rather than Southern Europe, has emerged as the most price-sensitive region during heat waves, how solar generation drives dramatic price swings between midday troughs and evening peaks, and why Europe is shifting from a winter-peaking power system to a dual-peaking one. The conversation also examines the compounding effects of drought on Alpine hydro, the thermal stress on nuclear cooling systems, and why summer now demands the same infrastructure planning attention as winter. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/natural-gas/071426-europes-carbon-market-reckoning-arrives-as-industry-sounds-alarm</link><description>The European Commission will unveil sweeping reforms to the EU Emissions Trading System on July 17 that could inject substantial additional allowances into the market, extend free allocations to energy-intensive industries, and recalibrate the Market Stability Reserve -- changes that will test whether Brussels can soften carbon prices without abandoning climate ambition. The review arrives as</description><title>Europe&amp;apos;s carbon market reckoning arrives as industry sounds alarm</title><pubDate>14 July 2026 12:21:32 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Eklavya Gupte</name><name>Irina Breilean</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Emissions, Carbon July 14, 2026 Europe's carbon market reckoning arrives as industry sounds alarm By Eklavya Gupte and Irina Breilean Editor: Jonathan Loades-Carter Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Investment Booster's 400 million EUAs pose biggest near-term risk Free allocation phaseout debate pits climate groups against industry MSR recalibration, aviation scope expansion among key proposals The European Commission will unveil sweeping reforms to the EU Emissions Trading System on July 17 that could inject substantial additional allowances into the market, extend free allocations to energy-intensive industries, and recalibrate the Market Stability Reserve -- changes that will test whether Brussels can soften carbon prices without abandoning climate ambition. The review arrives as Europe's energy agenda has shifted from climate leadership to industrial survival, with mounting pressure to ease competitiveness concerns while pursuing a 90% emissions reduction target by 2040. At stake is the architecture of a carbon market that has driven two decades of decarbonization but now faces accusations of undermining European industry. The proposal drawing the most immediate market attention is the Investment Booster, which will allocate 400 million allowances directly to eligible companies rather than selling them into the market, running from 2028 to 2031 on a first-come, first-served basis. "The market has different perceptions of how much additional supply this would mean and how fast it can be sold. Even if the supply doesn't come this or next year, participants are planning three years ahead. They want to put a position with a long-term view," said Yan Qin, principal analyst at ClearBlue Markets. Drawing from the new entrant reserve and free allocation buffers, the booster will likely inject 100 million allowances annually, leading to downward price revisions from 2028 onward when modeled, Qin said. The booster represents the first phase of a planned Industrial Decarbonization Bank intended to channel Eur100 billion ($114 billion) in carbon market revenues toward emissions-reduction projects. The review has drawn intense scrutiny from industry and policymakers as European carbon allowances trade at around Eur80/metric tons of CO2 equivalent, having recovered from a bruising first-quarter selloff. EUAs had surged to 30-month highs near Eur93/mtCO2e in mid-January before plunging nearly Eur30/mtCO2e by March as leaders from major EU economies argued that stringent climate rules were undermining industrial competitiveness. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed EU Allowances for December 2026 at Eur80.26/mtCO2e on July 13. Free allocation battle lines drawn Perhaps no issue divides stakeholders more sharply than the future of free allowances to energy-intensive industries. The chemical sector, like many energy-intensive industries, has been calling for extended free allocations without investment conditions. Markus Kamieth, president of Cefic, the European Chemical Industry Council, recently rejected proposals tying continued free allocation to investment requirements. Climate advocates see it differently. Adrien Assous, executive director for the climate nonprofit Sandbag, argued that free allocation represents the biggest obstacle to decarbonization. "The emission intensity of industrial processes hasn't changed in the last 20 years," Assous said. "If you produce steel with a blast furnace, you keep receiving free allowances. But if you change the process, then you stop receiving the allowances, so people keep using blast furnaces." Assous dismissed industry concerns about carbon costs, noting that with the Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism in place, EU producers will recoup their expenses through increased pricing power. "When everyone pays more, the market price becomes higher because it's the effect of supply and demand," he said. The commission appears set to extend free allocations while linking them to investment commitments. The review will also adjust fallback benchmarks -- default formulas used to calculate free allowances for industrial processes without specific product benchmarks -- providing an estimated Eur6 billion in additional free allowances through 2030. "The idea is that the targeted proposal will go very quickly through co-decision so that companies will benefit from this more lenient update of the fallback benchmarks," a EC official told Platts. The changes will reduce the average coverage of emissions by free allowances from 85% in the current period to 78% through 2030, the official said, marking a gradual tightening even as absolute volumes increase to provide near-term relief. Reforming the MSR The commission is also expected to recalibrate the Market Stability Reserve by applying an annual fixed reduction rate of 4% to both the absorption and release thresholds, though uncertainty remains over whether this is a constant rate or a year-on-year adjustment. Qin said the market has largely priced in a lower MSR intake rate, though the parameters won't take effect until 2028, when the reserve was already expected to fall below the upper threshold of 833 million allowances. Sandbag's modeling suggests the market already contains a substantial surplus, even with a cap reaching zero by 2039 and emissions reduced by 90%. The group warned that proposals from some European Parliament members to increase the cap and reduce the linear reduction factor from 4.4% to 3.4% would set the bloc on a trajectory of only 85% emissions reduction. The International Emissions Trading Association insists the MSR must transition from a surplus-management tool to a predictable stability mechanism suited to a market facing structural scarcity as the cap declines toward climate neutrality by 2050. The MSR is a pool holding surplus allowances that began operating in January 2019 to address imbalances between supply and demand in the EU ETS. Aviation expansion The commission is also expected to propose extending ETS coverage to departing international flights, a move facing intense industry opposition. Qin suggested Brussels may adopt a more positive attitude toward the Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation, or CORSIA, given the pushback. While the aviation industry opposes such an expansion, citing administrative hurdles and overlapping obligations, others have argued that most aviation emissions linked to Europe remain outside the ETS and that reliance on CORSIA is inadequate. Market sentiment remains fragile ahead of the announcement. Qin noted that while compliance demand remains strong, with buyers purchasing on dips, trading volumes are weak and auction results have been lackluster. Financial investors remain cautious, concerned that legislators may introduce amendments limiting speculative activities. "After July 17 is when everything starts, when the legislators begin to throw their ideas around," Qin said. "I think the financial investors are less active." The stakes for the review extend beyond the mechanics of carbon pricing. As trade tensions rise and global competition intensifies, Europe faces a fundamental question of whether it can maintain climate leadership while preserving industrial capacity. The July 17 proposals will provide the first clear indication of Brussels' answer. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/us-and-canada-economic-data-highlights-week-of-july-13-2026-s101695989</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. SAN FRANCISCO (S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings) July 13, 2026--S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings expects headline CPI (Consumer Price Index) inflation to slip 0.1% month over month in June on falling energy prices, while core CPI holds at 0.2% month over month on sticky services inflation. On a year-over-year basis, this will take headline CPI down to 3.8%, from 4.2% in May, and keep core CPI steady at 2.8%. On the demand side, we expect retail sales to continue to advance, </description><title>U.S. And Canada Economic Data Highlights: Week Of July 13, 2026</title><pubDate>13 July 2026 20:03:47 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/07/picture-this-us-supply-chain-outlook-q3-2026</link><description>Strong US import growth is deceptive. Our data reveals a tariff-driven surge is hiding industrial weakness. Uncover the strategic risks.</description><title>Picture This: US Supply Chain Outlook Q3 2026</title><pubDate>13 July 2026 16:45:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â July 13, 2026 Picture This: US Supply Chain Outlook Q3 2026 By Chris Rogers, Vania Alvarez Murakami, Ines Nastali, and Eric Oak What we know US seaborne imports increased by 9.0% year over year in June 2026. The growth in shipments was driven by consumer discretionary goods, which jumped in response to weaker post-tariff shipments in 2025 and pre-tariff front-loading ahead of higher Section 301 duties due to be implemented in third quarter 2026. Most sectors either declined or experienced slowing growth: Growth in the materials sector was just 1.3% after a 2.4% improvement a month earlier as the recovery in the chemicals sector slowed â likely reflecting global disruptions to the industry caused by the conflict in the Middle East. Shipments of technology products fell 4.9% year over year after improving by 0.7% a month earlier. Alongside a 13.2% drop in consumer electronics imports, the downturn reflects the disruptions to technology supply chains caused by memory chip producers increasing supplies for AI accelerators at the expense of non-AI applications. The capital goods sector saw an accelerating decline to a 7.8% drop from 3.8% a month earlier, representing a 14th straight month of falling shipments thanks to slowing growth in industrial equipment and a decline in building products. Why it matters The growth in shipments of consumer discretionary goods, which jumped by 37.9%, reflects weaker post-tariff shipments in 2025 and pre-tariff front-loading ahead of higher Section 301 duties due to be implemented in third quarter 2026. The persistent decline in capital goods and the new weakness in technology imports are important signals. US seaborne container imports are expected to fall in the third quarter of 2026 as this front-loading effect vanishes before recovering in the fourth quarter. Risks to the forecast at the trade-lane level include disruptions to the Panama Canal linked to the emerging El NiÃ±o and the potential recovery of shipping via the Suez Canal. The strategic mandate is resilience. Supply chains remain highly vulnerable to geopolitics and shifting trade policies. Shipments from the GCC region fell by 36.0% year over year in June. Reports indicate the major container lines are planning to expand their use of the Suez Canal in response to improving peace prospects in the Middle East. Tariffs may increase from their current 10.0% to 12.5% in July to over 20% as decisions come due on the Section 301 (manufacturing capacity) review. That would likely put a cap on tariff front-loading imports from more heavily tariff-affected countries. Learn how our data and insights can empower strategic, operational, and tactical decision-making Click Here This article was published by S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence and not by S&amp;P Global Ratings, which is a separately managed division of S&amp;P Global. Register for Inland26 The must-attend conference for shippers and transportation and logistics providers moving goods from ports to inland destinations Click Here ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/02/red-sea-shipping-reopens</link><description>Red Sea shipping resumes amid reduced Houthi attacks, but renewed threats create uncertainty for shippers. Capacity increases may impact freight rates.</description><title>Red Sea shipping reopens, but renewed Houthi threats keep route uncertainty high</title><pubDate>20 February 2026 14:10:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ines Nastali</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Research â Feb 20, 2026 Red Sea shipping reopens, but renewed Houthi threats keep route uncertainty high By Ines Nastali Container carriers are now restarting services via the Red Sea amid a continued reduction in Houthi attacks on maritime shipping, according to reports. One of the routes connects India via the Middle East with the US operated by AP Moeller Maersk, confirming earlier reports that Indian shippers will benefit from a service for reefer products. To benefit from increased traffic, Red Sea Container Terminals opened Egyptâs first semiautomated facility at Sokhna Port near the southern entrance to the Suez Canal in mid-January 2026, the Journal of Commerce reports. Sending more vessels through the Suez Canal might present a downward pressure point on freight rates as capacity is freed from the longer Cape of Good Hope diversion. While these developments might mean more capacity going through the Suez Canal in the coming months, the situation could easily change if the Houthis resume their attacks. An indicator of the volatility of the situation is CMA CGM SAâs announcement that some of its Asia-Europe services (FAL1, FAL3 and MEX) that went through the Suez Canal in 2025 will go back to transiting via the Cape of Good Hope, as a result of a âcomplex and uncertain international context,â adding to the uncertainty that shippers are facing when planning journey times and amid renewed threats of attacks by the Houthis in January 2026. The share of east-to-west shipments via the canal remains at 18.7%, close to its two-year average and well below the pre-disruption level of about 80%. According to Market Intelligence analysis, there remains a severe risk of attacks on vessels in transit in the one-year outlook if, as is likely, the ceasefire between Hamas and Israel breaks down permanently. If those attacks resume, the risk for vessels is likely to remain highest closest to, and inside, Yemeni territorial waters in areas controlled by the Houthi, particularly around Hodeidah where the Houthi likely maintains a significant arsenal of anti-ship cruise missiles, uncrewed surface vessels (USV) and uncrewed underwater vehicles (UUV). All Houthi attack incidents using USVs have been conducted within a 70-nm radius of Hodeidah. The Houthis have been using the period since the announcement of a ceasefire to rearm and increase weapons shipments via Iran and the Horn of Africa and rebuild port infrastructure and facilities around Ras Isa and Hodeidah, including new jetties and artificial island facilities to support tanker and cargo ships. Those were damaged in Israeli and US airstrikes. This aligns with a similar tactical pause in attack activity that the group adopted during the previous ceasefire in Gaza from Jan. 19âMarch 16, 2025. Egypt opens new semiautomated Red Sea terminal as Suez traffic grows Learn More ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/03/us-israel-iran-war-provokes-shipping-lane-shifts</link><description>Global supply networks may feel the impact through a mixture of energy market disruptions, airfreight challenges and container freight shipping network interruptions.</description><title>US-Israel Iran war provokes shipping lane shifts</title><pubDate>03 March 2026 17:10:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ines Nastali</name><name>Chris Rogers</name><name>Vania Alvarez Murakami</name><name>Eric Oak</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Research â Mar 03, 2026 US-Israel Iran war provokes shipping lane shifts By Ines Nastali, Chris Rogers, Vania Alvarez Murakami, and Eric Oak The US and Israel on Feb. 28 launched a large-scale, coordinated air campaign against Iran, striking a broad range of leadership, military, security and nuclear targets. A forced government change is now a key objective according to S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence country risk analysts. Global supply networks may feel the impact through a mixture of energy market disruptions, airfreight challenges and container freight shipping network interruptions. In the case of energy, shipping via the Strait of Hormuz needs to continue; flows of LNG may be disrupted as well as crude oil. Energy supply chain disruption Absent an extended closure of the Strait, or the destruction of liquefaction assets, the impact is unlikely to be long term in nature. The Islamic Revolution Guard Corps (IRGC) is likely to expand targeting of critical Gulf energy infrastructure if US and Israeli strikes target Iranian critical national infrastructure and major crude export terminals. Air freight disruption Global air freight networks face challenges from the halt to flights through many of the regional ports, including the hubs of Doha and Dubai. These hubs handle around 2.6 million metric tons and 2.2 million metric tons of airfreight respectively, or around 4.0% of the total global airfreight volumes. The ability of air freight networks to adapt is partly limited by aircraft flight ranges, though networks can rapidly adapt as was shown during the pandemic. Container shipping disruption Continued discussions on these events are taking place at TPM 26 this week. join the conversation. Container shipping faces challenges to both local actions in the Strait of Hormuz and the wider region through shipping via the Red Sea. Local actions in the Strait of Hormuz impact key shipping hubs for container freight, including Jebel Ali in Dubai, as we previously identified at the time of June 2025 conflict. Container lines are also redirecting shipping away from the Red Sea once more. CMA CGM SA has ordered all vessels in the Gulf to proceed to shelter and AP Moeller Maersk A/S has rerouted vessels bound for the Red Sea around the Cape. Want to understand the broader story? Connect with us to learn more Learn More ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/04/hormuz-closure-project-logistics-supply-chain</link><description>The near-total closure of the Strait of Hormuz amid the war in the Middle East will haunt global breakbulk and project markets, experts say.</description><title>Hormuz closure triggers â&amp;#x80;&amp;#x98;havocâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99; for project logistics supply chain</title><pubDate>24 April 2026 12:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Carly Fields</name></author><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â Apr 24, 2026 Hormuz closure triggers âhavocâ for project logistics supply chain By Carly Fields The near-total closure of the Strait of Hormuz amid the war in the Middle East will haunt global breakbulk and project markets long after the final missiles are fired, sector specialists say. Speaking during a March 26 Journal of Commerce webcast, JosÃ© Enrique Sevilla-Macip, senior research analyst for Latin America Country Risk at S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence, said there had been a 97% decrease in transits across the Strait of Hormuz over the past 25 days, noting that on March 25, for the first time since the conflict began, not a single vessel crossed the waterway. The paralysis is triggering a shift from initial price shocks to actual physical shortages of fuel and goods. On the ground, the logistics of moving breakbulk and project cargo goods has become a balancing act of cancellations and rerouting. Marc Cowie, CEO for North America at project cargo forwarder Trans Global Projects (TGP), said that many carriers are refusing to even quote for cargo entering the war region due to skyrocketing insurance premiums. The disruption is also creating a âlag impactâ that will persist for months. âThere will undoubtedly be ships out of position, cargo out of position, and thereâs going to be a knock-on effect,â Cowie said on the webcast. âItâs going to take some time to get back to normality.â For panelist Christian Ohlrich, global director for logistics at energy storage products manufacturer Fluence Energy, the crisis is manifesting most acutely in the energy sector. He described the âfuel shockâ as a primary concern, with bunker supplies depleting rapidly, particularly in Asia. This has led to a chaotic environment for manufacturing and project execution. âItâs creating quite some havoc,â Ohlrich said. âItâs crunching schedules. Itâs increasing costs.â He noted that while larger projects can still attract the necessary multipurpose vessels, smaller, less âenticingâ shipments are being delayed by weeks. That is not, however, stopping Fluenceâs project operations. âWe have plenty of buffers,â Ohlrich said. âIâm still making all my commitments. Itâs just changing the flow of project execution.â This includes changing internal team arrangements to meet the sequence of a project. âItâs an inconvenience rather than a hindrance,â he said. Oil prices expected to remain elevated The bunker fuel shortage is unlikely to ease in the short term. Sevilla-Macip expects oil prices to remain above $100 per barrel for at least the next month, although he holds out hope they could return to $60 by year-end if hostilities cease soon. However, the path to peace is cluttered with âsignpostsâ of further escalation, he said. These include potential Iranian attacks on US aircraft, the involvement of Tehran-backed Houthi militants in the Bab-el-Mandeb Strait, or the targeting of critical civilian infrastructure such as desalination plants. In the face of this volatility, the advice from project shippers and forwarders is a mix of tactical flexibility and rigorous planning. TGPâs Cowie urged shippers to work in close partnership with forwarders to find alternative routes or modes, such as trucking cargo across the Arabian Peninsula to safer ports. âWe have to remain flexible, remain calm,â Cowie said. âLogistics is about challenges. It is about overcoming those challenges.â Ohlrich echoed that, stressing the need for better foresight. âTighten up your planning and forecasting as much as possible,â he advised the webcast. âThe better you can plan ahead, especially in situations where you see these kinds of disruptions, the better.â This article was originally published in the Journal of Commerce on March 30, 2026. Subscribe to JOC.com Learn more about our data and insights Click Here ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/03/us-exports-to-middle-east-in-limbo-amid-war-zone-service-disruptions</link><description>US exporters are scrambling to locate containers they shipped to the Middle East after ocean carriers halted almost all services due to the war with Iran.</description><title>US exports to Middle East in limbo amid war zone service disruptions</title><pubDate>19 March 2026 12:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Michael Angell</name></author><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â Mar 19, 2026 US exports to Middle East in limbo amid war zone service disruptions By Michael Angell US exporters are scrambling to locate containers they have shipped to the Middle East but were subsequently dropped off at unknown ports after ocean carriers were forced to halt almost all services due to the war with Iran. While the logistical hurdles for Middle East cargo are more of an inconvenience at this point for US exporters rather than a full-blown crisis, shippers see a bigger risk in the warâs longevity and the downstream effect of higher oil prices. Mediterranean Shipping Co. invoked an âend of voyageâ clause this week on exports into Jebel Ali in Dubai, allowing the carrier to discharge containers at the next available port on the shipâs rotation, forwarders tell the Journal of Commerce. The end-of-voyage clause also includes an $800 surcharge. Stephen Zambo, president of third-party logistics provider AGL Group, said he has about 70 containers on the water with MSC destined for the Middle East. He is now figuring out where the next port of call will be for those boxes and bracing his customers for more costs and delays due to the redirections. Along with those containers, AGL has three containers on the ONE Majesty that was attacked in the Strait of Hormuz on Wednesday. Although the vessel suffered some damage, Zambo was told the ship would continue its original voyage. âWeâre having to figure out each day whatâs going on and what we need to do,â Zambo said. âItâs like itâs been over the last two years with tariffs and other crises, sort of wait-and-see how things play out and act accordingly.â MSC handles about half the container volumes from the US to the Middle East each year, which amounts to about 290,000 TEUs, according to PIERS, a sister company of the Journal of Commerce within S&amp;P Global. Maersk and CMA CGM are the second- and third-busiest carriers on that trade lane. Tim Avanzato, director of global logistics for paper and plastic products maker Lanca Sales, told the Journal of Commerce thereâs little risk of that US export cargo backing up at ports, as most of it can be sold to other markets. However, the shutdown of the Strait of Hormuz and the resulting surge in oil prices is concerning because that raises the cost of the products that Lanca Sales distributes. Water and hygiene services company Ecolab imposed a 10% to 14% energy surcharge on its products on Wednesday due to crude oil futures rising to over $100 per barrel. âThe Mideast situation is more of an inconvenience at this point,â Avanzato said. âBut the fallout if this goes on for weeks? Itâs a catastrophe.â Zambo said there are other markets that US exporters can tap. But some products such as certain softwoods are milled specifically for Middle East markets. âThe lumber producers are now trying to figure out what to do with the product they have,â he said. Higher oil prices have also resulted in escalating fuel surcharges for all trades. Zambo said he has been in discussions about shipping trans-Atlantic cargo into the US, but carriers have been unwilling to commit to rates due to the surge in fuel prices. Reviewing new routes The director of global logistics for a Houston-based chemicals company told the Journal of Commerce he is expecting his iso-tanks onboard MSC vessels destined for Jebel Ali to land in India now due to the end-of-voyage clause. He is now looking at new routes outside of the Middle Eastâs main port. CMA CGM, which last week suspended all Middle East bookings, on Wednesday reopened bookings for alternative ports such as the UAEâs Khor Fakkan or Omanâs Sohar port, which sit outside of the Strait of Hormuz. CMA CGM is also offering service to Saudi Arabiaâs Red Sea port of Jeddah and trucking cargo from there. But Jeddah would also involve transiting the Red Sea, which raises the risk of a potential attack by Iran-aligned Houthi rebels. The source said the regional risk is such that MSC has also suspended bookings into Israelâs Haifa, leaving Zim Integrated Shipping Services as the only carrier to service that port. MSCâs suspension of Haifa service could not be independently confirmed. âThe Red Sea is a mess,â the executive said. âI have no confidence it will get there.â He added that heâs looking to move containers to Egyptâs Port Said, a transshipment hub outside of the immediate warzone at the northern end of the Suez Canal on the Mediterranean Sea. Outside of servicing his customers, the source said his main concern now is how the oil price spike will play out for the economy. The cost of intermediate chemicals from the Middle East, including ammonia and cyclo-hexane, has jumped, resulting in further cost pressures for his own companyâs products. âFuel costs are going to kill everybody,â he said. âThatâs the wildcard.â This article was originally published in the Journal of Commerce on March 13, 2026. Subscribe to JOC.com Learn more about our data and insights Click Here ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/05/prolonged-middle-east-war-to-weigh-on-sputtering-us-auto-demand</link><description>Buyers of automobiles and auto parts will face another level of sticker shock if the war in the Middle East extends into the summer.</description><title>Prolonged Middle East war to weigh on sputtering US auto demand</title><pubDate>14 May 2026 12:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Bill Mongelluzzo</name></author><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â May 14, 2026 Prolonged Middle East war to weigh on sputtering US auto demand By Bill Mongelluzzo US demand for automobiles and auto parts has been straining under higher inflationary costs, but buyers, both consumers and manufacturers, will face another level of sticker shock if the war in the Middle East extends into the summer. Even before the war-driven spike in gasoline prices, the US automotive industry was steeling for a tough year. Prior to the start of the conflict, Journal of Commerce parent company S&amp;P Global forecast that vehicle sales would fall 2% from the previous year due to a long list of headwinds for the industry, including higher borrowing costs for vehicle buyers and steel tariffs upping input prices. But already relatively high prices for new vehicles and auto parts â the cheapest new 2026 model car available is $20,550, according to CARFAX â will increase significantly if the war continues through May, according to a mid-March report from S&amp;P Global. If the war lasts through the end of 2026, that elevated pricing will negatively impact consumer demand and, by extension, container volumes. A war scenario of more than a year will result in continued inflation and declining demand until prices reach a new âset point,â S&amp;P Global analysts said. Containerized US imports of automobiles and auto parts fell 9.4% year over year in 2025, dragging the five-year compound annual growth rate (CAGR) down to 3.8%, according to PIERS, a Journal of Commerce sister product within S&amp;P Global. Exports, meanwhile, spiked 15.3%, boosting the five-year CAGR to 6.6%. The majority of seaborne vehicle imports and exports travel via roll-on/roll-off (ro/ro) ships; those volumes are not captured by PIERS data. The uncertainties surrounding the length of the war will undoubtedly impact the US container trade in vehicles and parts as importers and exporters in the automotive sector review and possibly modify their business plans, said Chris Hopson, principal analyst for the global light vehicle forecast group at S&amp;P Global. â2025 was an uncertain year because of the tariffs, and the auto industry digested it better than we might have expected,â Hopson said. However, due to the war in Iran, how long the industry can continue to bear those higher costs âis open to question.â The weakening market for new US car sales has a silver lining for importers of aftermarket parts used to maintain and repair vehicles, such as filters, batteries and brakes. Customers of Advance Auto Parts, who are often in one of the most economically depressed cohorts, typically would rather keep their cars running a little longer than shop for a new car, said CEO Shane OâKelly. âThat car is how they get to work; itâs how they get to church; [how] they get the kids to activities,â OâKelly told investors during a March 11 earnings call. âIf that thing is not running, theyâre getting it fixed, so I donât necessarily see demand curtailing.â âGeneral inconsistenciesâ Auto parts importers have been looking â and will continue to look â at changing sourcing away from China to Southeast Asia and the Indian subcontinent because of the higher tariffs imposed last year, according to Steve Hughes, a consultant for the aftermarket auto parts industry. But those changes canât happen overnight, Hughes explained, because it takes anywhere from six months to two years to set up operations in a new location. Mainland China accounted for 35.2% of US containerized autos and parts imports last year, down from more than 40% as recently as 2021, according to PIERS. The primary beneficiaries of Chinaâs declining market share, South Korea and Japan, have increased their combined share of the market to 27% from 20.8% during that period. Noel Hacegaba, CEO of the Port of Long Beach, said the port has experienced a general shift of sourcing of most imports, including autos and auto parts, away from China to other countries. Imports of passenger vehicles landing in Long Beach, mostly on ro/ro ships, were flat in 2025, while exports rose 6.2% year over year, according to Hacegaba. Containerized auto parts imports through the port rose 1.1%, while exports fell 15%. Los Angeles-Long Beach is the busiest US port complex for containerized auto imports. The Port of Baltimore, also a major gateway for ro/ro and containerized auto imports and exports, continues to feel the impact of tariffs. Those impacts are reflected in the higher prices consumers must pay, but the problem runs even deeper than cost, said Jonathan Daniels, executive director of the Maryland Port Administration (MPA). âThe biggest issue we have seen with shippers is the general inconsistencies in the tariffs,â Daniels told the Journal of Commerce. Although original equipment manufacturers take higher tariff costs as a given, not knowing the exact rate for finished vehicles and components makes it difficult to make strategic sourcing and production decisions, Daniels explained. Depending on the level of tariffs on each, it might be cheaper to import fully assembled cars, or it might make more sense to import the necessary pieces and assemble them in the US. Despite these uncertainties, more than 700,000 automobiles and light trucks crossed Baltimoreâs docks for the 13th consecutive year in 2025, according to MPA data. Daniels said the port continues to develop infrastructure to support processing facilities in the region, adding that exports of damaged cars to West Africa to be used for parts remains a bright spot for the industry. For containerized exports, the largest individual markets are the United Arab Emirates and Georgia, which accounted for 12% and 11.8% of outbound auto and part shipments, respectively, with no other country exceeding 10%, according to PIERS. Subscribe to JOC.com Register for Inland26 The must-attend conference for shippers and transportation and logistics providers moving goods from ports to inland destinations Click Here Learn more about our data and insights Click Here ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/our-take-on-london-climate-action-week-2026-resilience-needs-resources-s101693982</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. This year&amp;apos;s London Climate Action Week (LCAW) brought together more than 1,300 events against a backdrop of record U.K. temperatures and flooding. Discussions focused less on ambition-setting and more on implementation of transition plans, systemwide resilience, and how investors and companies can embed climate risks into strategy. S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings considers resilience to physical climate risks important to decision-making for industries and inv</description><title>Our Take On London Climate Action Week 2026: Resilience Needs Resources</title><pubDate>03 July 2026 14:31:47 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/podcasts/commodities-focus/061726-indias-corporate-renewable-sourcing-are-irecs-losing-ground-to-vppas-amid-growing-demand</link><description>India&amp;apos;s corporate renewable energy market is entering a new phase. While international Renewable Energy Certificates still lead the way for buyers seeking flexibility, simplicity, and cost-effective compliance, larger corporates are increasingly exploring Virtual Power Purchase Agreements, financial contracts that allow procurement of renewable energy attributes without taking physical delivery of</description><title>India&amp;apos;s corporate renewable sourcing: Are IRECs losing ground to VPPAs amid growing demand?</title><pubDate>17 June 2026 11:47:51 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Vipul Garg</name><name>Ahmad afiq Muhammad zahir</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Emissions, Renewables, Hydrogen, Carbon June 17, 2026 Indiaâs corporate renewable sourcing: Are IRECs losing ground to VPPAs amid growing demand? Featuring Vipul Garg and Ahmad afiq Muhammad zahir HIGHLIGHTS I-RECs lead India's renewable sourcing VPPAs gain traction among large corporates Oversupply shapes procurement strategies India's corporate renewable energy market is entering a new phase. While international Renewable Energy Certificates still lead the way for buyers seeking flexibility, simplicity, and cost-effective compliance, larger corporates are increasingly exploring Virtual Power Purchase Agreements, financial contracts that allow procurement of renewable energy attributes without taking physical delivery of the power. In a structurally oversupplied Indian I-REC market, rising issuance, cyclical demand, and price sensitivity continue to shape procurement strategies. Vipul Garg, Platts senior price reporter, environmental markets at S&amp;P Global Energy, joins Utsab Sil Roy, head of operations at Climate Cred, an environmental solutions company that helps businesses measure, report and offset their greenhouse gas emissions, and Ahmad Afiq, Platts senior I-RECs price reporter, to discuss pricing trends, growing corporate demand, India's energy procurement mix and government policies. Related content: APAC I-REC issuances, redemptions diverge in April; Singapore tops growth India's vPPA impact on I-REC market uncertain; cost remains barrier: sources I-REC India Solar Current Year USD/MWh (ANPNC00) I-REC India Solar Previous Year USD/MWh (ANPNA00) Spotify | Apple Podcasts View Full Transcript Vipul Garg: Hello and welcome to the Platts Commodities Focus Podcast by S&amp;P Global Energy. I'm your host, Vipul Garg, and today we are looking at how India's corporate renewable energy procurement is evolving, particularly the growing role of instruments like international renewable energy certificates are commonly known as I-RECs, the emergence of VPPAs, also known as virtual power purchase agreements. For years, unbundled I-RECs have been the go to tool for companies looking to meet renewable energy targets in India, largely because they are flexible and relatively low cost. But as corporate emissions grow, there is increasing interest in more complex procurement structures. So is the market really shifting? What's driving buyer behavior and what do the underlying price trends tell us? To help us unpack this, I'm joined by two experts, first Utsab Sil Roy, head of operations at Climate Cred, an environmental solutions company that helps businesses measure, report, and offset their greenhouse gas emissions. And later in the podcast, we'll hear from Ahmad Afiq, senior price reporter at Platts, who covers I-RECs market and has been closely tracking price movements and supply demand dynamics in India's I-REC market. Utsab, let me start with you. How would you describe the current state of India's renewable energy certificate and corporate sourcing markets in 2026? What has been the most noticeable shift in buyer behavior over the past 12 to eight months? Are they scaling up? Utsab Sil Roy: So it has been quite a bit of up and down in the last couple of years. We were expecting this year, 2025, to have a higher demand, whereas it actually ended up being a little lower in India. But I feel that may be for multitude of reasons because some of our buyers who used to do halfway procurement ended up delaying the process for whatever the geopolitical reasons or anything like that, which is the whole thing is up for grabs to understand what the basic reason might be, but they did come back end of the year and did the procurement for the full year in one go. The mentality that I feel probably is shifting a little bit towards I-RECs now because it's a little easier and there's a lot of genuinity towards the product that is being supplied and used in the reporting process. Surprisingly, 2026 has started way better than the previous years. I mean, I'm unexpectedly seen a lot of demand right now. If I have to mention it's almost over half a million demand that we are seeing this year compared to last year when we saw around 300K or 400K. So there has been an increase this year. Vipul Garg: I also want to ask about how's the Indian market adopting VPPAs? How corporates in India are actually responding to the VPPAs today? Are we still in education mode or early execution? Are there any particular sectors or buyer types that are showing strong interest? Utsab Sil Roy: So since we do the reporting also of companies, so we have had a lot of discussions with companies who have tried strategizing towards how the mitigation method might be and how the use of certificates are. In a way, if you see, sometimes I feel clients get surprised at, "Okay, I'm just purchasing the certificate and I'm doing the redemption of it. And in the report I can showcase that I have become green or I've achieved my targets." And it's a weird mentality that I've seen that, okay, this cannot just be, "That's it." This probably has to be something more. And that's what VPPAs, it's a floating word where for us we generally work with midsize clients. And the midsize clients, which are factory owners or of a larger company that individual factories are offsetting themselves. So those individual factory owners sometimes ask us, "What is a VPPA? How can we get into that?" But from what I have seen, I think VPPAs have been more of a decision that is a collective from the management of a company, but the procurement of I-RECs are being currently done are based on the individual factories, the plant managers and the environmental people in a particular factory itself. So that has been a very big change that I think once corporates start seeing that, okay, we have six, seven locations across India and how can we cumulatively put an investment and get out of this market flexibility of what the price of an I-REC will be or the REC will be, I think VPPAs are going to become more and more prevalent. Vipul Garg: Amid this conversation on VPPAs, do you expect unbundled I-RECs to remain dominant in India or are they more of a transitional tool? And what kind of buyers will continue to rely on I-RECs even if VPPAs begin to scale? Utsab Sil Roy: So companies who are in mid-size will, I think, continue with the I-RECs because they don't want to put in such an amount of capital investment and the complexity of VPPAs. And to be frank, the VPPAs has to be first of all integrated with the Regulatory Commission of India, the national power policies and the state power policies. Those have to be very, very open about all these kind of new methodologies coming in and how the integration will be. Because if you see in India, the Gujarat state policy and probably recently Rajasthan also released a state policy about green commodities, how they're going to utilize, will the government take the advantage? Will the individual companies take the advantage? So there is a lot of decisions being taken as the advantages are being seen by the state governments also and the companies who are into this mitigation strategy through I-RECs or VPPAs. I feel if the concept of a VPPA is integrated with the open access policies in states, it can be a game changer and it can drive VPPA demands up quite a notch. But I still feel that the mid-size companies, the ones which purchase probably in the range of 5,000 to 10,000, 15,000 I-RECs every year, they'll probably still stick to I-RECs. And why I'm saying this is because we have actually signed contracts of 10 years, five years with a lot of clients who are looking at this as a long-term solution to their net-zero strategy. Vipul Garg: Thanks, Utsab. That gives us a strong sense of how buyers are thinking about procurement. But to really understand this market, we also need to look under the hood at how prices, supply and demand have been evolving. So let's bring in Afiq. Afiq, let's start with the price trends. What are the key factors driving the Indian I-RECs price movement in the past 18 to 24 months? And are these price cycles becoming more predictable? Ahmad Afiq: Thanks, Whipple. So over the past 18 to 24 months, we saw that the Indian I-REC prices have actually moved in a very cyclical way, but the moves are actually not random. So what's driving the swings is a simple tension. It's certificate availability versus buyer urgency in the markets. So if you take a late 2024 as an example, we saw that prices ease back and fall down towards around 40 cents per megawatt hour at that time because the market felt oversupplied. At the time, buyers had more choice so they did not need to act immediately. Then we saw as the year move into quarter four, 2024 and quarter one, 2025, the supply conditions tightened and price had recovered. A big part of that supply tightening at that time was also market structure and issuance discipline. When ICX became the sole local issuer in September 2024, we saw issuance controls tighten and reduce the risk of double counting, especially with VPH project. And there was some early adjustment friction, but the process had settled down now. And the certificates availability tightened in a more control way that supports stronger price levels in the market late 2024 and early 2025. And then after that, we saw the cycle fleet after quarter two last year, 2025. We saw that corporate buyers had worked through much of their near term redemption needs. So urgency fell down and there's uncertainty around emerging procurement options, especially the VPPA discussion that started last year. And it encouraged some buyers to delay purchases. And then we saw prices move down because of that from roughly around 90 cents to mid-40 cents by early November 2025. So yes, cycles are becoming more predictable and the repeating pattern is earlier recovery when supply tightens and corporates return. A mid-year soft patch as redemption urgency runs down and a late year pick up when demand re-accelerates and spot supply become constrained in the market. Vipul Garg: If we look at the Indian I-RECs prices, they look low. And the low prices show that despite strong growth in the corporate demand, as Utsab mentioned, the market still appears structurally oversupplied. How should we think about the balance between issuance and redemptions? Ahmad Afiq: Thanks, Whipple. So the first thing is to separate growth from urgency in the market. So in India, corporate redemptions, yes, are rising, but issuance is still rising faster than redemption. So even with improving demand over a year, we saw that the market stays structurally long. So why does that matter? Because India's renewable energy build out is moving quickly and wind and solar dominates the new capacity additions in the markets. That means the certificate supply engine keeps expanding. So the certificate pipeline grows at the same time that corporates are redeeming I-REC, but it has not yet caught up fully to the issuance. And that imbalance changes buyer behavior. And when certificates are available in volume, buyers will not feel forced to act or buy immediately. And they become more price sensitive and more discretionary, more willing to wait for better levels instead of paying up to secure scarce supply. And you can see that kind of over supply pressure in the way spot worked for vintage 2026 this year. So it started early this year around 70 cents per certificate. And as spot supply became easier to source in the markets, liquidity improved and price had softened to about low 60 cents in March. And then when spot availability tightened briefly in quarter two, prices ticked up modestly before the price is again once supply resume media, eventually pushing down toward the low 50 cents recently. So the way to think about issuance versus redemption is very simple. Redemption growth helps the Indian market, but as long as issuance still runs ahead, the market will stay structurally long. And that keeps downward pressure on prices. Vipul Garg: Thanks, Afiq. You also mentioned VPPAs earlier. To what extent are emerging instruments VPPAs changing how buyers participate in the I-REC market even before they are widely adopted? Ahmad Afiq: So even before VPPAs are widely adopted, they are already influencing what buyers do, but not in the sense of fully placing I-RECs overnight. We think that it is more about how corporates think and when they decide to move there. So in India, once the VPPA proposals started coming into focus last year, we did observe some corporates essentially did a quick wait and see behavior. They were asking few questions if VPPAs end up being RE100 accepted financial instruments. Do we lock in I-RECs now or do we pause until the framework becomes clearer? So even that kind of hesitation, especially if it spreads across several buyers can show up in a softer demand momentum. So that's why the early impact is mainly timing and expectations, not a sudden shift in market share. So that's it. I-RECs still have a strong value proposition in the market. They are simple, they are flexible, particularly for RE100 buyers who are early in their procurement journey or where setting up physical PPA is complex. And because India's power market is decentralized and state level rules differ, so that practical execution advantage really matters. So the big challenge or limited for VPPAs is still the economics part of it. Developer need returns to work and many expect VPPAs could be more expensive than using I-RECs alongside brand power, at least at the start. So the adoption will likely be credible and immediately. So in overall, the likely outcome is a split between VPPA and unbundled I-RRC, not a total shock. And even before the VPPA scale, they are already nudging bias to compare options more carefully and in some cases to delay purchases, creating a measurable effect on I-REC demand timing. Vipul Garg: Thanks, Afiq. That's really helpful in understanding the mechanics behind what we are seeing. Let's zoom out and look at what all of this means for the future of corporate sourcing in India. Coming back to Utsab. If we fast-forward three to five years, what does the ideal renewable procurement mix look like for an Indian corporate? Utsab Sil Roy: Thanks, Whipple. There are two kinds of buyers that we see these days. There's a wait and watch kind because they're still thinking where do we invest? If we have to invest in a particular technology that will give us green power, which is the most efficient one to invest now? And then there's of course the ones which they go all out and they try to be ahead of the market. But again, like I said previously, the people who are trying to be ahead of the market are the ones who are the much, much larger companies, the ones which have six, seven million tons of CO2 being released in their reports and stuff. They're the ones who are more focused on getting their renewable energy policies and renewal energy procurement done. Now, if you look at three to four years or five years, I feel there will be a shift towards more of a distributed power where morning power and evening power and all these kind of things are going to be very, very integral. And I think that can play a big role in the way the renewable procurement shapes up because then you're suddenly looking at wind power to be more prevalent or systems to be more prevalent or waste to energy to be more prevalent because you can produce those powers at the nighttime. Because when I look at the power strategy that is these days being discussed in the bureaucracy or anywhere, it is most like, even if you see the policies of the Indian government, they're trying to force BSS battery storage systems or wind power for nighttime power procurement because solar is rapidly rising. And I think people have to a certain extent realized that solar power is doable. It is very convenient, continuous source of energy that people can rely on. Vipul Garg: Thanks, Utsab. And finally to wrap up, what's one trend in the market that you think is currently underestimated and one risk that could slow down progress in India's corporate renewable sourcing market? Utsab Sil Roy: See, in India, if you have seen the trend of thermal energy, there has been orders from the government to increase the thermal capacity of the entire grid by 30, 40%. Now India is expecting a lot of industrialization to happen and all the companies that are coming in are coming in now with the strategy that they have to go net zero, they have to go carbon neutrality and all these things. So I think one of the particular methods in which there has been a lot of discussions and people are talking about is waste to energy. If you see the CBG investment that has gone in in the last couple of years with the government helping out with the subsidies and stuff, it has been surprising how the investors and the businessmen of India have so aggressively gone through this process from shifting their current business to investing in CBG as a source of energy. That is something that we feel that it can play a huge part, but it is being neglected. If something that can actually stop this, it is probably the availability of funds. There has a lot of it that has been invested in CBG has come through money outside India. I think the banks in India and institutional funds in India are still trying to figure out how best they can utilize things like green bonds or green funds or something where the Indian government has already released a lot of schemes for MSMEs, which people are so not aware of. The lack of awareness is very, very surprising to me. Vipul Garg: That's all we have time for today. My thanks to Utsab and Afiq for sharing their insights on a market that's clearly expanding. As you have heard, India's corporate renewable energy landscape is evolving, balancing rapid growth in demand and structural role supply and navigating the shift from simple certificate purchases towards more sophisticated procurement strategies. We'll be watching this space closely to see how the balance plays out in the months ahead. This podcast was produced by Chandreyee Mukherjee from Gurgaon. Thanks for listening and we'll see you next time. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/07/axon-s-software-business-to-account-for-nearly-two-thirds-of-revenue-by-2030</link><description>Axon (NASDAQ: AXON) is shifting from hardware to a broader public safety technology platform, with Software &amp;amp; Services rapidly expanding into nearly half of revenue by 2026.</description><title>Axonâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s software business to account for nearly two-thirds of revenue by 2030 </title><pubDate>13 July 2026 14:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Shweta Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Research â July 13, 2026 Axonâs software business to account for nearly two-thirds of revenue by 2030 By Shweta Pandey Axon Enterprise (NASDAQ: AXON) is evolving from a hardware-focused supplier of Tasers and body cameras into a broader public safety technology platform, with software and cloud services becoming an increasingly important driver of growth. Visible Alpha consensus estimates show revenue from Axonâs Software &amp; Services segment rising more than sixfold, from $255 million in 2021 to $1.6 billion in 2026, accounting for nearly 45% of total revenue. By 2030, the segment is expected to generate $6.3 billion in sales, representing 63% of company revenue and becoming Axonâs largest business line. The shift reflects growing adoption of Axonâs subscription-based ecosystem, including digital evidence management, records management, computer-aided dispatch, and AI-powered tools. The company has increasingly positioned its cloud platform as a way for law enforcement agencies to manage the full public safety workflow. Axonâs hardware business, however, remains a key contributor to growth. Revenue from its Connected Devices segment is projected to reach $2 billion in 2026, up 29% year-on-year, driven by continued demand for its core public safety products. Taser devices are expected to generate $1.1 billion in sales in 2026, while personal sensors and platform solutions are forecast at $492 million and $457 million, respectively. The companyâs expanding subscription base is also reflected in its contracted backlog. Remaining performance obligations (RPO) are expected to reach $18.5 billion in 2026, up 29% year-on-year. This article was published by Visible Alpha, part of S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence and not by S&amp;P Global Ratings, which is a separately managed division of S&amp;P Global. Request Demo Log In Discover insights with the Visible Alpha Estimates dataset. Learn More ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/french-electricity-and-gas-regulatory-frameworks-supportive-s101665025</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. French electricity and gas market Table 1 Regulatory assessment Strong Regulator Commission de Regulation de l&amp;apos;Energie (CRE) Key players Power TSO: RTE (50.1% owned by EDF indirectly via Coentreprise de Transport d&amp;apos;Electricite [CTE]) Power DSO: Enedis (100% owned by EDF) Gas TSOs: NaTran (61% owned by Engie), and TÃ©rega Gas DSO: GRDF (100% owned by Engie) Tariff-setting methodology Rate of return on RAB method (WACC on RAB) WACC (electricity tran</description><title>French Electricity And Gas Regulatory Frameworks: Supportive</title><pubDate>10 July 2026 11:43:50 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/indian-discoms-remain-a-work-in-progress-s101694468</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. India&amp;apos;s power distribution companies (discoms) look stronger on the surface. But dig a little deeper and it&amp;apos;s apparent that many of these distributors rely heavily on government subsidies. They also lack the resources to invest in much needed modernization. Without deeper structural change, credit risks could grow and spread to other utilities. Steady improvements in EBITDA and liquidity are, in our view, only partly due to improving operational e</description><title>Indian Discoms Remain A Work In Progress</title><pubDate>13 July 2026 00:35:14 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/podcasts/energy-evolution/070826-the-new-economics-of-renewable-energy-why-transmission-trumps-technology</link><description>The clean energy investment landscape has undergone a fundamental reset. The era of zero interest rates has given way to a more disciplined environment where transmission access and power market fundamentals determine success or failure. In this episode, host Eklavya Gupte speaks with Declan Flanagan, founder and CEO of Bluestar Energy Capital, about how his company is responding to these shifts.</description><title>The new economics of renewable energy: Why transmission trumps technology</title><pubDate>08 July 2026 14:35:53 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Eklavya Gupte</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Electric Power, Renewables July 08, 2026 The new economics of renewable energy: Why transmission trumps technology Featuring Eklavya Gupte HIGHLIGHTS Power market access now drives clean energy wins Germany emerges as battery storage leader Rising costs reshape renewable investment rules The clean energy investment landscape has undergone a fundamental reset. The era of zero interest rates has given way to a more disciplined environment where transmission access and power market fundamentals determine success or failure. In this episode, host Eklavya Gupte speaks with Declan Flanagan, founder and CEO of Bluestar Energy Capital, about how his company is responding to these shifts. Flanagan discusses how power pricing dynamics are reshaping technology choices and why certain markets like Germany are emerging as battery storage frontiers. He also examines how capex inflation, extended interconnection timelines and evolving demand profiles have rewritten the renewables investment playbook. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/natural-gas/071026-trump-administration-alters-definition-under-endangered-species-act-to-aid-businesses</link><description>The Trump administration finalized a rule July 10 that rescinds the federal ban on significantly modifying or degrading the habitat of animals protected by the Endangered Species Act. The US Department of Interior and Department of Commerce said law relied on an outdated regulatory definition of &amp;quot;harm&amp;quot; that led to federal overreach. The definition of &amp;quot;harm&amp;quot; is important for developers of energy</description><title>Trump administration alters definition under Endangered Species Act to aid businesses</title><pubDate>10 July 2026 21:35:24 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Thomas Tiernan</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Natural Gas, Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables July 10, 2026 Trump administration alters definition under Endangered Species Act to aid businesses By Thomas Tiernan Editor: Karen Willenbrecht Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Trump administration narrows ESA definition of harm Rule cuts regulatory burden for businesses, agencies say The Trump administration finalized a rule July 10 that rescinds the federal ban on significantly modifying or degrading the habitat of animals protected by the Endangered Species Act. The US Department of Interior and Department of Commerce said law relied on an outdated regulatory definition of "harm" that led to federal overreach. The definition of "harm" is important for developers of energy projects because numerous federal agencies consider potential harm to habitat when conducting project reviews. In a joint press release, Interior and Commerce said the law's core protections remain in place and that actions that kill or injure wildlife will continue to be prohibited. The final rule "will reduce unnecessary permitting, cut compliance costs, and eliminate confusion for landowners, small businesses, energy producers, farmers, ranchers and local governments," the agencies said. Numerous environmental groups, such as the Center for Biological Diversity, Earthjustice and the Sierra Club, criticized the Trump administration action July 10. The the Center for Biological Diversity called it "a cynical attempt to open species' habitats to logging, mining, oil and gas drilling and other destruction." Interior and Commerce said the new rule is based on a 2024 US Supreme Court ruling (Loper Bright Enterprises v. Raimondo, 22-451) that overturned the 40-year-old Chevron legal doctrine, which gave regulatory agencies discretion over rulemakings. Interior and Commerce said that using the updated legal standard, they "determined that the prior definition of 'harm' was an unlawful regulatory intrusion that interfered with private property rights." When a proposed rule was issued in the first half of 2025, agencies such as the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and the US Fish and Wildlife Service said they would narrow the definition of the type of harm inflicted on a protected species. The agencies often require companies to conduct mitigation activities to reduce the risk of harm to species listed under the ESA. The proposed rule said the definition of harm was too broad under current regulations and must be changed to reflect the true intent of the law. Existing federal permits and incidental take statements for projects that passed reviews under the ESA will remain valid and unchanged, the agencies said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/071026-uk-reviews-saf-mandate-targets-amid-non-hefa-supply-concerns</link><description>The UK government is reviewing whether to adjust targets for non-HEFA sustainable aviation fuel under its SAF mandate, while industry participants are cautious that current requirements may outpace available supply ahead of a January 2027 deadline. The Department for Transport launched a call for evidence on June 16, seeking feedback on a range of issues, including the consequences of maintaining</description><title>UK reviews SAF mandate targets amid non-HEFA supply concerns</title><pubDate>10 July 2026 13:07:11 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Daniel Workman</name><name>Layla Cosgrave</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 10, 2026 UK reviews SAF mandate targets amid non-HEFA supply concerns By Daniel Workman and Layla Cosgrave Editor: Debiprasad Nayak Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Non-HEFA production lags UK mandate requirements for 2027 Suppliers seek clarity before September airline tenders begin Buy-out option gains appeal over physical SAF The UK government is reviewing whether to adjust targets for non-HEFA sustainable aviation fuel under its SAF mandate, while industry participants are cautious that current requirements may outpace available supply ahead of a January 2027 deadline. The Department for Transport launched a call for evidence on June 16, seeking feedback on a range of issues, including the consequences of maintaining the current trajectory, expected availability of non-HEFA SAF through 2040, the impact on investment, and whether adjustments to PtL targets are necessary. Several industry players have argued that the mandates non-HEFA targets are 'overly ambitious' given the limited availability of alcohol-to-jet and power-to-liquid production. "I understand why they [included non-HEFA targets so soon], to try and drive investment, but nobody saw the circular argument coming," one aviation fuel supply manager said July 9. "Developers won't take FID without offtake, and offtakes won't sign a blank check. That's the bit that was missed, and it's what they're trying to address now." The same source said there is currently insufficient non-HEFA production capacity to meet UK demand, although many fuel suppliers remain hopeful Lanzajet will be able to supply a significant share of the required volumes from next year. However, another domestic fuel supply manager said July 9 that they have yet to hear that Lanzajet had begun commercial production, raising concerns given that less than six months remain before the introduction of the HEFA cap in January 2027. Buyout gains traction The mandate's buyout mechanism is becoming an increasingly attractive compliance option for obligated suppliers, as offers for physical non-HEFA SAF have been priced only marginally below the buyout level, according to several fuel suppliers. The buy-out mechanism allows suppliers to fulfill their mandate obligation in a scenario where they are unable to do so through the supply of SAF or the purchase of certificates. Under the mandate, the buy-out price for the main obligation (which applies to non-HEFA and advanced fuels) is set at GBP4.70 per liter. For Power-to-Liquid (PtL) sub-mandated fuels, the buy-out price is GBP5.00 per liter. Opting for the buy-out also eliminates the operational risks and blending costs associated with procuring physical volumes. However, market participants noted that the buyout mechanism has its drawbacks. "Airlines don't want buy-out to be an option because of the cost, and because they don't get any sustainability benefit from it, so it's a lose-lose from their point of view," the first fuel supplier said. The supplier added that obligated parties are scheduled to meet with the DfT next week to provide feedback on potential changes to the mandate. "The question I expect them to get to is how much buy-out is acceptable as a proportion of UK demand," the supplier said. "If 90% of the non-HEFA volume for next year is buy-out, that's probably a failure, but what about 80%, 60%, 40%?" Market participants expressed concerns over the timing of any potential policy changes, citing the additional administrative burden created by concurrent consultations, including the Revenue Certainty Mechanism levy design. "It will have to be quick because a huge number of airline contracts will be tendered in September-October," the supplier said. "Those contracts typically run on a 12-month basis, so the fourth month of that contract will be January 2027. Suppliers need to know whether they are pricing buy-out costs into contracts, or whether they'll have access to physical molecules." The source also questioned whether the breadth of the DfT's consultation could slow the process, noting that the department has sought responses from a wide range of stakeholders, including some with limited direct involvement in the physical SAF market. Despite concerns that changes to the SAF mandate could undermine market confidence, the DfT said it "will not propose any changes unless there is a strong rationale." According to sources, the DfT is expected to publish the outcome of the call for evidence in September. Should it decide that changes to the mandate are warranted, the department would likely launch a further consultation on proposed amendments. Platts assessed UK HEFA SAF Certificate (2026) at 82 pence/certificate July 9, up 11 pence/certificate since the assessments began April 27. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/creditweek-what-do-the-fraught-us-iran-de-escalation-negotiations-mean-for-global-credit-conditions-s101695346</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. (Editorâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s Note: CreditWeek is a weekly research offering from S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings, answering market participantsâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99; questions about the emerging and established credit risks shaping markets. Subscribe to receive new editions every Thursday at: https://www.linkedin.com/newsletters/creditweek-7478072371208196097/ ) We believe that talks between the U.S. and Iran have reduced the tail risks to global credit conditions. But the recent resumption of s</description><title>CreditWeek: What Do The Fraught U.S.-Iran De-Escalation Negotiations Mean For Global Credit Conditions?</title><pubDate>09 July 2026 17:14:05 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/credit-faq-what-supports-gcc-banks-resilience-to-geopolitical-instability-s101692215</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. The Middle East war has affected the operating environment for financial institutions across the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, disrupting their positive performance trajectory from the past few years. Despite the memorandum of understanding that the U.S. and Iran have signed, we think significant uncertainty will linger until the end of 2026, with potential disruptions to energy and shipping flows through the Strait of Hormuz and persi</description><title>Credit FAQ: What Supports GCC Banks&amp;apos; Resilience To Geopolitical Instability?</title><pubDate>09 July 2026 17:57:46 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/070926-ioc-traces-india-saf-journey-with-blending-mandate-flags-feedstock-sustainability-as-core-challenge</link><description>India&amp;apos;s sustainable aviation fuel program has progressed from an initial 2018 government policy committee to a codified regulatory pathway, with domestic blending mandates now set at 1% from 2027 and 2% from 2028, a representative with Indian Oil Corp. Ltd., told an industry conference, while cautioning that feedstock consistency remains the sector&amp;apos;s most fundamental constraint. Yajuvendra Singh</description><title>IOC traces India SAF journey with blending mandate; flags feedstock sustainability as core challenge</title><pubDate>09 July 2026 20:46:52 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 09, 2026 IOC traces India SAF journey with blending mandate; flags feedstock sustainability as core challenge By Samyak Pandey Editor: Valarie Jackson Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS India sets SAF blending mandate at 1% by 2027 Feedstock consistency emerges as key challenge Co-processing offers fastest near-term scaling India's sustainable aviation fuel program has progressed from an initial 2018 government policy committee to a codified regulatory pathway, with domestic blending mandates now set at 1% from 2027 and 2% from 2028, a representative with Indian Oil Corp. Ltd., told an industry conference, while cautioning that feedstock consistency remains the sector's most fundamental constraint. Yajuvendra Singh Jhala, the deputy General Manager (Policy Cell) at IOCL, said July 6 at the International Sustainability and Carbon Certification's sustainability conference in India that aviation's urgency about decarbonization stems from its status as one of the fastest-growing and most profitable segments of the global mobility sector, even though it contributes a comparatively modest 2%-3% of global fuel emissions. He argued that SAF is uniquely suited to the sector precisely because there is no viable near-term alternative propulsion pathway available at scale. "There's no parking space available, you have to be 100% sure of the technology and the fuel, because SAF offers an efficient decarbonization route to existing aircraft and infrastructure without requiring any changes to those systems," he said. India's SAF policy timeline Jhala laid out a detailed chronology of India's SAF development. The country's SAF policy discussions began in 2018, when a demonstration flight requirement tied to an Airbus A320 test flight prompted the formation of a government committee, of which Jhala said he was a part. The Bureau of Indian Standards subsequently cleared an initial fuel standard, and in 2019, the CSIR-Indian Institute of Petroleum (CSIR-IIP), Dehradun, developed its own indigenous SAF production pathway. India's first commercial SAF-blended flight followed in 2023, with adoption expanding to additional routes through 2024. In 2025, the Indian Standards framework formally adopted co-processing as an accepted SAF production pathway, a route Jhala described as a "low-hanging fruit" that much of the world is now pursuing, after which major technology licensors began actively engaging with Indian refiners. That same year, IOCL became the country's first refiner to receive ISCC certification for SAF production. In 2026, the government amended aviation turbine fuel control regulations, formally permitting SAF to be handled and distributed as a standard transport fuel where produced through approved pathways. Co-processing is the fastest near-term scaling route Jhala said co-processing blending approved feedstocks directly into existing refinery streams at low percentages, typically about 5%, without new dedicated plant investment, offers the fastest route to meeting India's 2027 mandate using existing refinery infrastructure. Beyond that, he said refiners would need to invest in dedicated hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids (HEFA) capacity to scale blending toward 3% and eventually to 5%. He, however, noted that experts have flagged that HEFA facilities carry their own sustainability and feedstock-availability requirements that need to be resolved in parallel. He stressed that any SAF pathway adopted must remain a "drop-in" fuel fully compatible with existing aircraft, engines, and fuelling infrastructure, meaning no new aircraft parts can be approved without full performance testing and certification, since the fuel must chemically match conventional refinery-derived jet fuel molecules. Feedstock consistency as a central bottleneck Jhala identified feedstock sustainability and supply consistency as the industry's most significant operational challenge, distinguishing it from certification-based sustainability criteria. "My feedstock has to be consistent for my production, and my production has to be consistent for my emissions performance and equipmentâproduction cannot be turned on and off at will," he said, noting this operational reality constrains how quickly SAF output can scale even where certified feedstock is technically available. He also referenced IOCL's broader decarbonization efforts across fuel categories, noting the company's compliance with IMO MARPOL marine fuel sulfur limits since 2020, when it began supplying 0.5%sulfur marine fuel, alongside its road transport fuel transition. Call for stronger domestic ISCC support infrastructure Closing his remarks, Jhala said India needs to build deeper in-country expertise about ISCC certification processes rather than relying primarily on external support, arguing that government policy encompassing mandates, subsidies, incentives, and penalties, similar to frameworks seen in the UK, needs to be matched with practical logistics and storage infrastructure investment. "The biggest challenge is sustainability, because I have to build my own sustainability model that requires policy support specific to feedstock availability in this country," he said, requesting greater collaboration between government, industry, and certification bodies to accelerate the build-out. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed the SAF FOB FARAG barge price at $2,768.25/mt, up $122.50, or 4.6%, week over week, while the premium to jet barges rose marginally to $1,650.75/mt. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/070926-brazil-soybean-crush-to-hit-record-high-on-rising-biodiesel-demand-usda</link><description>Brazil&amp;apos;s domestic soybean crush is forecast to reach a record 62.5 million metric tons in marketing year 2026-27, up 2.4% from the current season, driven by higher biodiesel blending, the US Department of Agriculture&amp;apos;s Foreign Agricultural Service said in its latest Oilseeds and Products Update. The increase is expected despite Brazil&amp;apos;s delay of the planned B16 blending requirement, the July 7</description><title>Brazil soybean crush to hit record high on rising biodiesel demand: USDA</title><pubDate>09 July 2026 20:32:16 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Oilseeds, Biofuels, Renewables, Fuel Oil, Diesel-Gasoil, Jet Fuel July 09, 2026 Brazil soybean crush to hit record high on rising biodiesel demand: USDA By Samyak Pandey Editor: Meghan Gordon Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Brazil soybean crush hits record 62.5 million mt Biodiesel demand drives oil use despite B16 delay Exports reach 117.5M mt on steady China buying Brazil's domestic soybean crush is forecast to reach a record 62.5 million metric tons in marketing year 2026-27, up 2.4% from the current season, driven by higher biodiesel blending, the US Department of Agriculture's Foreign Agricultural Service said in its latest Oilseeds and Products Update. The increase is expected despite Brazil's delay of the planned B16 blending requirement, the July 7 report said. USDA kept its Brazil soybean production forecast for MY 2026-27 (Feb-March) at 184 million mt, a third consecutive record, while flagging that crush growth will remain below the five-year average due to policy uncertainty about the pace of biodiesel demand growth. Growth moderating USDA held its soybean planted area forecast for MY 2026-27 at 50.5 million hectares, a 3% increase from the revised 49-million-hectare estimate for MY 2025-26, a slower expansion than the five-year average annual growth rate of 4.2%. Most of the area growth is expected in the MATOPIBA region spanning MaranhÃ£o, Tocantins, PiauÃ­ and Bahia, along with anticipated expansion in northern Mato Grosso and parts of ParÃ¡ and MaranhÃ£o following the suspension of the Soy Moratorium in early 2026, which gives farmers greater latitude to expand into Amazon frontier areas, subject to Forest Code and EU deforestation-free import requirements. National yield is projected to dip slightly to 3.64 mt/ha as El NiÃ±o-related weather risks and elevated input costs, particularly for fertilizer, prompt some producers to scale back spending. For the current MY 2025-26 season, harvest is over 99% complete, with production revised to a record 180 million mt and national yield estimated at 3.66 mt/ha; Bahia state posted a record 4.25 mt/ha, among the highest ever recorded in Brazil, while Rio Grande do Sul continued to underperform expectations amid uneven rainfall during flowering and grain-filling. Biofuel-linked oil demand Soybean oil production for MY 2026-27 is forecast at 12.8 million mt, with industrial domestic consumption, which captures biodiesel blending, projected to rise to 7 million mt from 6.8 million mt in the current season, even though the B16 mandate originally scheduled for March 2026 has been delayed. The report attributed the continued rise in industrial oil use to biodiesel blending mandates already in place, while noting that overall crush growth remains constrained by policy uncertainty around the timeline for further mandate increases. Adding to processing capacity, Chinese trading giant COFCO said it is investing more than $400 million to expand its plant in Mato Grosso, targeting biodiesel output, while it will become Brazil's largest soybean crushing complex once complete. The facility currently processes about 4,500 mt of soybeans daily, a figure set to more than double to roughly 10,000 mt per day. The plant already produces soybean meal, oil and biodiesel, reinforcing COFCO's integrated industrial footprint in a key production and logistics hub, the report said. Soybean oil exports climb USDA maintained its MY 2026-27 soybean oil export forecast at 1.7 million mt, up 6.2% from the current season's 1.6 million mt, supported by recovering demand from India alongside stronger buying from Iran and Thailand. Brazil has already exported 11.1 million mt of soybean oil so far in 2026, up 8.8% year-over-year. The report noted an unusual price dynamic: global soybean stocks remain relatively tight, and rising biofuel-linked demand for soybean oil would theoretically support higher prices, yet the CEPEA soybean price index at the Port of ParanaguÃ¡ has posted three consecutive weekly declines, currently at $25.91 per 60-kg sack, with Chicago futures also falling. Sector specialists attributed the disconnect primarily to unpredictability in the global geopolitical environment, as per USDA FAS. Exports support oilseed complex Total soybean exports are forecast to reach another record 117.5 million mt in MY2026-27, up 2.1% from the current season's 115 million mt, driven by steady Chinese demand. However, growth is expected to be more moderate than in prior years, given competition from Argentina and Brazil's own rising domestic processing. China took 78.9% of Brazil's record 108.1 million mt of 2025 soybean exports. Soybean meal exports were revised up to 26 million mt for MY2026-27, supported by demand from Southeast Asia and the EU, which could be reinforced by the EU-Mercosur free trade agreement's potential to improve logistics and reduce non-tariff barriers for Brazilian soy products. Cost, macro backdrop Production costs in Mato Grosso rose to R$7,651.51 per hectare in MY2025/26, up 7.9% year-over-year, driven by higher fertilizer and labor costs, with elevated costs expected to persist into MY2026-27 amid recent oil price increases tied to geopolitical conflicts. Brazil's benchmark Selic interest rate stands at 14.75%, continuing to constrain producer investment, while the real is forecast to average R$5.45 per dollar in 2026, a level that could modestly support export competitiveness, the report said. Separately, a Senate-approved bil that would let farmers refinance climate-related agricultural debt using resources from Brazil's Pre-Salt Social Fund remains pending before the Chamber of Deputies, aimed at easing financial strain following consecutive years of droughts and floods, particularly in southern Brazil. Platts assessed the SOYBEX FOB Santos soybean contract for August loading on July 8 at $479.25/metric ton, 18 cents/mt higher from the previous assessment. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/070326-indian-fertilizer-industry-eyes-renewable-ammonia-supply-govt-may-explore-auctions</link><description>Higher conventional ammonia prices have increased interest in renewable ammonia among Indian fertilizer producers, prompting the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy to consider issuing additional capacity tenders as part of a subsidy program, ministry Secretary Santosh Kumar Sarangi said July 2. &amp;quot;Post the Middle East crisis, the rate of gray hydrogen has become higher than [that of] green</description><title>Indian fertilizer industry eyes renewable ammonia supply; govt may explore auctions</title><pubDate>03 July 2026 15:07:10 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ruchira Singh</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Fertilizers, Chemicals, Energy Transition, Renewables, Hydrogen July 03, 2026 Indian fertilizer industry eyes renewable ammonia supply; govt may explore auctions By Ruchira Singh Editor: Ankit Ajmera Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Conventional ammonia costs exceed those of renewable ammonia Govt evaluating new production auctions under subsidy Higher conventional ammonia prices have increased interest in renewable ammonia among Indian fertilizer producers, prompting the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy to consider issuing additional capacity tenders as part of a subsidy program, ministry Secretary Santosh Kumar Sarangi said July 2. "Post the Middle East crisis, the rate of gray hydrogen has become higher than [that of] green hydrogen," Sarangi said. "So, now we are seeing some interest from the fertilizer industry to requisition more than what was contracted in the earlier round." Sarangi was speaking on the sidelines of an event in New Delhi on July 2, where ACME and IHI agreed to the supply of renewable ammonia, and ACME and Mitsubishi Gas Chemical signed an agreement for the supply of renewable methanol. Solar Energy Corp. of India, the auctioning arm of the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy, is consulting with the Ministry of Chemicals and Fertilizers and the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy to assess the fertilizer industry's demand, Sarangi said. The Ministry of New and Renewable Energy will decide whether to hold fresh auctions after completing the consultation process, according to Sarangi. India's renewable ammonia auctions, which concluded at a weighted-average price of about $604/metric ton in 2025, offer a new price point for the global clean fuels trade. Solar Energy Corp. auctioned 724,000 mt/year of renewable ammonia supply in 2025 under the Strategic Interventions for Green Hydrogen Transition, or SIGHT, scheme, part of India's Rs 197.44 billion ($2.07 billion) National Green Hydrogen Mission. Renewable hydrogen projects Solar Energy Corp. has also auctioned 864,000 mt/year of renewable hydrogen production capacity over the past two years, allocating subsidies under the SIGHT scheme. Certain industry participants have said that progress on some subsidized projects has been slower than expected, citing higher costs, supply chain constraints and limited offtake opportunities in the aftermath of the conflict in the Middle East. "Entrepreneurs who have succeeded in signing offtake agreements, both domestic and in export markets, will obviously go ahead with their FIDs and put up projects faster," Sarangi said, when asked whether any capacities were being surrendered. "There could be a few of them who intended to do it, but could not manage an offtake agreement. They might take a separate decision. It is their choice." According to the terms set by Solar Energy Corp., developers have 36 months from the date of the letter of award to commission their projects. If the project is not commissioned even after a six-month extension, the performance bank guarantee could be forfeited, and the awarded capacity may be reduced or canceled. "We do not have any person who has approached us to surrender the capacity," Sarangi said. "If they do, then we will make a decision, and maybe we will decide to tender it out again and offer it to people who are going ahead with their investment discussions." Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed the India renewable hydrogen term contract at $3.25/kg on July 2, up 1.6% from a month earlier. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/energy-transition/070726-tier-1-cleantech-companies-pv-wind-turbine-battery-cells-storage-systems</link><description>In these changing market conditions, S&amp;amp;P Global Energy draws on its extensive cleantech supply chain data and market intelligence expertise to deliver a rigorous and differentiated assessment to identify Tier 1 cleantech companies. </description><title>Tier 1 cleantech companies 2026: Balancing growth, headwinds and sustainability goals</title><pubDate>07 July 2026 02:58:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Edurne Zoco</name></author><content><![CDATA[ 07 July 2026 | 03:58 UTC Tier 1 cleantech companies 2026: Market leadership, financial strength and sustainability By Edurne Zoco Editor: Barbara Lorenzo-Caluag The 2026 S&amp;P Global Energy Tier 1 Cleantech Companies list recognizes 15 photovoltaic module suppliers, 12 PV inverter manufacturers, 10 wind turbine suppliers, 12 energy storage system providers and 10 energy storage battery cell suppliers. The cleantech power equipment supply chain is in a highly dynamic period, with each major technology facing distinct challenges and growth prospects. On the demand side, global solar photovoltaic installations are forecast to decline in 2026 for the first time on record, then recover only modestly from 2027 onward, showing small annual growth through the rest of the decade. Wind power is likewise expected to see relatively modest annual capacity additions. In contrast, battery storage installations are projected to expand rapidly. The growth of storage is driven by robust power consumption growth -- fueled by electrification and surging data center needs -- and by the imperative to secure and balance grids that are increasingly critical infrastructure. These differing growth trajectories are already having clear impacts across the supply chain. For example, the solar module supply chain has endured oversupply, intense pricing pressure and thin margins for the past three years, a combination now taking a toll on manufacturers. The industry is experiencing gradual consolidation, with some companies acquired by larger players or quietly exiting the market in a trend of âsoftâ consolidation. Many firms are also expanding beyond their traditional core products into adjacent domains, particularly battery energy storage systems, to capture additional value and provide more integrated solutions. The inverter landscape is similarly dynamic and uncertain. Inverters have become a focal point of regulations now under discussion on local content and cybersecurity in certain markets, especially in Europe and the US. New requirements around where inverters are produced and how they ensure grid security are adding complexity to manufacturersâ strategies and procurement considerations. Meanwhile, anticipation of storage demand growth has sparked a wave of new entrants in the battery and BESS segment over the past two years, as many companies position for a surge in storage deployments over the next decade. Major battery producers are running at high utilization rates to meet increasing demand. By comparison, wind equipment suppliers face steady but modest demand growth, with Chinese manufacturers playing a more prominent role in global wind markets. In these changing market conditions, S&amp;P Global Energy draws on its extensive cleantech supply chain data and market intelligence expertise to deliver a rigorous and differentiated assessment to identify Tier 1 cleantech companies. This framework is intended to help industry participants navigate an increasingly complex supplier landscape with greater confidence, identifying companies that meet Tier 1 criteria, including market leadership, financial strength and corporate sustainability performance. PV Module Suppliers Tier 1 PV Module Suppliers Canadian Solar Inc. Chint New Energy Technology Co., Ltd. (Astronergy) First Solar Inc. GCL System Integration Technology Co. Ltd. Hanwha Solutions Corp. Hengdian Group DMEGC Magnetics Co. Ltd. JA Solar Technology Co. Ltd. Jinko Solar Co. Ltd. LONGi Green Energy Technology Co. Ltd. Risen Energy Co. Ltd. Shanghai Aiko Solar Energy Co. Ltd. TCL Zhonghuan Renewable Energy Technology Co. Ltd. Tongwei Co. Ltd. Trina Solar Co. Ltd. Waaree Energies Ltd. PV Inverter Suppliers Tier 1 PV Inverter Suppliers Enphase Energy Inc. Ginlong Technologies Co. Ltd. GoodWe Technologies Co. Ltd Growatt New Energy Technology Co. Ltd. Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Ningbo Deye Technology Corporation Sineng Electric Co. Ltd. SMA Solar Technology AG SolarEdge Technologies Inc. Sungrow Power Supply Co. Ltd. TBEA Sunoasis Co. Ltd. Zhuzhou CRRC Times Electric Co. Ltd. Wind Turbine Suppliers Tier 1 Wind Turbine Suppliers Envision Energy Ltd. GE Vernova Inc. Goldwind Science &amp; Technology Co. Ltd. Ming Yang Smart Energy Group Ltd. Nordex SE Sany Renewable Energy Co. Ltd. Shanghai Electric Wind Power Group Co. Ltd. Siemens Gamesa Renewable Energy S.A. Vestas Wind Systems A/S Windey Energy Technology Group Co. Ltd. Energy Storage System Suppliers Tier 1 Energy Storage System Suppliers BYD Company Ltd Canadian Solar Inc. Contemporary Amperex Technology Co. Ltd. Envision Group Fluence Energy Inc. Gotion High-tech Co. Ltd. Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. LG Energy Solution Ltd. Sungrow Power Supply Co. Ltd. Tesla Energy Operations Inc. Trina Solar Co. Ltd. Xiamen Hithium Energy Storage Technology Co. Ltd. Energy Storage Battery Cell Suppliers Tier 1 Battery Cell Suppliers BYD Company Ltd CALB Group Co. Ltd. Contemporary Amperex Technology Co., Ltd. Envision AESC Group Ltd. EVE Energy Co. Ltd. Gotion High-tech Co. Ltd. Guangzhou Great Power Energy and Technology Co. Ltd LG Energy Solution Ltd. REPT BATTERO Energy Co. Ltd. Xiamen Hithium Energy Storage Technology Co. Ltd. Tier 1 PV Module Suppliers Canadian Solar Inc. Chint New Energy Technology Co., Ltd. (Astronergy) First Solar Inc. GCL System Integration Technology Co. Ltd. Hanwha Solutions Corp. Hengdian Group DMEGC Magnetics Co. Ltd. JA Solar Technology Co. Ltd. Jinko Solar Co. Ltd. LONGi Green Energy Technology Co. Ltd. Risen Energy Co. Ltd. Shanghai Aiko Solar Energy Co. Ltd. TCL Zhonghuan Renewable Energy Technology Co. Ltd. Tongwei Co. Ltd. Trina Solar Co. Ltd. Waaree Energies Ltd. Tier 1 PV Inverter Suppliers Enphase Energy Inc. Ginlong Technologies Co. Ltd. GoodWe Technologies Co. Ltd Growatt New Energy Technology Co. Ltd. Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Ningbo Deye Technology Corporation Sineng Electric Co. Ltd. SMA Solar Technology AG SolarEdge Technologies Inc. Sungrow Power Supply Co. Ltd. TBEA Sunoasis Co. Ltd. Zhuzhou CRRC Times Electric Co. Ltd. Tier 1 Wind Turbine Suppliers Envision Energy Ltd. GE Vernova Inc. Goldwind Science &amp; Technology Co. Ltd. Ming Yang Smart Energy Group Ltd. Nordex SE Sany Renewable Energy Co. Ltd. Shanghai Electric Wind Power Group Co. Ltd. Siemens Gamesa Renewable Energy S.A. Vestas Wind Systems A/S Windey Energy Technology Group Co. Ltd. Tier 1 Energy Storage System Suppliers BYD Company Ltd Canadian Solar Inc. Contemporary Amperex Technology Co. Ltd. Envision Group Fluence Energy Inc. Gotion High-tech Co. Ltd. Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. LG Energy Solution Ltd. Sungrow Power Supply Co. Ltd. Tesla Energy Operations Inc. Trina Solar Co. Ltd. Xiamen Hithium Energy Storage Technology Co. Ltd. Tier 1 Battery Cell Suppliers BYD Company Ltd CALB Group Co. Ltd. Contemporary Amperex Technology Co., Ltd. Envision AESC Group Ltd. EVE Energy Co. Ltd. Gotion High-tech Co. Ltd. Guangzhou Great Power Energy and Technology Co. Ltd LG Energy Solution Ltd. REPT BATTERO Energy Co. Ltd. Xiamen Hithium Energy Storage Technology Co. Ltd. What it means to be a Tier 1 Cleantech Company and why it matters in a changing market In 2025, S&amp;P Global Energy introduced the Tier 1 Cleantech Companies recognition -- a new standard designed to be transparent, data-driven and built for long-term credibility. The Tier 1 Cleantech Companies list is not a ranking nor is it investment guidance. Instead, it identifies a group of suppliers within each product category that meet a high threshold of criteria across multiple dimensions, such as market presence, financial health, sustainability and more. In todayâs highly competitive and often saturated market, manufacturers are looking for a robust and credible framework to help them differentiate and strengthen their position when competing for contracts. At the same time, the Tier 1 Cleantech Companies approach delivers clear value to other stakeholders. It helps project developers identify reliable, reputable partners and it provides the financial community with a more solid basis for decision-making by highlighting suppliers that meet a consistent and demanding set of criteria. This classification is particularly relevant today as the industry faces increasing scrutiny around financial strength, sustainability and supply chain traceability. A framework integrating credit risk and sustainability The 2026 Tier 1 Cleantech Companies list introduces credit risk -- through RiskGaugeâ¢ -- as a core metric for assessing financial performance. Expressed through S&amp;P Globalâs letter-grade system, this metric provides a clear and comparable view of how companies perform relative to their peers. This addition is particularly important as the sector faces increasing financial pressure following years of rapid expansion, persistent oversupply and compressed margins across several key components. These dynamics have weighed on balance sheets and may continue to affect future performance. In this context, a clear and consistent assessment of financial strength and credit risk is essential to accurately classify cleantech suppliers as Tier 1 cleantech companies. Sustainability remains at the core of the S&amp;P Global Tier 1 Cleantech Companies methodology. The Corporate Sustainability Assessment evaluates how companies manage sustainability risks and opportunities relative to industry peers. It draws on company disclosures, stakeholder input, media analysis and direct engagement through the CSA process. This approach ensures transparency, traceability and accountability across supply chains. As sustainability requirements tighten in Europe and other regions, such a framework is not only forward-looking -- it is becoming essential. S&amp;P Global Energy Tier 1 Cleantech Companies methodology S&amp;P Global Energyâs Tier 1 Cleantech Companies classification is a recognition that the company has met or surpassed rigorous, objective and clear criteria. It is designed to help cleantech manufacturers stand out in a crowded field, and to support developers and offtakers in identifying reliable partners. The 2026 Tier 1 assessment evaluated global manufacturers across core cleantech components: PV modules, PV inverters, wind turbines and BESS. This year, the list includes energy storage battery cell suppliers. As part of the Tier 1 Cleantech Companies selection process, S&amp;P Global Energy first identified the top 30 companies for each of the four technology categories, based on the largest shipments or installations globally in the previous year. Each company was then assessed across key dimensions to ensure a comprehensive and balanced evaluation: Market presence and share: capturing the companyâs footprint and influence in global markets Total capacity and global diversification: evaluating operational scale and geographic spread Financial performance: powered by RiskGaugeâ¢ Scores from S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence that combine a companyâs financial strength with market-derived inputs to provide a holistic assessment of credit risk Sustainability metrics: powered by S&amp;P Globalâs Corporate Sustainability Assessment To be classified as a Tier 1 Cleantech Company, a supplier must exceed the minimum threshold in a majority of the dimensions. This dual approach -- using both absolute performance and relative positioning against industry averages -- ensures that the classification reflects both rigor and consistency. The methodology is built on four key pillars: Annual cadence: Unlike other systems that reshuffle rankings quarterly, this classification is updated annually. This reduces volatility and gives suppliers and buyers a stable reference point for planning and procurement Public transparency: As it was the case in the inaugural edition last year, the Tier 1 list is again publicly available, offering visibility and recognition to top-performing suppliers Comprehensive scope: The second edition expands from four major cleantech components to include energy storage battery cells, given the relevance of this component in todayâs market Credibility and rigor: The methodology is grounded in proprietary data from S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons and credit risk data leveraging the RiskGaugeâ¢ score from S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence division, ensuring that the classification reflects real-world performance, and financial and sustainability leadership This article contains data, views and forecasts from S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons analysts and does not represent reporting by Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. Read the full public report: English | Chinese Download blog in Chinese Learn more about the Tier 1 Cleantech Companies List ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/energy-transition/070926-article-64-carbon-credit-uptake-remains-limited-as-signatories-opt-for-flexibility</link><description>The landmark signature of Article 6 of the Paris Agreement in 2021 enabled nations to exchange carbon credits to achieve their climate objectives through a centralized mechanism under the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change. Article 6.4, also known as the Paris Agreement Crediting Mechanism, was welcomed then as a potential new global benchmark for a high-integrity carbon credit market. But</description><title>Article 6.4 carbon credit uptake remains limited as signatories opt for flexibility</title><pubDate>09 July 2026 02:00:15 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Silvia Favasuli</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Carbon, Emissions July 09, 2026 Article 6.4 carbon credit uptake remains limited as signatories opt for flexibility By Silvia Favasuli Editor: Barbara Lorenzo-Caluag Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... The landmark signature of Article 6 of the Paris Agreement in 2021 enabled nations to exchange carbon credits to achieve their climate objectives through a centralized mechanism under the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change. Article 6.4, also known as the Paris Agreement Crediting Mechanism, was welcomed then as a potential new global benchmark for a high-integrity carbon credit market. But five years later, a clear demand for such a market has yet to emerge. Only two Article 6.4 project methodologies have been approved so far, and credits are expected to cost more than Article 6.2 credits due to factors like stringent baselines and extensive monitoring. While Article 6.4 is centralized and has standardized rules and credit issuances, Article 6.2 is a decentralized scheme -- also established under the Paris Agreement -- that allows nations to exchange carbon credits under customized bilateral deals, project methodologies and quality standards. Out of 194 parties to the Paris Agreement, only South Korea has so far ruled in favor of a limited use of Article 6.4 credits under its Emission Trading Scheme. The EU is proposing to use the same credits to help meet its 2040 climate goals. Meanwhile, 10 countries have already signed agreements to purchase credits via Article 6.2 deals. A total of 111 bilateral agreements have been signed, involving 65 countries as of May, according to data from S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons. Article 6.2 remains the more operational pathway today, according to Eszter Bencsik, principal analyst at Horizons, and some of the demand currently forecast for Article 6.4 could be "delayed, reduced, or met through Article 6.2 instead," Bencsik added. Johan Sulaeman, director at the National University of Singapore's Sustainable and Green Finance Institute, said that nations already allowing the use of Article 6.2 credits as part of their national carbon schemes -- such as Singapore's Carbon Tax regime under its International Carbon Credit Framework -- may struggle to also incorporate the use of Article 6.4 credits, due to the expected high price of Article 6.4 credits. Under the ICC, Singapore allows companies within its carbon tax scope to use Article 6.2 credits to offset up to 5% of their taxable emissions. "Without strong regulation, it will be difficult to say that companies should buy Article 6.4 credits -- they'll see this as a cost," Sulaeman added. Sulaeman sees the Article 6.4 scheme as an important step toward establishing a common quality baseline for international credit markets, but he said he is concerned that the methodologies proposed by the UNFCCC's supervisory body are so strict that they could lead to expensive credit prices. For example, in a white paper written with colleagues from the Sustainable and Green Finance Institute, Sulaeman has identified long-term monitoring as one of the requirements that are making Article 6.4 methodologies for removal projects too costly and impractical, if compared with those provided by the independent standards used in the voluntary carbon market and under Article 6.2 deals. "If Article 6.4 requirements are perceived as too costly, complex or impractical, project developers may struggle to qualify, and buyers may continue relying on alternative standards," he said. Sulaeman expects Article 6.4 credits generated under new methodologies, rather than from projects transitioning from the old Clean Development Mechanism, to be priced at $60/metric tons of CO2 equivalent, based on the cost of producing such credits under the UNFCCC's stringent methodologies. "In this scenario, with credits at $60/mtCO2e and above, the market will die quickly," Sulaeman said. In February this year, Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, heard credits issued by the transitioning cookstove project in Myanmar registered under CDM number 10471 -- the very first Article 6.4 credits approved by the UNFCCC -- were indicatively valued at $20/mtCO2e. Broadly speaking, market participants expect Article 6.4 credits to be priced at the same level or above Article 6.2 credits. The latter ranged between $20/mtCO2e and $40/mtCO2e during the January 2025-June 2026 period, according to S&amp;P Global Energy data. As a comparison, the price of Article 6.2 credits currently being exchanged under Singapore's Carbon Tax regime under the International Carbon Credit Framework, as reflected in the weekly Platts Singapore ICC Current Year price assessment, stood at S$35.50/mtCO2e ($27.44/mtCO2e) on July 2. On the same day, the price of credits being exchanged as part of the South Korea ETS -- where both Article 6.2 and 6.4 credits are allowed but no Article 6.4 credits have been used so far -- was at Won 18,000/mtCO2e ($11.75/mtCO2e) on July 3, based on the Platts Korean Offset Credit daily price assessment. European demand Questions have been raised about whether the Article 6.4 scheme is now entirely dependent on the EU's commitment to implement its proposal. "Without European demand, the mechanism may struggle to survive, precisely because there are no other strong demand centers for Article 6.4 specifically," one market observer said. The European Commission has proposed allowing the use of Article 6.4 credits to offset up to 5% of the EU's planned emissions reductions under its legally binding 2040 climate target. A pilot phase would only start in 2031, and no details are known so far about how the commission intends to create concrete demand for such credits within its jurisdiction or to procure them. Andrea Bonzanni, international policy director at International Emissions Trading Association, expects the European Commission to clarify how international credits will be used to achieve its various objectives as part of the upcoming July review of its ETS. Horizons estimates the EU's demand for Article 6.4 credits at up to 200 million between 2031 and 2040. In comparison, it estimates demand for both Article 6.4 and 6.2 credits in the South Korea ETS at up to 37.5 million between 2018 and 2030. CORSIA Demand for Article 6.4 credits could increase under the Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation, established by the International Civil Aviation Organization to decarbonize international aviation, according to Bonzanni. "PACM is not formally approved yet, but the ICAO is considering allowing the use of 6.4 credits for both Phase 1 and 2," Bonzanni said. But the CORSIA scheme is facing its own demand challenges, with regulatory uncertainty the main factor hindering airlines' buying appetite. Nevertheless, market participants are eagerly watching the uptake of scheme as an example of an international, credit-based compliance program. In general, airlines are emerging as price-sensitive buyers, keen to secure supply at the most competitive prices. The Platts CEC price assessment, which reflects the value of CORSIA Phase 1 eligible credits, touched its lowest level since the start of Phase 1 of the scheme on July 1, when it was assessed at $9.45/mtCO2e after reaching a peak at $22.5/mtCO2e in October 2025. Voluntary demand Corporations pledging to offset some of their emissions with high-integrity carbon credits could do so using Article 6.4 credits, according to Bonzanni. But challenges remain. For example, in a November statement, TotalEnergies said it was partnering with project developer Del Agua to produce clean cookstove credits under a methodology from independent certifier Verra, which would transition to the 6.4 methodology as soon as such a framework is available. Nonetheless, a drafted migration methodology for CDM-certified cookstoves projects published a few weeks ago is already proving uneconomical, Pascal Siegwart, Vice President Carbon Markets and Economy at TotalEnergies, told Platts. "It's too strict. It involves additional cutting of 80% of credits and a buffer, which was never demanded before for this type of project. If this is the standard methodology [for clean cookstoves credits under 6.4], we won't be able to transition. We have a business case. I'm not sure I could go for 6.4 in this case," Siegwart said. TotalEnergies plans to use these credits to meet its own offsetting targets, but it would still seek a Corresponding Adjustment and receive internationally transferable credits in case a market develops in Europe, Siegwart said. The Article 6.4 mechanism would need to prove competitive with other existing carbon credit schemes, both in terms of price and ease of operation. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/070826-bankers-say-apac-saf-projects-risk-serving-foreign-mandates-amid-uncertain-policies</link><description>Sustainable aviation fuel projects across the Asia-Pacific region face a structural bankability gap without regional mandates or offtake guarantees comparable to the EU&amp;apos;s ReFuelEU or the UK&amp;apos;s SAF mandate, industry participants said, cautioning that the region&amp;apos;s SAF supply chain risks being built to serve export markets rather than its own aviation demand. Panelists at a financing session at the</description><title>Bankers say APAC SAF projects risk serving foreign mandates amid uncertain policies</title><pubDate>08 July 2026 19:23:50 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 08, 2026 Bankers say APAC SAF projects risk serving foreign mandates amid uncertain policies By Samyak Pandey Editor: Marieke Alsguth Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Lenders demand offtake and feedstock certainty Blended finance emerges as key funding tool Sustainable aviation fuel projects across the Asia-Pacific region face a structural bankability gap without regional mandates or offtake guarantees comparable to the EU's ReFuelEU or the UK's SAF mandate, industry participants said, cautioning that the region's SAF supply chain risks being built to serve export markets rather than its own aviation demand. Panelists at a financing session at the MYAero Sustainable Aviation Asia-Pacific Symposium on July 2 said global SAF production stood at roughly 2.5 million metric tons in 2026, just 0.8% of global aviation fuel use, far short of the International Air Transport Association's net-zero trajectory, and framed the session about what gives lenders confidence to fund projects through to financial close. Offtake, feedstock and governance as core filters The panelists converged across three bankability pillars: contracted offtake providing predictable cash flows, secure and traceable feedstock supply, and proven technology. Joel Khaw, Head of Group Sustainability at RHB Bank, said that governance is frequently underweighted. "A lot of the time when projects go to a credit committee, it gets rejected because of governance issues, who are the sponsors, what's the shareholding structure, do they have the track record to construct and operate these plants," Khaw said, adding that projects seeking loans when they actually need equity injection is a common mismatch. Isabella Santos, founder of SAF commercial advisory Stratex, said Asia-Pacific's lack of binding regional mandates leaves lenders unable to model a reliable revenue floor. "Refuel EU and the UK SAF mandate aren't just creating demand, they're creating a volume floor," Santos said. "In Asia-Pacific, we have neither. What we have is a patchwork of national ambition and airline sustainability commitments, but neither is good enough to provide a 15-year offtake agreement." Santos added that near-term Asia-Pacific projects will likely target export to Europe and the UK, leaving the region "supplying someone else's mandate, not its own." Financing structures diversifying beyond project finance Khaw said Malaysian SAF projects that have reached financial close or have gone operational have largely relied on corporate balance-sheet financing rather than pure project finance, with sustainability-linked loans that adjust interest rates to emissions outcomes gaining traction across sectors, although not yet specifically for SAF locally. He also pointed to blended finance, where multilateral development banks absorb first-loss or junior-tranche risk to de-risk projects for commercial lenders taking senior tranches. Santos added that feedstock economics are where bankability most often breaks down, even for well-established hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids pathways. "Are you able to secure volumes big enough for the full utilization of your plant that will last the 10 years of your debt? And is your project's financing model resilient if feedstock prices change by 20%? Many contracts I see do not have that protection built in," she said, noting that feedstock price pass-through in offtake agreements is becoming a bankability requirement rather than a negotiating point. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed sustainable aviation fuel, basis hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids-synthetic parrafinic kerosene FOB Straits at $2,405/metric ton on July 8, unchanged from July 7. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/070826-india-grants-7-year-permit-waiver-for-ethanol-and-renewable-fuel-vehicles</link><description>India&amp;apos;s government has exempted commercial vehicles running on ethanol, methanol, hydrogen and battery-electric power from transport permit requirements for seven years. This move could accelerate the adoption of alternative fuels in the logistics sector as the country grapples with surplus ethanol production capacity. The exemption, notified July 6 under Section 66 of the Motor Vehicles Act,</description><title>India grants 7-year permit waiver for ethanol and renewable fuel vehicles</title><pubDate>08 July 2026 19:40:27 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 08, 2026 India grants 7-year permit waiver for ethanol and renewable fuel vehicles By Samyak Pandey Editor: Gary Gentile Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS India waives permits for ethanol vehicles Surplus ethanol capacity reaches 9 bil liters Sugar industry diversifies into bioplastics India's government has exempted commercial vehicles running on ethanol, methanol, hydrogen and battery-electric power from transport permit requirements for seven years. This move could accelerate the adoption of alternative fuels in the logistics sector as the country grapples with surplus ethanol production capacity. The exemption, notified July 6 under Section 66 of the Motor Vehicles Act, applies to goods and passenger transport vehicles powered by the four clean fuel technologies, the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways said. The waiver requires all vehicles to be equipped with AIS-140-compliant vehicle tracking devices. The policy shift comes as India's ethanol sector faces a capacity utilization crisis, with domestic production reaching 20 billion liters/year while oil marketing companies procure only 11 billion-12 billion liters annually for the E20 blending mandate, leaving surplus capacity of 8 billion-9 billion liters/year. Ethanol diversification The permit exemption could create a new demand pathway for India's ethanol surplus by encouraging fleet operators to deploy ethanol-powered commercial vehicles, thereby reducing a key regulatory barrier that has historically limited the adoption of alternative fuel technologies in the transport sector. India's sugar industry has been accelerating investment in biobased products, including polylactic acid plastics and sustainable aviation fuel, as ethanol production surpluses drive diversification beyond fuel blending, with executives positioning circular-economy models as the sector's next growth phase. Balrampur Chini Mills' 80,000 metric ton PLA plant, expected to be commissioned in 2027, represents India's first large-scale facility converting sugar into industrially compostable bioplastics targeting single-use plastic replacement. Stefan Barot, president of the chemical division at Balrampur Chini Mills, said at the Sugar, Ethanol and Bioenergy conference June 12-13. The ethanol industry should treat CO2 generated during fermentation as a commercial resource rather than waste, with fertilizer manufacturing and industrial applications providing demand pathways for captured CO2, Surendra Singh, business leader at BIG Group, said at the conference. "CO2 produced from ethanol production is not waste," Singh said. "The ethanol industry has matured significantly and now has opportunities to generate additional value through industrial integration." Sweet sorghum cultivation as a ratoon crop between sugarcane harvests could add 500 million liters of annual ethanol capacity while improving farmer incomes without additional land or water inputs, Francis Borges, head of sustainable value chain projects at Advanta Seeds, said at the conference. The move is part of India's broader push to accelerate the adoption of alternative fuel technologies across the commercial vehicle sector as the country works to lower emissions, reduce dependence on conventional fossil fuels, and diversify its transport energy mix, with India's bioeconomy target set at $300 billion within the next decade. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/070726-interview-boeing-backs-dual-corsia-saf-offset-push-amid-asean-supply-crunch</link><description>Boeing sees CORSIA carbon offsetting and sustainable aviation fuel investment as complementary decarbonization levers rather than competing priorities, arguing that the credibility of the compliance carbon market carries implications well beyond Southeast Asia&amp;apos;s borders, a senior Boeing sustainability official told Platts in an Interview. Speaking to Platts at the MYAero Sustainable Aviation APAC</description><title>INTERVIEW: Boeing backs dual CORSIA-SAF offset push amid ASEAN supply crunch</title><pubDate>07 July 2026 18:54:15 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 07, 2026 INTERVIEW: Boeing backs dual CORSIA-SAF offset push amid ASEAN supply crunch By Samyak Pandey Editor: Bill Montgomery Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Boeing frames CORSIA, SAF as parallel paths ASEAN holds $8.5 billion carbon credit potential 54 stalled projects await authorization unlock Boeing sees CORSIA carbon offsetting and sustainable aviation fuel investment as complementary decarbonization levers rather than competing priorities, arguing that the credibility of the compliance carbon market carries implications well beyond Southeast Asia's borders, a senior Boeing sustainability official told Platts in an Interview. Speaking to Platts at the MYAero Sustainable Aviation APAC Symposium in Malaysia, Dr. Kimberly Camrass, head of sustainability APAC Boeing, said a newly released report co-authored with climate investment firm GenZero and carbon market analytics provider Abatable, with input from the ASEAN Secretariat, estimates the region could unlock between $1.6 billion and $8.5 billion in economic value from CORSIA-eligible carbon credits over the next decade. Currently, however, Association of Southeast Asian Nations accounts for just 7.1% of the eligible global supply, with only four projects across the entire region formally authorized for use. Policy execution holdup Camrass said the scale of the challenge lies almost entirely in policy execution rather than underlying mitigation potential. Global demand for CORSIA-eligible units sits close to 200 million tons in the scheme's First Phase, against roughly 36.6 million eligible units available worldwide as of early June, with ASEAN airlines alone requiring 17 million to 18 million eligible units through the period. "It's not that the potential is not there, it's almost an administrative and policy unlock that we need to drive," Camrass said, noting that resolving the region's authorization bottlenecks could increase ASEAN supply eightfold. "The risk of not progressing with haste towards this emissions reduction through the various phases of CORSIA is something we have to acknowledge -- it is a real risk. But with coordinated government action, we can overcome those risks, and the opportunity then becomes quite immense, particularly for ASEAN." SAF, offsetting move in parallel On the relationship between CORSIA offsetting and SAF investment heading into the scheme's Second Phase from 2027, Camrass rejected the framing of the two as an either-or choice, describing them instead as parallel tracks moving toward the same destination. "Sometimes we see these discussions framed as an either-or approach. We concur with the views of IATA and Neste that there's a dual urgency issue here in the short term we need to both work collectively to incentivize investment in SAF, but we also need to address supply and uptake on the offsetting side. I'd say they're railroad tracks rather than a bridge. "They're working in unison towards a common direction, and both are things we can utilize today to meet the objectives of CORSIA by 2035," she said. She added that where individual states choose to incentivize SAF uptake through policy, airlines will naturally lean more heavily on that lever, but ultimately carriers will make their own commercial decisions about which decarbonization tools to deploy and when. 54 projects stalled Camrass pointed to one figure from the report as particularly significant: 54 CORSIA-aligned carbon projects across the region currently lack the Letter of Authorization needed to become eligible for compliance use. Resolving that bottleneck, she said, would materially expand the pool of affordable decarbonization options available to airlines across ASEAN and crucially, offer a pathway for countries that may never develop meaningful domestic SAF production capacity. "Not every country is going to be able to produce SAF, or should produce SAF," she said. "So it opens up options for a more diverse aviation decarbonization journey for other countries. Of course, we've got some countries like Vietnam that will be able to do both very successfully." Camrass noted that nearly a dozen airlines from across the region including carriers from outside ASEAN participated directly in shaping the report, which she said reflects a structural advantage the region holds over other parts of the world: a regional framework capable of driving policy harmonization and reducing fragmentation across CORSIA and SAF simultaneously. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/07/acute-truckload-capacity-shortage-seen-pushing-up-ltl-demand</link><description>Truckload capacity is tightening fast, pushing more freight to LTL and setting the stage for higher rates through 2026.</description><title>â&amp;#x80;&amp;#x98;Acuteâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99; truckload capacity shortage seen pushing up LTL demand</title><pubDate>07 July 2026 12:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>William B. Cassidy</name></author><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â Jul 7, 2026 âAcuteâ truckload capacity shortage seen pushing up LTL demand By William B. Cassidy US truck shippers hoping for near-term stabilization in truckload or less-than-truckload (LTL) capacity and double-digit rate hikes are likely to be disappointed as structural changes to the truckload market send ripples throughout supply chains. âThe market has normalized a little bit post-Roadcheck [May 12-14], but rates are accelerating still, which is incredible,â Tim Denoyer, vice president and senior analyst at ACT Research, said this week at the SMC3 Connections conference in Palm Beach, Florida. Shippers can expect truckload contract rates to rise 20% year over year by the end of 2026, before fuel surcharges, with spot rates up 40%, Denoyer said. âItâs an extremely tight market,â he said. âMaybe an acutely tight market would be a better way to describe it.â LTL rates may not rise as much, but theyâre moving higher as well, he said, noting LTL rates ânever really dropped like truckload rates didâ from 2022 through 2025. The preliminary Journal of Commerce shipper-paid average spot truckload rate for June climbed 16 cents from May to $3.24 per mile on lanes greater than 250 miles. The median all-inclusive shipper-paid spot rate for all lanes climbed 19 cents to $3.63 per mile last month. Several factors, including a healthy produce season in the Southeast and frontloading of Asian imports into Los Angeles, are contributing to spot truckload rate hikes. But the biggest element is the collapse of capacity, especially among small truckload carriers. Much of that collapse is related to the regulatory crackdown on unsafe or illegal drivers, but factors such as the US Supreme Court decision on freight broker liability and the rising price of trucks ahead of tighter US emissions requirements also play a role. âOur population models suggest that weâve taken off about 40,000 units from the highways just by having low new truck sales,â said Denoyer, whose company provides research on freight and equipment markets. He also is the author of the Cass Freight Index report. Equipment costs to rise Denoyer, during a presentation on the economic and freight outlook at the SMC3 conference, said the US needs about 150,000 new trucks each year just to sustain the Class 8 heavy-duty truck fleet. By the end of the decade, that number will be near 170,000. The build rate at US Class 8 truck manufacturers has been âsignificantly below that,â he said. Out of the 1.7 million active Class 8 tractors in the US, about 40% to 45% are operated by for-hire trucking companies, according to ACT Research. The cost of 2027 heavy-duty truck emissions requirements is expected to be blunted by revisions to US regulations, but to still come in close to $10,000 per truck, Denoyer said. In previous economic cycles, carriers added capacity as rates rose. âTruckers buy trucks when they make money,â Denoyer said. But in this cycle, finding drivers is likely to be a bigger problem than adding trucks, and that will be a drag on truckload capacity. LTL carriers, similar to intermodal rail providers, benefit from truckload tightness. âWeâve heard that some of those heavier weight shipments that used to go truckload are starting to go LTL,â Denoyer said. âThat should continue. This truckload tightness isnât going to turn around anytime soon.â And while truckload tightness is âthe main driver of LTL volume,â he also believes increases in industrial production will boost LTL volumes. âI think thereâs a pretty good acceleration coming for this market,â Denoyer said. This article was originally published in the Journal of Commerce on July 3, 2026. Subscribe to JOC.com Learn more about our data and insights Click Here Register for Inland26 The must-attend conference for shippers and transportation and logistics providers moving goods from ports to inland destinations Click Here ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/energy-transition/070826-et-highlights-tesla-electric-vehicles-battery-gas-supply-article6-singapore-indonesia</link><description>Energy transition highlights: Our editors and analysts bring you the biggest stories from the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices.</description><title>ET Highlights: Tesla deliveries rebound in Q2, Europe faces fragile gas supply, Singapore, Indonesia set to finalize Article 6 pact</title><pubDate>07 July 2026 20:05:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Staff </name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Renewables, Emissions, Carbon July 8, 2026 ET Highlights: Tesla deliveries rebound in Q2, Europe faces fragile gas supply, Singapore, Indonesia set to finalize Article 6 pact Energy Transition Highlights: Our editors and analysts bring together the biggest stories in the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices. Top story Tesla beats Q2 forecasts on delivery Tesla reported rising deliveries of electric vehicles and battery storage in the second quarter of 2026, with both segments rebounding from a year ago. Tesla deployed 13.5 gigawatt-hours of battery storage in the second quarter, according to the company, marking its second-highest volume ever after a record Q4 2025. The EV maker's Q2 stationary battery storage deployments increased from 9.6 GWh a year earlier and 8.8 GWh in Q1 2026. Tesla, which reports Q2 earnings July 22, is seeing strong demand from independent power producers, utilities, data centers and other commercial businesses for its large-scale Megapack lithium-ion battery systems. In June, developer rPlus Energies, announced the completion of one of the largest battery-backed solar farms in the US, which includes a 400-megawatt/1.6-GWh array of Megapacks. Also in June, Tesla joined with Sunrun and Renew Home to market more than 16 gigawatts of flexible capacity to data centers and utilities as part of a distributed power plant that includes home batteries and other distributed energy resources. Tesla delivered 480,126 EVs in the second quarter, up from 358,023 units in the first quarter and 384,122 in Q2 2025. Benchmark of the Week $20,000/mt Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed Lithium Carbonate CIF North Asia prices at $20,000/metric ton on July 7. Prices for the key battery metal have been relatively volatile in 2026 due to supply concerns. Explore Platts Energy Transition Price Assessments Editor's Picks: Free and premium content SPGlobal.com/energy Europe's gas, power markets brace for heat, supply risks and ETS overhaul in Q3 Soaring temperatures across Europe are poised to reshape gas, power and carbon markets in the third quarter, with meteorologists warning that the 2026 El NiÃ±o phenomenon is set to be considerably more intense than in previous years. Europe's gas supply remains fragile due to lingering Middle East tensions, while inventories are well below seasonal norms, all while the European Commission prepares to unveil sweeping reforms to the bloc's flagship carbon market. Tokyo to subsidize Haneda airportâs domestic SAF prices to same level as jet fuel The Tokyo Metropolitan Government will subsidize domestic sustainable aviation fuel prices at Tokyo International Airport (Haneda) to the same level as conventional jet fuel prices through an additional program, it said in a statement. The government will give a subsidy of up to Yen 100/liter (62 cents/l) to Tokyo-based suppliers to cover the price difference between domestic SAF and conventional jet fuel under its Emergency Project for Domestic SAF Use and Promotion. S&amp;P Global Energy Core Singapore, Indonesia set to finalize Article 6 carbon credit pact Singapore and Indonesia are close to finalizing an implementation agreement for carbon credits collaboration under Article 6 of the Paris Agreement, Singapore's Minister for Sustainability and the Environment and Minister-in-charge of Trade Relations Grace Fu told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. Talks with Indonesia have made âgood progress,â Fu said, adding that she is hopeful for favorable news soon. EWE breaks ground on hydrogen pipeline in northwest Germany EWE Netz is set to start construction of its 24-km hydrogen pipeline in northwestern Germany to link its Emden electrolyzer to the countryâs core hydrogen network at Leer, the company said in a statement on June 30. The H2Coastlink 1 project, which broke ground in Moormerland, East Frisia, will transport around 26,000 mt/year of hydrogen from EWEâs 320-megawatt electrolyzer under construction in Emden when it enters service in autumn 2027. India's ACME secures IHI, Mitsubishi offtakes for renewable hydrogen derivatives India's ACME Group has secured long-term renewable ammonia and methanol offtake agreements with Japan's IHI and Mitsubishi Gas Chemical, ACME Chairman Manoj Kumar Upadhyay said. ACME will supply 488,000 metric ton/year of renewable ammonia to IHI from its Gopalpur facility, where the Japanese engineering firm holds a 30% stake, plus Paradip facility. Separately, Mitsubishi Gas Chemical agreed to purchase 100,000 mt/year of renewable methanol from ACME's Paradip plant. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/070726-interview-genzero-sees-doubling-corsia-supply-as-momentum-but-phase-two-pricing-remains-unclear</link><description>Global CORSIA-eligible carbon credit volumes have effectively doubled over the past six to nine months and now exceed 40 million tons, a sign that genuine market momentum is building after years of a narrow eligible supply base, according to a senior official at climate investment company GenZero. However, he cautioned that pricing and supply dynamics heading into the scheme&amp;apos;s Phase Two remain</description><title>INTERVIEW: GenZero sees doubling CORSIA supply as momentum, but Phase Two pricing remains unclear</title><pubDate>07 July 2026 19:06:08 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Carbon, Emissions July 07, 2026 INTERVIEW: GenZero sees doubling CORSIA supply as momentum, but Phase Two pricing remains unclear By Samyak Pandey Editor: Karla Sanchez Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS CORSIA-eligible carbon credits double to 40 mil tons Authorization fears stem from NDC overselling risk Thailand's Article 6 deal shows regional readiness Global CORSIA-eligible carbon credit volumes have effectively doubled over the past six to nine months and now exceed 40 million tons, a sign that genuine market momentum is building after years of a narrow eligible supply base, according to a senior official at climate investment company GenZero. However, he cautioned that pricing and supply dynamics heading into the scheme's Phase Two remain considerably harder to forecast. Speaking to Platts on July 3, following the launch of a new ASEAN CORSIA report co-authored by GenZero, Boeing, and Abatable, Puar Si Liang, vice president at GenZero, said the region's total addressable CORSIA opportunity spanning currently eligible, aligned, and pipeline carbon credits is estimated at between $1.6 billion and $8.5 billion through 2035, alongside close to 32,000 potential jobs across the region. Puar said the report's headline figure of 36.8 million eligible units globally, current as of the report's cutoff date, has already been overtaken by more recent data. "There is quite a bit of progress that's happening in the past six to nine months. Actually, the volume of CORSIA credits has effectively doubled. I think in our report we quoted 36.8 million, but I just saw a report earlier today(July 3) that we've crossed 40 million," he said. On pricing, Puar said current CORSIA-eligible unit prices sit toward the lower end of the $10-$23/ton range observed over the past eight months, with most market observers expecting prices to rise as airlines approach the 2028 compliance deadline and demand intensifies. Beyond that point, however, visibility deteriorates sharply. "On Phase Two, there are a couple of uncertainties. Naturally, given it's a bit further away, on the supply side, there are only four standards approved for Phase Two, so the supply picture is a little unclear. On the demand front, we have some estimates based on the expected growth of aviation and emissions, but there's also going to be some uncertainty given that it's a forecast further out," he said. Puar identified fear of "overselling" -- authorizing more carbon credits for CORSIA use than a country can afford to give up against its own Nationally Determined Contribution climate targets -- as one of the most significant real barriers preventing ASEAN governments from issuing Letters of Authorization. Only Laos and Cambodia currently have direct experience issuing them. He said the challenge runs deeper than politics alone, pointing to structural coordination failures within governments themselves. "Sometimes it's a question of coordination within the government, within the ministries of environment or climate, which look after the NDCs, the line ministries that are responsible for implementing. And then also, quite often, the agencies that are looking at CORSIA are often not part of the picture," Puar said, adding that many governments also struggle to forecast and track domestic emissions and project pipelines seeking authorization. "This is actually quite a complex system. There are many moving parts, and it's a difficult problem for governments to address. I think for a lot of governments, in terms of setting policies, it's an exercise in managing trade-offs," he said. Article 6 deal signals broader regional readiness Beyond CORSIA specifically, Puar said several ASEAN governments are exploring broader participation in Article 6 of the Paris Agreement, citing Thailand's bilateral carbon credit agreement with Switzerland as an early proof point, even though those particular units were not CORSIA-eligible. "Thailand is actually the first country in ASEAN to issue some Article 6 units, through its collaboration with Switzerland. It's a sign that the country is ready. A lot of other countries in the region -- Vietnam, the Philippines -- are all thinking about how they can be involved in Article 6," he said. Framing the report's broader significance, Puar said its central purpose was to demonstrate that CORSIA compliance and national climate goals need not be in tension with one another. "This is really about how this can be a win-win opportunity. It's very important for airlines and for CORSIA compliance, but this is also an opportunity for host countries, for ASEAN, in terms of the economic opportunity -- how having projects within your country leads to economic, social, and environmental benefits," he said. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed sustainable aviation fuel HEFA-SPK FOB Straits at $2,405/metric ton July 7, down $20/mt from July 6. The SAF FOB Straits premium was assessed at $1,497.50/mt over Platts Jet Kero FOB Singapore forward curve (MOPs), down $34.50/mt from July 6. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/crude-oil/070726-interview-fedex-sees-production-incentives-key-to-asia-pacific-saf-growth</link><description>FedEx Corp. is actively assessing sustainable aviation fuel supply in the Asia-Pacific region, but direct procurement by cargo operators will depend on local availability and economic viability, Rebecca Orme, managing director of legal and sustainability Asia Pacific at FedEx, said July 7. &amp;quot;FedEx is actively looking at competitively priced sustainable aviation fuel, including in our APAC markets,&amp;quot;</description><title>INTERVIEW: FedEx sees production incentives key to Asia-Pacific SAF growth</title><pubDate>07 July 2026 14:54:07 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Mia Pei</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 07, 2026 INTERVIEW: FedEx sees production incentives key to Asia-Pacific SAF growth By Mia Pei Editor: Manish Parashar Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Assesses Asia-Pacific region's SAF amid supply gaps Mandates risk becoming tax without supply: Orme Marks Australia as key market to watch FedEx Corp. is actively assessing sustainable aviation fuel supply in the Asia-Pacific region, but direct procurement by cargo operators will depend on local availability and economic viability, Rebecca Orme, managing director of legal and sustainability Asia Pacific at FedEx, said July 7. "FedEx is actively looking at competitively priced sustainable aviation fuel, including in our APAC markets," Orme told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, in an interview ahead of the SAF APAC Summit 2026 being held in Melbourne July 8-9. Physical development in the region is still hindered by local supply constraints and costs, she said. "There simply isn't enough SAF available at our major cargo hubs," she noted. While predictable policy is needed, Orme warned that mandates could backfire if they are introduced before an adequate local supply is available. "Mandates without adequate, affordable local supply are simply a tax on aviation," she said, adding that if carriers are required to buy SAF that does not exist locally, they may end up paying penalties or importing the fuel at high cost, raising prices for end-consumers. Mandates should therefore be tied to production capacity and include book-and-claim flexibility, she said. "For direct procurement, close to price-parity mechanisms, harmonized regional standards, and universally accepted book-and-claim registries should increase SAF production," she said, adding that different national standards on what constitutes "sustainable" feedstock create compliance challenges. SAF deployments The more significant development in the Asia-Pacific region, Orme said, could be the maturation of book-and-claim systems. "This potentially allows us to support SAF production in a hub like Japan or Singapore while distributing the scope 3 emissions benefits across our network, without the challenges of routing specific planes to specific SAF-equipped gates," she said. Orme said FedEx's most realistic Asia-Pacific SAF deployment points are where high flight frequencies overlap with strong government support and existing infrastructure. Guangzhou and Osaka emerge as FedEx's "primary regional hubs and natural candidates," given the company's sheer uplift volumes there, she said. Singapore and Tokyo are also highly realistic because of proactive policy and supply-chain investments, including Neste's presence in Singapore and Cosmo Oil's commercial SAF plant in Japan. "We must deploy SAF where the supply chain already exists," Orme said, noting progress in EcoCeres production in China and Malaysia as part of the region's emerging SAF supply base. Tight-margin business Since May 2025, FedEx has executed five offtake agreements designed to bring more than 16.5 million gallons of blended SAF online at a minimum blend ratio of 30% across Los Angeles, Chicago O'Hare, Miami, Dallas Fort Worth and New York-JFK airports. But Orme said Asia-Pacific still faces a key adoption barrier -- pricing. "The premium is still too high for an industry operating on tight margins," she said, adding that SAF premiums, often two to four times the cost of conventional jet fuel, do not support broad commercial adoption without external support. Platts assessed SAF (H-S) FOB Straits Premium at $1,497.50/metric ton and SAF Premium FOB China at $1,472.50/mt July 7. Express logistics is highly cost-sensitive, meaning a workable premium would need to be absorbed through government incentives, such as tax credits adopted in the US, or passed on to customers willing to pay for scope 3 emissions reductions, she said. That makes policy support critical for long-term procurement. "Voluntary corporate demand is great, but policy is the true enabler," Orme said, adding that voluntary demand is "too fragmented to bridge the current two-to-four-times price gap" at the scale required by large operators. "To sign a five-to-10-year offtake agreement, we need certainty on price and supply." Predictable, low-risk, full-term policy support -- particularly production incentives or subsidies -- can help de-risk investment for producers and bring costs down to a level that allows long-term contracts, she added. Governments should first focus on de-risking the supply side through production incentives, tax credits, grants, or loan guarantees for refineries, Orme said. "Governments should work together to harmonize sustainability standards across the APAC region so that fuel produced in Australia, for example, is recognized seamlessly in Singapore or Japan." Australia's potential Australia is a key market to watch because it has the potential to become a future SAF production base rather than just a feedstock source, Orme said. Australia already exports 70% of its canola and more than 80% of its tallow and used cooking oil to markets in Asia and the US to feed major biorefineries, she said. "There is great potential for those feedstocks processed locally," Orme said, adding that government policies, such as the A$1.1 billion clean fuels program, could help build a sovereign SAF supply chain. 30% by 2030 FedEx is committed to working toward its goal of using 30% blended SAF by 2030, Orme said, but meeting that target will require more than scaling the dominant hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids-based supply. Commercial-scale facilities must diversify beyond traditional waste-oil feedstocks into coprocessing, alcohol-to-jet and e-fuels, she said, noting that SAF production will increasingly compete with renewable diesel for the same lipid feedstocks. "It is important for book-and-claim to be universally accepted by global accounting standards and national governments ... and the current premium drop through a combination of mature technology, scaled production, and intelligent, harmonized regional policies," said Orme. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/070626-australian-airports-body-pushes-saf-as-national-fuel-security-priority</link><description>The Australian Airports Association has called on Canberra to make sustainable aviation fuel a national strategic priority, arguing that Australia&amp;apos;s heavy reliance on imported jet fuel poses a security risk that domestic SAF production could help address alongside aviation decarbonization goals. The policy position, representing more than 340 airports and aerodromes and over 150 corporate members,</description><title>Australian airports body pushes SAF as national fuel security priority</title><pubDate>06 July 2026 18:02:07 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Refined Products, Agriculture, Energy Transition, Jet Fuel, Biofuels, Renewables July 06, 2026 Australian airports body pushes SAF as national fuel security priority By Samyak Pandey Editor: Meghan Gordon Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Domestic SAF could meet 85% demand by 2050 AAA backs mandates with regional exemptions The Australian Airports Association has called on Canberra to make sustainable aviation fuel a national strategic priority, arguing that Australia's heavy reliance on imported jet fuel poses a security risk that domestic SAF production could help address alongside aviation decarbonization goals. The policy position, representing more than 340 airports and aerodromes and over 150 corporate members, argues SAF is "the only scalable, near- to medium-term pathway" to cut aviation emissions materially, given the sector lacks a viable electrification alternative, unlike road transport. The AAA said 80% of Australia's liquid fuel supply is imported, with 77% of jet fuel sourced from China, South Korea and Singapore. While Australia has so far been relatively insulated from Middle East-linked disruption given its proximity to Asia, the association warned that any disruption through the South China Sea or the Strait of Malacca "would have significant and far-reaching consequences," citing the long-term decline in domestic refining capacity as a structural vulnerability. Feedstock potential Citing CSIRO modeling under the CSIRO-Boeing SAF Roadmap, the AAA said Australia could meet up to 85% of national jet fuel demand with domestic SAF by 2050, equivalent to 12 billion-13 billion liters/year, given the country's feedstock base, including used cooking oil, tallow and canola â of which Australia is currently a net exporter. A joint analysis by Qantas and Airbus cited in the paper estimates that a domestic SAF industry could support about 13,000 jobs across feedstock and agricultural supply chains, plus a further 5,000 jobs in production, construction and operations, mostly in regional areas. Separate analysis commissioned by the Clean Energy Finance Corporation put the value of the broader low-carbon liquid fuels sector at up to A$36 billion ($23.8 billion). The AAA's position sets out six objectives: making SAF a national strategic priority; supply-side incentives to close the cost gap with conventional jet fuel; phased demand-side mechanisms aligned with supply growth; open-access airport fuel infrastructure investment; a nationally consistent, internationally aligned SAF accounting framework; and cross-jurisdictional policy coordination. Supply-side mechanisms sought On supply, the AAA backed a transparent, scalable production incentive such as a production tax credit or contract-for-difference, alongside capital grants, concessional finance and loan guarantees to de-risk project delivery. It called for support to be predictable, staged to match the maturity of emerging production pathways and benchmarked against US, EU and UK policy frameworks. The paper also urged investment in feedstock aggregation and logistics, streamlined planning approvals, and equitable open access to airport fuel storage and distribution infrastructure, noting that access currently varies across the network. The AAA welcomed the government's May 2026 Federal Budget announcement of a forthcoming low-carbon liquid fuel demand-side measure to be developed in consultation with industry, and said it intends to participate actively in that process. The association cautioned that any mandate must be calibrated to realistic, scalable supply and avoid disproportionate cost impacts on regional air services, including potential exemptions for regional routes to protect connectivity and affordability. It also called for the government travel procurement policy to act as an early demand anchor supporting bankable offtake agreements. Certification, accounting framework The AAA said credible, internationally aligned life cycle emissions accounting is essential to attracting investment and preserving access to international SAF markets, calling for frameworks that address indirect land-use change and align with the greenhouse gases Protocol, ICAO's CORSIA, and emerging global SAF registries, while avoiding double counting of emissions reductions. The paper argued accounting settings should allow airlines to recognize SAF benefits under Scope 1 emissions while simultaneously enabling airports to claim credit under Scope 3 Category 11 and business travelers under Scope 3 Category 6, an approach the AAA said requires secure, proportionate data-sharing across producers, fuel suppliers, airlines and airports. The position follows the government's establishment of the A$1.1 billion Cleaner Fuels Program and the start of consultation on its design, which the AAA said provides "a positive foundation for industry growth" as Australia works to build a domestic SAF sector from what is currently minimal low-carbon liquid fuel output and no domestic SAF production. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed sustainable aviation fuel HEFA-SPK FOB Straits at $2,425/mt July 6, unchanged from July 3, tracking adjacent market information and maintaining the spread between the SAF FOB Straits and FOB China assessments at $25/mt. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/fund-finance-trends-unlocking-liquidity-with-gp-financing-s101691964</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. Within the fund ecosystem, general partner financing (GP financing; also, management company or manco financing) exists because the economics of a management platform (its fee income, carried interest, and the capital its principals have committed alongside their investors) have value that can be borrowed against, sold forward, or otherwise monetized. GPs pursue this financing for several purposes: funding their own capital commitments to new or s</description><title>Fund Finance Trends: Unlocking Liquidity With GP Financing</title><pubDate>07 July 2026 20:07:37 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/scenario-and-sensitivity-analysis-middle-east-war-gcc-sensitivity-and-sector-vulnerabilities-arent-homogenous-s101691277</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. Geopolitical volatility will dictate the pace of the Gulf Cooperation Council&amp;apos;s (GCC) economic recovery through the rest of 2026 and into 2027, while ongoing pressures threaten to widen gaps in credit quality between some sovereigns and to test the financial resilience of regional banks. Robust net asset positions and liquidity buffers currently support sovereign creditworthiness, yet persistent tensions threaten to strain public finances and weig</description><title>Scenario and Sensitivity Analysis: Middle East War: GCC Sensitivity And Sector Vulnerabilities Aren&amp;apos;t Homogenous</title><pubDate>07 July 2026 07:27:01 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/07/mine-permitting-delays-discovery-to-production-timeline</link><description>S&amp;amp;P Global Market Intelligence research finds mine permitting delays are extending project lead times to nearly 30 years, five times longer than in the 1990s.</description><title>Mine Permitting Delays Stretch Timelines to 30 Years</title><pubDate>08 July 2026 14:44:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Paul Manalo</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Research â Jul 8, 2026 From Discovery to Delay: Mine Permitting Stretches Project Timelines By Paul Manalo What is the average lead time for new mining projects? The average lead time from discovery to production for mining projects is 16 years, combining both operating and nonoperating assets. However, for nonoperating mines that have undergone feasibility studies, this timeline has stretched significantly to nearly 30 years due largely to permitting delays, which is five times longer than the lead times observed in the 1990s. This analysis is based on a study of 232 assets discovered and brought into production between 1990 and 2025. Why are governments now focusing on streamlining mine permit processes? Governments are focusing on streamlining the mine permit process because long, complex permitting procedures are recognized as a major friction point in mine development. With timelines for some projects stretching to nearly 30 years and facing multiyear setbacks or cancellations, there is a growing recognition that these delays hinder the supply of critical minerals and impact economic and strategic priorities. What are the key findings on mining project delays? Key findings from the S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence annual study on discovery-to-production lead times include: The average lead time from discovery to production is 16 years for the 232 assets studied. For nonoperating mines, this timeline has increased to nearly 30 years. Permitting issues or revocations are the primary cause of startup delays for mines scheduled to begin production in 2026 and beyond. Specific projects like the Resolution copper mine face potential startup postponements of up to five years, while others, such as the Loma Larga gold project, have had their environmental licenses revoked, leading to cancellation. While many major mining jurisdictions are introducing reforms to streamline the approval process, public sentiment, political accountability, and legal challenges from local communities and Indigenous groups remain decisive factors. What does the data show about mining project timelines? Average Lead Times Extend to 16 Years In this update of our annual study of discovery-to-production lead times, the average lead time for the 203 operating mines in this study is 14 years, discovered and brought into production between 1990 and 2025. We also included 29 nonoperating mines that have undergone feasibility studies and estimated startup dates when the owners have not provided guidance. For these nonoperating assets, the lead time has increased significantly, reaching nearly 30 years â five times longer than the lead time observed in the 1990s. When operating and nonoperating mines are combined, the average lead time from discovery to production is 16 years for the 232 assets. Key Highlights Permitting delays stretch mine lead times to nearly 30 years. Mining pipeline clogs as permits stall; projects face multiyear setbacks and even cancellations. Governments race to streamline mine permits to address this decades-long issue. Permitting Delays Push Startups Beyond 2026 Mines scheduled to begin production in 2026 and beyond are now expected to experience startup delays, primarily due to delays in permitting issues or revocations. As these timelines are pushed back, some projects have had their expected start dates postponed by up to five years. In some cases, companies have withdrawn their guidance entirely, resulting in uncertainty about when, or if, these mines will open. Case Study: Resolution and Loma Larga Projects Resolution and Loma Larga The Resolution copper project in Arizona was initially estimated to start production by 2030, which already equated to a 35-year timeline from discovery to production. Native American tribes consider the site sacred, while federal agencies have rescinded and paused permits â factors that have contributed to the delay. In a recent interview, Katie Jackson, Chief Executive of copper for Rio Tinto PLC, said the startup of the Resolution project could be pushed back to mid-2030s. In March 2025, the 9th Circuit Court of Appeals issued a temporary restraining order, blocking the Oak Flat land transfer that would have moved 2,400 acres from the federal government to Resolution project in exchange for 5,000 acres of ecologically valuable land in Arizona. In March 2026, the court lifted the injunction and denied further requests, allowing the land transfer to proceed and the company to own the land required for the construction of the mine. In the same month, Resolution also received approval of its final environmental impact statement (EIS), clearing the biggest hurdle in federal permitting. Despite this development, Arizona state permitting is pending, including for water and air usage and tailings management. Detailed mine plan approvals are also pending, and legal challenges may still slow the timeline. Construction will take longer than a typical mine, as the deposit is 1 kilometer deep. The Loma Larga gold project in Ecuador, fully owned by Toronto-based DPM Metals Inc., was removed from the list. Its environmental license was revoked in October 2025 by Ecuador's Ministry of Environment and Energy, just four months after it was issued. Indigenous groups, farmers and local authorities had an immediate backlash and protest after the license was approved in June 2025, as the project sits near a critical water resource for the region. The protest forced the government to suspend activities, making it the most significant project cancellations in the region. There is currently no pathway to mine construction. Global Policy Reforms Aim to Streamline Permitting Policies and reforms In the last three to four years, many major mining jurisdictions have introduced reforms and new regulations to address the long permitting process. The infographic below shows some of the most notable policies and reforms around the world. Many governments, think tanks and private corporations acknowledge that the long and complex permitting process for mine construction is a major point of friction in mine development. To address this, governments are introducing ways to streamline the approval process, reduce duplication and improve transparency in the process. However, expectations need to remain grounded. Policy outcomes are not driven solely by economic or strategic priorities; they are also shaped by public sentiment and political accountability. Local communities, Indigenous groups and civil society organizations play a decisive role in project approvals. How does the S&amp;P Capital IQ Pro Platform help analyze mining project timelines? The S&amp;P Capital IQ Pro platform provides the comprehensive data and analysis needed to navigate the challenges highlighted in this research, including extended project lead times and permitting delays. The platform's extensive database on global mining assets was used to conduct the analysis presented in this report, enabling users to gain deeper insights into project viability and risk. Access Asset-Level Detail: Users can access detailed data on thousands of operating and nonoperating mines, including discovery dates, feasibility study status, and estimated or actual production start dates. Track Permitting Milestones: The platform allows users to monitor permitting milestones, such as the status of an environmental impact statement (EIS) for projects like the Resolution copper mine, to assess potential delays and risks. Monitor Regulatory Changes: Stay informed on regulatory changes and policy reforms across major mining jurisdictions to understand the evolving landscape for mine development and investment. Benchmark Project Timelines: Utilize historical data to benchmark project timelines and identify trends, such as the significant increase in lead times for non-operating assets to nearly 30 years. Key questions about mining project delays This analysis raises several important questions about the increasing length of mining project timelines. Below are answers to key questions regarding the causes of delays, their impact, and the governmental responses discussed in the report. What is the primary cause of delays for new mining projects? The primary cause of startup delays for mines scheduled to begin production in 2026 and beyond is permitting issues or the revocation of previously issued permits. How long can permitting delays postpone a mine's startup? Permitting delays can push a project's expected start date back by up to 5 years, as seen with some mines scheduled to begin production from 2026 onward. For the Resolution copper project, the timeline has already been pushed back from 2030 to potentially the mid-2030s. Can permitting issues lead to project cancellation? Yes, permitting issues can lead to project cancellations. The Loma Larga gold project in Ecuador is a significant example: the environmental license was revoked just four months after issuance due to backlash from local groups, leading to the suspension of all activities. What are governments doing to address these long lead times? In the last three to four years, many major mining jurisdictions have introduced reforms and new regulations to address the long permitting process. These efforts aim to streamline the approval process, reduce duplication, and improve transparency to reduce friction in mine development. This article was published by S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence and not by S&amp;P Global Ratings, which is a separately managed division of S&amp;P Global. State of the Market: Mining Q1â26 Watch on demand 2026 World Exploration Trends Download Report Track Global Mining Projects &amp; Supply Pipelines Explore S&amp;P Capital IQ Pro ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/070626-interview-indias-seci-eyes-renewable-fuel-expansion-with-emethanol-tender</link><description>India&amp;apos;s Solar Energy Corp. is advancing plans for a major renewable methanol tender and preparing for a likely rebid for renewable ammonia capacity, as the state-run agency positions the country as a cost-competitive supplier of low-carbon fuels and feedstocks. SECI is finalizing specifications for an eMethanol tender that could total 500,000 metric tons/year or more, targeting buyers aligned with</description><title>INTERVIEW: India&amp;apos;s SECI eyes renewable fuel expansion with emethanol tender</title><pubDate>06 July 2026 10:26:15 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ruchira Singh</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Fertilizers, Chemicals, Energy Transition, Renewables, Hydrogen July 06, 2026 INTERVIEW: India's SECI eyes renewable fuel expansion with emethanol tender By Ruchira Singh Editor: Surbhi Prasad Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS More consultations for 500,000 mt/year eMethanol tender Green ammonia rebid likely as two fertilizer buyers exit India-Germany H2Global joint tender progressing on terms India's Solar Energy Corp. is advancing plans for a major renewable methanol tender and preparing for a likely rebid for renewable ammonia capacity, as the state-run agency positions the country as a cost-competitive supplier of low-carbon fuels and feedstocks. SECI is finalizing specifications for an eMethanol tender that could total 500,000 metric tons/year or more, targeting buyers aligned with EU marine fuel regulations, Sanjay Sharma, director of solar at SECI, told Platts, part of E&amp;P Global Energy July 2. "The future for green fuels is very promising," Sharma said. "The Iran war has pushed conventional ammonia prices above $800/mt, while our green ammonia is around $567/mt." The agency is also making progress on a joint tender with Germany's H2Global initiative and is fielding interest from Japanese buyers for the offtake of low-carbon hydrogen and ammonia derivatives, according to Sharma. The renewable methanol tender is awaiting final input from the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy on key commercial terms, including the possibility of dollar-denominated contracts and a payment security mechanism, before SECI can issue the solicitation, he said. "We'd like to finalize the tender as soon as possible," Sharma said. "A few inputs are still awaited from MNRE.... We also want additional stakeholder consultations before finally issuing it." Emerging marine fuels market Deendayal Port Authority, or Kandla Port, likely the primary buyer, has requested that the fuel meet the Renewable Fuels of Non-Biological Origin specifications under EU regulations, Sharma, a key official behind MNRE's renewable energy tenders and auctions, said. The RFNBO standard requires the use of biogenic carbon dioxide sources, a point Sharma acknowledged could pose supply challenges for bidders. "Availability of biogenic COâ may be an issue, but this is what it is â RFNBO allows industrial COâ (carbon capture) only for a limited period," he said. "So, bidders will need to get accustomed to using biogenic COâ." India's V.O. Chidambaranar Port has also expressed interest in purchasing renewable methanol but has not yet specified volumes, Sharma said. Initial consultations drew interest from 10-15 potential bidders, including hydrogen industry participants and new market entrants. "We're not inclined to entertain very small bidding volumes because the qualifying conditions have to be manageable and there has to be proper competition," Sharma said. At the same time, SECI aims to limit any single producer to no more than 50% of tendered capacity, based on SECI's 15 years of experience handling renewable energy tenders, including solar tenders for the rapidly growing Indian market, he added. Ammonia rebid SECI may rebid green ammonia capacity after two fertilizer buyers surrendered their allocations from previous auctions, he said. Madras Fertilizers is renovating its plant, while Gujarat Narmada Valley Fertilizers withdrew from the program. "Rebidding for that capacity is likely... In fact, MNRE may decide to rebid the capacity with increased volumes," he said. "We're positive and confident that the hiccups in this tendering process are just minor challenges." Despite near-term challenges in the tendering process, Sharma expressed confidence in the long-term trajectory of low-carbon fuel markets, as energy security drives countries to increasingly adopt renewable fuels. SECI conducted its first renewable ammonia auction in July and August 2025, selecting seven developers as suppliers of 724,000 mt/year of renewable ammonia fuel at a delivered, weighted-average price of Rupees 53.27/kg (around $604/mt) for 13 fertilizer firms at that time. For comparison, Platts assessed Middle East renewable-derived ammonia delivered into Far East Asia with high-capacity factors at $/645.47mt June 29, down 0.31% from a month ago. Meanwhile, Platts assessed Low-carbon methanol FOB Shanghai at $915/mt July 3, down 0.54% from a month ago. Strong global interest The agency is also advancing discussions with H2Global on a joint tender structure under which India and Germany would equally share the cost of bridging the price gap between renewable fuel production and market prices, Sharma said. "The process of formulating a joint tender is progressing well," Sharma said. "We will identify the producers here; they will find the offtakers. The price gap will be covered equally by the two countries from a pool of funds, the quantum of which will be decided." Japanese buyers have expressed interest in sourcing low-carbon and renewable hydrogen, ammonia, and their derivatives from India, citing the country's cost advantages in renewable fuel production, he said. "Cost-wise, India is much cheaper for renewable fuels, and they've shown interest in working with SECI for their requirements," Sharma said, adding that SECI and its Japanese counterpart have held a few meetings to discuss the prospects of working together. Asia-Pacific could become a key driver of commercializing low-carbon hydrogen and its derivatives, as firm supply agreements, emerging infrastructure, and low production costs signal the region's ambition to anchor the global clean fuel trade. "Looking at the severe impact of climate change, there is no doubt the renewable fuels market will develop at a fast pace," Sharma said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/070326-ethanol-based-saf-gains-traction-in-south-korea-as-aviation-sector-eyes-2030-mandates</link><description>Ethanol-based sustainable aviation fuel is gaining traction among US biofuel producers targeting South Korea&amp;apos;s 2030 SAF blending mandates, with industry executives positioning alcohol-to-jet technology as a scalable alternative to waste oil-dependent production pathways at a Seoul conference that drew 270 policymakers, refiners and airline representatives. The US Grains &amp;amp; BioProducts Council, in</description><title>Ethanol-based SAF gains traction in South Korea as aviation sector eyes 2030 mandates</title><pubDate>03 July 2026 20:56:07 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 03, 2026 Ethanol-based SAF gains traction in South Korea as aviation sector eyes 2030 mandates By Samyak Pandey Editor: Karla Sanchez Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS SAF costs three times more than conventional jet fuel US producers push ATJ tech for 2030 mandates Ethanol-based sustainable aviation fuel is gaining traction among US biofuel producers targeting South Korea's 2030 SAF blending mandates, with industry executives positioning alcohol-to-jet technology as a scalable alternative to waste oil-dependent production pathways at a Seoul conference that drew 270 policymakers, refiners and airline representatives. The US Grains &amp; BioProducts Council, in cooperation with the US Department of Agriculture's Foreign Agricultural Service and the Korea Biofuels Forum, hosted the 2026 Seoul Biofuels &amp; Sustainable Aviation Fuel Conference on June 30 to discuss ethanol's role in meeting South Korea's aviation decarbonization targets and energy security needs, the USGBC said in a July 2 statement. The event highlighted alcohol-to-jet technology's potential to address feedstock supply constraints that limit scaling of hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids-based SAF production. US bioenergy company Gevo said ATJ technology utilizing corn-based ethanol offers advantages over the hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids process that currently dominates SAF production, citing the ability to leverage existing ethanol production facilities and petrochemical infrastructure to reduce initial investment costs while stabilizing feedstock supply for large-scale production. "Countries and companies that are the first to implement ATJ projects will seize future market opportunities," Erin Heitkamp, vice president of SAF and Carbon Solutions for Gevo, said at the conference. The push comes as South Korea prepares to implement SAF blending mandates from 2030, creating demand for production pathways that can deliver volumes beyond what waste cooking oil and animal fat feedstocks can support. Current SAF production relies heavily on HEFA technology using waste oils, but industry participants have pointed to limitations in feedstock availability as a constraint on scaling production to meet aviation sector decarbonization targets. Price premium challenge SAF currently trades at approximately three times the price of conventional aviation fuel, with airlines bearing up to four times the cost when accounting for supply chain factors, according to Kim Jooho, fuel supply chain manager at the International Air Transport Association, who spoke at the conference. "There must be predictable policies to support this, such as production tax credits, investment support, and revenue stabilization mechanisms," Kim said. Ethanol-based SAF development in South Korea would require establishing stable raw-material supply chains, with speakers highlighting the potential for expanded cooperation with the US, the world's largest ethanol producer and exporter. Emerson Wohlenberg, global energy consulting director at S&amp;P Global Energy CERA, said strategic cooperation areas include building stable supply chains, SAF investment, ATJ technology transfer and establishing low-carbon certification systems. "Compared to gasoline, biofuels offer both economic and environmental advantages," Wohlenberg said at the conference. Quaim Choudhury, chief engineer at the American Bureau of Shipping, said ethanol represents the biofuel with the largest production base and most stable supply chain, with low carbon intensity ensuring both environmental performance and economic viability. The fuel's applicability extends beyond aviation to maritime decarbonization, with sustainable marine fuel development discussed as a parallel opportunity for emissions reduction in shipping. Policy framework needed Byoung-In Sang, director of the Clean Energy Research Institute and professor of chemical engineering at Hanyang University, emphasized that ensuring stable biofuel supply chains has become a national strategic issue linking industrial competitiveness and energy security. "The strategy should not be a single fuel policy, but a comprehensive biofuel strategy" integrating road, air and sea transport, Sang said. The conference attracted domestic media interest, reflecting South Korea's focus on biofuel implementation as geopolitical developments have emphasized transportation fuel security alongside decarbonization objectives, according to Cary Sifferath, USGBC vice president. "South Korea is a highly valued export market for the US agricultural industry and reinforcing and expanding US ethanol's position there is just the next step in that great trade relationship," Sifferath said in the USGBC statement. Haksoo Kim, USGBC director in South Korea, said the organization has worked to support the Korean government's ethanol implementation plans, including the 2030 SAF mandates. "By highlighting the carbon-reduction benefits of ethanol, its economic viability and efficiency, we can help industry players and policymakers streamline adoption and scale upward," Kim said. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed sustainable aviation fuel HEFA-SPK FOB Straits at $2,425/metric ton July 3, down $15/mt from July 2. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/scenario-analysis-korean-insurers-are-turning-cautious-on-overseas-alternative-investments-s101688527</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. Korean insurers are tightening their risk management frameworks as market caution on overseas alternative investments rises. Risk-adjusted returns on these assets appear to be deviating from their insurers&amp;apos; initial expectations. Insurers are therefore shifting their focus toward highly rated bonds and fixed income securities to bolster capital buffers. Insurers&amp;apos; exposure to high-risk alternative investments, such as overseas real estate and privat</description><title>Scenario Analysis: Korean Insurers Are Turning Cautious On Overseas Alternative Investments</title><pubDate>24 June 2026 04:24:19 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/secondary-markets-loan-prices-soften-slightly-led-by-the-software-sector-s101694272</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. Secondary loan prices, on average, saw little change in June, closing out an eventful first half of 2026. Investors and borrowers in the loan market over the last six months have had to contend with a software sector sell-off, rising inflation, the war in the Middle East, energy supply disruptions, and the arrival of a new chairman at the Federal Reserve. But while volatility in secondary prices for loans subsided in June overall, certain pockets </description><title>Secondary Markets: Loan Prices Soften Slightly, Led By The Software Sector</title><pubDate>06 July 2026 13:06:46 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/technology-ai-research-insights/blogs/transport-decarbonization-is-shaped-by-electrification-affordability-grid-readiness</link><description>The main barrier to transport decarbonization is no longer technology. Instead, it is the growing gap between emissions reduction targets, vehicle affordability and the power systemâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s real capacity.&amp;#xd;&amp;#xa;</description><title>Transport decarbonization is shaped by electrification, affordability, grid readiness</title><pubDate>21 June 2026 20:30:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Beatriz Minamy</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition June 22, 2026 Transport decarbonization is shaped by electrification, affordability, grid readiness By Beatriz Minamy and TomÃ¡s Pintado Highlights The constraint has shifted from technology to system execution: Transport decarbonization is no longer limited by EV technology, but by the misalignment between emissions targets, vehicle affordability, and grid capacity. The core challenge is scaling real-world adoption, not improving vehicles themselves. Electrification will be gradual and economically driven: The transition to low-emission transport will unfold over multiple decades, constrained by long vehicle lifecycles and mixed OEM portfolios. Adoption is driven primarily by cost, total cost of ownership, and charging convenienceânot environmental considerations. Decarbonization outcomes depend on grid readiness and coordination: As EV adoption grows, emissions reduction increasingly depends on power system factors such as grid capacity, carbon intensity, and charging infrastructure. Success requires coordinated deployment across vehicles, energy systems, and infrastructure rather than isolated progress. Market dynamics: Forces shaping electrification While electric vehicle (EV) adoption continues to expand, fleetâlevel change is slow. Long vehicle lifetimes â typically more than a decade in mature markets â mean that new sales translate only gradually into changes in the onâroad vehicle stock, anchoring electrification to a multiâcycle transition rather than a rapid shift. At the same time, automotive OEM portfolios remain structurally weighted toward mixed powertrains. Most automotive manufacturers are positioned in traditional or transition archetypes, rather than fully EV-led strategies. Based on analysis of data from S&amp;P Global Sustainable1âs Corporate Sustainability Assessment (CSA), OEMs are classified based on the share of new-energy vehicles (NEVs) â including battery-electric vehicles (BEVs), fuel-cell electric vehicles, hybrid electric vehicles and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles â in their sales portfolios (see Figure 1). Figure 1: Transitionâstage companies already represent 41% of total vehicle sales Q. Does the company track the total number of vehicles (combustion engine and alternative drivetrain) sold and the number of vehicles by alternative drivetrain type sold globally in the last financial year? Results are based on the assessment of 53 automotive companies included in the 2025 S&amp;P Global Corporate Sustainability Assessment. Of these, a subset of 35 companies disclosed the total number of vehicles and the number of vehicles by alternative drive train type sold globally in the last financial year. S&amp;P Global Corporate Sustainability Assessment. Sources: 451 Research from S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons, S&amp;P Global Sustainable1. EV-led companies derive more than 80% of sales from NEVs, transition companies exceed 25%, and traditional/ICE companies remain below 25%. The analysis shows that more than half of assessed OEMs â representing roughly 90% of global industry revenue â continue to generate less than 25% of sales from EVs, indicating portfolios optimized for incremental rather than disruptive change. While passenger vehicle manufacturers dominate this data, their strategies have an outsized impact, shaping the technology, supply chains and cost-reduction curves for the entire on-road transport ecosystem. The prevalence of traditional and transition portfolios limits scale effects, slows cost deflation and constrains EV availability across vehicle segments, particularly outside early-adopter markets. As a result, supply-side strategies not only respond to demand conditions but actively shape them, reinforcing a gradual, system-level transition rather than enabling a rapid inflection in fleet electrification. Regulation plays a key role in shaping coordination and the pace of electrification. In China, stateâdirected industrial policy helps align automakers, battery suppliers and grid operators, accelerating deployment. In contrast, regulatory divergence across Western markets slows progress: Europe continues to apply emissions standards, even if softened, maintaining pressure on OEMs to expand electric and hybrid offerings, while the US is rolling back federal greenhouse gas (GHG) rules, reducing nearâterm urgency. As shown in Figure 2, auto OEMs project a significant shift toward alternative powertrains by 2030, with EVs expected to account for nearly half of new sales. However, the continued reliance on ICE drivetrains highlights the transitional nature of their strategies. Figure 2: Shift toward alternative powertrains by 2030 Q. Does the company track the total number of vehicles (combustion engine and alternative drivetrains) sold and the number of vehicles by alternative drivetrain type sold globally in the last financial year? Does it have FY 2030 projections (as a percentage of total vehicles sold)? Drive trains are classified into the following categories: âelectric vehiclesâ include battery-electric and fuel-cell electric vehicles; âhybrid vehiclesâ include batteryâassisted and plugâin hybrid electric vehicles; âalternative ICE vehiclesâ include flex-fuel, compressed natural gas and liquid petroleum gas vehicles. Results are based on an assessment of 53 companies included in the 2025 S&amp;P Global Corporate Sustainability Assessment. Of these, a subset of 17 companies disclosed data for 2025 vehicles sold globally in the last financial year and disclosed FY 2030 projections related to alternative drivetrain technologies; these companies collectively represented approximately 57% of the total market share reported in the 2025 CSA. S&amp;P Global Corporate Sustainability Assessment. Sources: 451 Research from S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons; S&amp;P Global Sustainable1. Passenger vehicles: Ownership, motivations and barriers For the mass-market consumer, EV adoption is driven by practical calculation, not environmental motivation. The key concerns are budget, charging logistics and trust. This is reflected in our Voice of the Connected User Landscape (VoCUL): Connected Electric &amp; Hybrid Vehicles 2025 survey, which shows that hybrids and EVs still represent a minority of vehicles on US roads. While purchase intent points to a gradual shift toward electrified options, this trend is shaped mainly by cost and usability factors. Price (16%), performance (15%), and fuel or energy savings (11%) rank as the most important purchase criteria, while environmental impact ranks far lower at 2%. Even among current hybrid and EV owners, motivations remain largely practical: fuel and energy savings and performance outweigh environmental considerations (see Figure 3). High up-front costs remain the leading barrier, followed by charging infrastructure availability, range limitations and charging time. Figure 3: Reasons for electric vehicle purchase Q. What was the primary reason why you purchased/leased your plug-in hybrid or battery-electric vehicle? Base: Respondents who purchased/leased plug-in hybrid, electric with extender, or fully battery-electric vehicle (n=168). Voice of the Connected User Landscape: Endpoints &amp; IoT, Connected Hybrid &amp; Electric Cars 2025. Source: 451 Research from S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons. Meanwhile, fewer than half of respondents (43%) believe EVs significantly reduce environmental impact compared with ICE vehicles, while a third do not believe EVs are better for the environment, and a quarter are unsure (see Figure 4). This reflects confusion between emissions generated during vehicle manufacturing, including the battery and other components, and emissions produced over the vehicleâs lifetime during operation. Because manufacturing emissions occur up-front while use-phase emissions accumulate gradually, the overall environmental impact of EVs is not always easy for consumers to evaluate. Figure 4: Consumer views on EV environmental benefit vs. ICE Q. Do you believe electric vehicles significantly reduce environmental impact compared to gasoline vehicles? Base: All respondents (n=1,771). Voice of the Connected User Landscape: Endpoints &amp; IoT, Connected Hybrid &amp; Electric Cars 2025. Source: 451 Research from S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons. As a result, consumer EV adoption is approached mainly as a practical decision, with cost, convenience and reliability weighing more heavily than environmental considerations. While mass-market consumer decisions are shaped by budget and convenience, the commercial sector operates under different economic and operational pressures. Commercial transportation: Economics, operations and charging challenges Passenger vehicles currently lead electric adoption in penetration and scale, while commercial electrification is advancing through focused, highâimpact deployments aligned with dutyâcycle economics and infrastructure readiness. Commercial transportation is expected to expand steadily over the next decade. Reflecting this momentum, 451 Researchâs Supply Chain Digital Transformation Survey 2026 finds that nearly half of transportation respondents plan to deploy some form of fleet electrification â including hybrid and batteryâelectric vehicles â across more than 50% of their fleets by 2030. Commercial fleet electrification is driven by operational feasibility and cost performance, with operators prioritizing predictable uptime, route reliability, payload capacity and total cost of ownership. Electrification is most viable in stable, repeatable use cases such as lastâmile delivery, returnâtoâbase fleets and fixed regional routes where charging can be centralized at depots under managed energy tariffs. Applications with variable routes, high payload requirements or longâhaul distances face greater complexity due to higher charging power needs, dwellâtime constraints and reliance on corridor infrastructure. EV charging requirements further differentiate commercial electrification from the passenger vehicle market, particularly where operations depend on highâvoltage DC fast charging to support tight turnaround times or extended duty cycles. The survey results indicate that fleet charging is more timeâcritical than residential charging and frequently requires higherâpower connections and grid upgrades, including midâvoltage service. As a result, infrastructure delivery â rather than vehicle procurement alone â often determines deployment timelines. Accordingly, DC fastâcharging access, site readiness and charging availability emerge as central adoption factors. Charging wait times, limited access to infrastructure and chargingârelated operational constraints rank among the most commonly cited challenges for fleet operators (see Figure 5). Successful commercial EV deployment increasingly depends on coordinated delivery of vehicles, highâvoltage DC charging infrastructure and grid capacity. Figure 5: Top-cited fleet electrification challenges Q. (Carriers) What are the key challenges your organization faces in electrifying its fleet? Please select all that apply. Base: Transportation asset-based carriers (n=100). Supply Chain Digital Transformation Survey 2026. Source: 451 Research from S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons. Emissions, efficiency and the role of powertrains To understand the life-cycle impact of electrification, it is essential to analyze the emissions profiles of major automotive OEMs. While the most comprehensive data reflects the passenger car market due to reporting availability, it establishes a key baseline for the importance of use-phase emissions that is relevant to all vehicle segments. In the automotive sector, Scope 3 emissions include indirect emissions generated across the value chain beyond an automakerâs own operations. These include upstream emissions from materials and component production, as well as downstream emissions produced during vehicle use. As vehicles consume fuel or electricity over many years, useâphase emissions account for the majority of automotive emissions, driving Scope 3 to represent approximately 98% of total life-cycle emissions, far exceeding emissions from manufacturing (Scope 1) and purchased energy (Scope 2). S&amp;P Global Sustainable1 data shows that most automotive Scope 3 emissions are concentrated among OEMs with portfolios dominated by internal combustion engine (ICE) vehicles, highlighting the relationship between drivetrain mix and useâphase emissions profiles. OEMs with a higher share of EVs show comparatively lower useâphase emissions, highlighting the influence of portfolio composition on overall emissions levels (see Figure 6). BEVs have higher production-stage emissions than ICE vehicles, largely due to battery systems, with significant contributions from raw materials extraction and refining as well as battery manufacturing processes. Over their operating lifetime, they deliver lower Scope 3 emissions, driven by higher energy efficiency and the absence of tailpipe emissions. Over time, these lower use-phase emissions can offset higher up-front production impacts, particularly as electricity generation becomes cleaner. Because operating emissions are linked to electricity consumption rather than fuel combustion, grid carbon intensity and charging efficiency are key determinants of life-cycle emissions. Hybrid powertrain vehicles typically fall between ICE vehicles and EVs in emissions performance. While hybrids can lower emissions relative to conventional ICE vehicles, outcomes vary depending on factors such as vehicle mass, driving patterns and charging behavior. Plugin hybrids that are not consistently charged may deliver more limited emissions benefits. Emissions data suggests that OEMs with mixed or transitional powertrain portfolios often maintain Scope 3 emissions profiles closer to those of ICEâfocused manufacturers than to EVâoriented peers. Regulatory pressure across Europe, China and the US has delivered measurable efficiency improvements in recent years, lowering perâvehicle emissions intensity. However, the pace of improvement is slow, suggesting that efficiency gains alone are insufficient to offset the growth of vehicle fleets and continued reliance on combustion technologies. Efficiency improvements alone cannot deliver sustained transport decarbonization at scale. While hybridization can reduce nearâterm transition risk, it does not address longâterm structural emissions. Based on current deployment trends and available data, electrification offers the most scalable pathway to Scope 3 emissions reduction across the segments examined in this report. As a result, transport decarbonization increasingly becomes a powerâsystem challenge â driven by grid capacity, carbon intensity, and the timing and coordination of charging infrastructure investment. For passenger vehicles, emissions outcomes are closely tied to perceptions of life-cycle impact, home and public charging access, resale value and trust in grid cleanliness â making transparent communication about grid mix and charging emissions critical. In commercial mediumâand heavyâduty transportation, higher vehicle utilization amplifies the emissions benefits of electrification. Still, outcomes hinge on operational fit, depot and corridor charging availability and access to reliable, competitively priced electricity. In both cases, emissions performance is increasingly determined not just by vehicle technology, but by the broader energy system in which those vehicles operate. Figure 6: Automotive Scope 3 emissions by drivetrain type and category Comparison of the three largest Scope 3 emission categories across drivetrainâtransition groups Auto OEMsâ Scope 3 emissions split based on the 15 categories of the GHG Protocol Corporate Value Chain Standard. Results are based on 23 companies reporting on Scope 3 emissions, split based on the 15 categories. S&amp;P Global Corporate Sustainability Assessment. Sources: 451 Research from S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons; S&amp;P Global Sustainable1. Grid dependence of transport decarbonization Transport electrification ties decarbonization outcomes directly to powerâsystem performance, as rising electricity demand elevates the importance of grid capacity, carbon intensity and local reliability in determining realâworld emissions reductions. According to S&amp;P Global Energy, transport electricity demand is projected to reach approximately 933 TWh in Europe and nearly 900 TWh in North America by 2050, reflecting combined electrification across passenger and onâroad commercial transportation, and placing significant pressure on transmission and distribution networks. For passenger vehicles, electrification is primarily constrained by the lowâvoltage residential and public distribution grid, where local transformer capacity, homeâcharging access and neighborhoodâlevel limitations shape adoption. VoCUL data underscores the importance of transparency to consumer trust, with 63% of respondents expecting charging stations to disclose whether electricity is renewable or fossilâfuel-based (see Figure 7). For onâroad commercial transportation, particularly mediumâand heavyâduty vehicles, electrification increasingly depends on access to the mediumâvoltage grid, including depot substations and highâpower corridor charging. In many regions, grid upgrades and connection approvals are not keeping pace with fleet deployment, making timeâtoâpower, permitting timelines and utility coordination decisive. Commercial transport decarbonization has become fundamentally a powerâsystem-integration challenge, rather than a vehicleâavailability problem. Figure 7: Top factors influencing consumer opinion about the environmental impact of EVs Comparison of the three largest Scope 3 emission categories across drivetrainâtransition groups Q. What factors most influence your opinion about the environmental impact of electric vehicles? (Select all that apply.) Base: All respondents (n=1,771). Voice of the Connected User Landscape: Endpoints &amp; IoT, Connected Hybrid &amp; Electric Cars 2025. Source: 451 Research from S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons. Strategic implications As electrification moves from early adoption to scale, decarbonization outcomes will increasingly depend on aligned decisions across the value chain. In this context, data interoperability among vehicles, chargers, utilities and platforms will play an increasing role in translating electrification into systemâlevel emissions reductions. For automakers To bridge the gap between long-term EV goals and current market realities, OEMs must focus on building consumer trust and enabling an affordable transition. Prioritizing affordability: Developing entry-level EVs with simplified trims and reduced supply chain costs can help to reach mass-market consumers. Leveraging hybrids as a transitional bridge: In markets with high EV costs or underdeveloped grids, hybrid models can help reduce near-term transition risks and deliver incremental emissions reductions. However, their impact remains limited, and meaningful Scope 3 decarbonization ultimately depends on full electrification aligned with grid decarbonization and charging infrastructure. Strengthening supply chain credibility: Increased disclosures about battery materials sourcing, recycling pathways and life-cycle emissions can serve the dual purpose of building trust and ensuring regulatory compliance. Reframing sustainability: Effective vehicle marketing will emphasize total cost of ownership, efficiency and operating savings, rather than environmental signaling alone. For fleet owners Fleet operators are positioned as outsized drivers of transport decarbonization due to scale, centralized operations and predictable duty cycles. Operational electrification at scale: Well-defined duty cycles make fleets natural adopters of battery electric vehicles, supported by depot charging, energy management systems and predictable load profiles. Energy-aware operations: Increasingly, fleet competitiveness will depend on the ability to integrate EVs with on-site distributed energy resources (DERs), battery energy storage systems (BESS) and managed charging to control energy costs and reduce exposure to grid constraints. For utilities and grid operators EV charging must be treated as a structural demand driver, not a marginal load. Planning for integrated loads: Grid reinforcement and connection planning must align with EV adoption, depot charging and fleet electrification pipelines. Enabling flexibility through interoperability: Clear standards, transparent market signals and interoperability between EVs, chargers, DERs and grid platforms will be essential to unlock managed charging, demand response and future flexibility services. Leveraging DERs and BESS: Behindâtheâmeter storage and distributed energy resources can help mitigate peak loads, defer grid upgrades and support system resilience as EV penetration grows. For the charging ecosystem To sustain adoption, charging providers must shift from network expansion alone to performance, integration and transparency. Focusing on reliability and access: Scaled deployment of reliable DC fast charging â particularly in corridors, depots and multiâunit residential settings â remains critical. Designing for interoperability: Chargers, software platforms and energy systems must support open standards, seamless roaming, and integration with grid and energy management systems. Making transparency a feature: Realâtime disclosure of pricing, electricity sourcing and carbon intensity at the point of charge will be increasingly important for user trust and regulatory alignment. For policymakers Ambitious emissions targets must be matched by affordability and infrastructure realism. Enabling demandâside adoption: Policies should prioritize cost relief, charging access and transparency mechanisms, rather than mandates alone. Supporting system integration: Regulatory frameworks that accelerate grid upgrades, DER deployment, interoperable charging standards and storage integration will increasingly define policy effectiveness. Conclusions Electrification will increasingly reward organizations that treat EVs as part of an integrated mobility and energy system. As the transition scales, fragmented vehicle, infrastructure and grid strategies risk slowing adoption and weakening economic and decarbonization outcomes. In this next phase, coordination will determine the pace, credibility and durability of electrification. Failure to coordinate puts the hundreds of billions of dollars already invested directly at risk. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/blended-finance-funds-structural-enhancements-support-credit-resilience-s101692785</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. The role of concessional capital providers, such as development finance institutions (DFIs) and multilateral lending institutions (MLIs), in supporting the EMDE financing is undergoing a critical transformation. To meet significant EMDE financing needs, funding structures are evolving beyond traditional direct lending and guarantee models historically used by governments and MLIs to attract mainstream capital. In this article, S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings e</description><title>Blended Finance Funds: Structural Enhancements Support Credit Resilience</title><pubDate>02 July 2026 14:26:59 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/refined-products/070326-australian-beef-tallow-prices-hit-record-high-on-us-demand-shift</link><description>Australian beef tallow prices rose to a record high since the assessment was launched on Jan. 7, 2026, driven by uncertainty around proposed tariffs on Brazilian products that could reach 37.5%, market sources told Platts July 3. The landed cost of Brazilian tallow into the US has become less competitive than that of Australian material due to higher tariff exposure, market participants said. A</description><title>Australian beef tallow prices hit record high on US demand shift</title><pubDate>03 July 2026 17:58:52 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Muskan Agarwal</name><name>Monique Murer</name><name>Ck Quick</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Biofuels, Renewables July 03, 2026 Australian beef tallow prices hit record high on US demand shift By Muskan Agarwal, Monique Murer, and Ck Quick Editor: Giselle Rodriguez Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS US shifts from Brazil to Australia amid high tariffs Asian demand from Singapore, Korea stays firm Australian beef tallow prices rose to a record high since the assessment was launched on Jan. 7, 2026, driven by uncertainty around proposed tariffs on Brazilian products that could reach 37.5%, market sources told Platts July 3. The landed cost of Brazilian tallow into the US has become less competitive than that of Australian material due to higher tariff exposure, market participants said. A global 10% tariff on all products is due to expire July 24, while the proposed 37.5% tariff on Brazilian products, including tallow, is pending formal resolution on July 15. By comparison, Australia would face a 12.5% tariff under the proposed measures. The uncertainty has made it difficult for Brazilian exporters to conclude business, with some questioning whether US-bound shipments would remain profitable if the proposed tariff is implemented. "This will remove Brazil's competitiveness in the US market," a Brazilian supplier said. "They will only buy from Brazil if they really need volume." Platts assessed beef tallow FOB East Coast Australia at $1,320/mt on July 1, up 39.2% since Jan. 7. Australian tallow price is currently at a premium of $40/mt to Brazilian tallow, which was assessed at $1,280/mt FOB Santos Waterborne July 2. "Brazilian exporters may be discounting to attract buyers because their traditional flow to the US has been disrupted by tariffs/policy uncertainty. In 2025, the US was taking almost all Brazilian tallow exports, but tariffs made those sales harder," an Australian source said. A US-based trader said buyers were unlikely to shift back to Brazilian tallow in the near term, despite lower prices, due to the lack of clarity around tariffs. "I heard Brazil is very limited, and people are not really buying Brazil, so prices are going down with the government issue still unclear," the trader said. Brazilian exporters seek diversification According to Brazil's Secretariat of Foreign Trade (Secex), the US accounted for 96.8% of Brazilian tallow exports in 2025, totalling 389,571 mt. Most shipments moved before September, when a 40% surtax on Brazilian products took effect, which remained in place until February 2026. As market participants had expected, the tariff made Brazilian tallow less competitive into the US, prompting many exporters to step back from the market. The latest data in the S&amp;P Global Energy Advanced Feedstock Analyst report also reflects the trend. Brazilian tallow exports to the US reached around 46,000 mt from Jan-April 2026, down 58.5% year over year. Meanwhile, Australian tallow exports to the US stood at around 90,000 mt over the same period, up 1.1% year over year. As a result, Brazilian suppliers have been trying to diversify export destinations, targeting Europe, particularly the Netherlands and Belgium. However, trading sources said Europe has not been willing to pay prices comparable with the US market, as Brazilian tallow is not considered an advanced feedstock under RED III rules. "I will not buy tallow at a higher price than UCO, since both fall under the same category under RED III," a Singapore-based trader said. Asian demand rises Alongside stronger US demand, buying interest from key Asian markets, particularly Singapore and South Korea, has supported firm Australian tallow prices, market sources said. "The primary driver of the global tallow market continues to be the strong demand from the Renewable Diesel (RD) and Sustainable Aviation Fuel (SAF) industries. These sectors are continuing to absorb significant volumes of feedstock, particularly across North and South America, providing solid support to international tallow prices," the Australian source said. Australian tallow continues to attract strong buying interest from key Asian markets, particularly Singapore and South Korea. This sustained regional demand, combined with healthy global consumption, is helping maintain firm pricing for Australian-origin tallow despite recent geopolitical volatility, the source said. Participants in both Singapore and the US prefer high-quality, low-FFA Australian tallow because of its consistent quality, processing performance, and sustainability credentials. Singapore has become an increasingly active competitor for Australian supply, with demand linked to large-scale renewable fuel refineries producing SAF and renewable diesel for global markets, particularly Asia and Europe. The US-based trader said Singaporean buyers were making competitive bids for Australian material. "For Australia, there is more premium because of the lower FFA," the source said. "Buyers are still buying at that level, and they are still competing with Singapore, which is also buying from Australia." Looking ahead, the market expects Australian tallow prices to remain firm in the near term, supported by steady demand from the US and Asia, unless there is a significant shift in geopolitical conditions or feedstock availability. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/070326-interview-surging-gas-costs-make-indias-green-ammonia-competitive-with-blue-meti-official</link><description>Japan&amp;apos;s emerging low-carbon hydrogen and ammonia market is being reshaped by geopolitical tensions that have eroded the cost advantage of low-carbon, or &amp;quot;blue&amp;quot; ammonia over renewable ammonia, with Indian supplies now reaching competitive prices, a senior government official told Platts July 1. Green ammonia is derived from renewable hydrogen, while blue ammonia is derived from natural gas, coupled</description><title>INTERVIEW: Surging gas costs make India&amp;apos;s green ammonia competitive with blue: METI official</title><pubDate>03 July 2026 05:15:11 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Vipul Garg</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Fertilizers, Chemicals, Energy Transition, Renewables, Hydrogen July 03, 2026 INTERVIEW: Surging gas costs make India's green ammonia competitive with blue: METI official By Vipul Garg Editor: Rizwan Choudhury Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS India's renewable ammonia at $600 FOB Power fastest growing ammonia demand sector LTDA adds pre-qualification, carbon intensity criteria Japan's emerging low-carbon hydrogen and ammonia market is being reshaped by geopolitical tensions that have eroded the cost advantage of low-carbon, or "blue" ammonia over renewable ammonia, with Indian supplies now reaching competitive prices, a senior government official told Platts July 1. Green ammonia is derived from renewable hydrogen, while blue ammonia is derived from natural gas, coupled with carbon capture and storage. "Green ammonia prices from India at FOB $600/mt have significantly narrowed the gap with blue ammonia, particularly over the past three years as natural gas costs have surged following Russia's invasion of Ukraine and disruptions through the Strait of Hormuz," said Daisuke Hirota, Director, hydrogen and ammonia division at Japan's Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry. Several Indian renewable ammonia project developers signed supply and purchase agreements with fertilizer companies for the supply of 670,000 mt/year of ammonia at a weighted average price of Rupees 53.35/kg ($559/mt). The US dollar-converted price of the rupee-denominated tender has also reduced by nearly 10% since the tender concluded in August last year, due to rupee depreciation against the dollar. The geopolitical disruptions have had an unexpected positive impact on low-carbon fuel development by accelerating energy security conversations across major economies, Hirota said. "The EU, India and China are all talking about energy independence and energy security, and the same is applicable to Japan," he added. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, reported Indian renewable ammonia offers to Japan at $700/mt CFR Japan, significantly lower than CCS-based low-carbon ammonia offers from the US at close to $800/mt. In comparison, Platts assessed CFR Far East conventional ammonia at $765/mt on July 1, 56% higher than its pre-war level. Ammonia demand outpacing hydrogen Japan's ammonia market is advancing faster than pure hydrogen due to infrastructure constraints, Hirota said. The country lacks large-scale cracking facilities to convert ammonia back to hydrogen, while liquid hydrogen technology remains at an early stage of development, limiting the ability to transport and utilize pure hydrogen at scale, he added. Power generation is emerging as the fastest-growing demand sector in Japan, driven by the government's long-term decarbonization power source auction (LTDA) and surging electricity needs from data centers. "Power demand is growing because of additional demand coming from data centres," Hirota said. The transition is more challenging in other sectors, he said. In the chemicals and other industries already consuming conventional ammonia produced from unabated fossil fuels, switching to green alternatives is more straightforward than in sectors currently relying on coal or LNG, given the price gap. Japan's hydrogen and ammonia market development is being driven by government policies, similar to approaches in the EU, India and China, Hirota said. Key policy mechanisms include the FuelEU Maritime regulation and International Maritime Organization emissions rules for shipping, alongside demand from refineries and power generation. Under Japan's LTDA, the government has evolved its support structure. The first two LTDA rounds did not cover full project costs, but from LTDA 3 onwards, both capital and operating expenses for upstream production and downstream consumption are fully covered, enabling investors to make final investment decisions based on auction awards alone, Hirota said. Winners of the first two auctions must also secure contracts for difference awards to proceed. Japan awarded 516 megawatts of hydrogen and ammonia-based decarbonized power capacity in its third LTDA, with hydrogen mono-firing projects winning support for the first time. The winning power companies were Kobelco Power and Hokkaido Electric for ammonia-coal cofiring capacity and CEF H2 and Hoku Energy for hydrogen mono-firing. The fourth LTDA introduced a pre-qualification process requiring projects to meet a carbon intensity threshold of 0.87 tCO2e/t of ammonia. The new rules also harden energy security and industrial competitiveness by requiring Japanese investment and greater use of Japan-made equipment and infrastructure to reduce overreliance on any single country or region. Each bidder can participate with only one upstream project, though multiple upstream projects can compete if matched with corresponding downstream offtake commitments, Hirota said. India's strong position India has emerged as a particularly competitive location for renewable-based hydrogen and ammonia production, Hirota said, combining relatively low renewable energy costs with manageable construction expenses. While Saudi Arabia offers the world's cheapest renewable power, projects located inland of the Strait of Hormuz face geopolitical risks that complicate investment decisions, he said. Australia benefits from inexpensive renewable energy but faces significantly higher construction costs compared to the Middle East and India. "India is in a very strong position for renewable-based new energy," Hirota said. "It is a very interesting market and has potential for developing hydrogen projects." India's ACME Group secured long-term renewable ammonia and methanol offtake agreements with Japan's IHI and Mitsubishi Gas Chemical. ACME will supply 488,000 metric ton/year of renewable ammonia to IHI from its Gopalpur facility, where the Japanese engineering firm holds a 30% stake. Separately, Mitsubishi Gas Chemical agreed to purchase 100,000 mt/year of renewable methanol from ACME's Paradip plant. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/crude-oil/070326-tokyo-to-subsidize-haneda-airports-domestic-saf-prices-to-same-level-as-jet-fuel</link><description>The Tokyo Metropolitan Government will subsidize domestic sustainable aviation fuel prices at the Tokyo International Airport in Haneda to the same level as conventional jet fuel prices with an additional program, it said in a statement July 2. According to the statement, the government will give a subsidy of up to Yen 100/liter (62 cents/l) for the price difference between domestic SAF and</description><title>Tokyo to subsidize Haneda airport&amp;apos;s domestic SAF prices to same level as jet fuel</title><pubDate>03 July 2026 09:10:08 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Akihiro Gotoda</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Refined Products, Agriculture, Energy Transition, Jet Fuel, Biofuels, Renewables July 03, 2026 Tokyo to subsidize Haneda airportâs domestic SAF prices to same level as jet fuel By Akihiro Gotoda Editor: Manish Parashar Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Subsidy reaches maximum Yen 200/liter Program accepts applications until July 15 The Tokyo Metropolitan Government will subsidize domestic sustainable aviation fuel prices at the Tokyo International Airport in Haneda to the same level as conventional jet fuel prices with an additional program, it said in a statement July 2. According to the statement, the government will give a subsidy of up to Yen 100/liter (62 cents/l) for the price difference between domestic SAF and conventional jet fuel to Tokyo-based suppliers in its Emergency Project for Domestic SAF Use and Promotion. Combined with the program announced April 6, the suppliers will have the maximum subsidy of Yen 200/l for domestic SAF supply at Haneda Airport, according to the statement. The combined maximum amount of subsidies will reach up to Yen 675 million with 4.5 million liters. The Tokyo government will accept applications for the emergency program until July 15 and provide subsidies to eligible suppliers until March 31, 2027, after reaching a final decision in July. The government previously said it would financially support suppliers in Tokyo by up to Yen 100/l for the price difference between domestic and international SAF at Haneda airport. It said May 20 that it has accepted Cosmo Oil Marketing, an affiliate of Japan's third-largest refiner Cosmo Oil, into the program, according to the Tokyo government's website. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed SAF (HEFA-SPK) FOB Straits at $2,440/metric ton July 2, unchanged from the previous assessment. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/070326-interview-mitsubishi-power-gas-turbine-orders-stretch-to-2030-amid-ai-security-demand</link><description>The global gas turbine industry is experiencing unprecedented demand that has stretched delivery times to five years, filling order books through 2030, driven by artificial intelligence infrastructure, energy security concerns and the need for flexible capacity to balance renewable power generation, Mitsubishi Power&amp;apos;s head of EMEA, Javier Cavada, told Platts in an interview. Annual demand for</description><title>INTERVIEW: Mitsubishi Power gas turbine orders stretch to 2030 amid AI, security demand</title><pubDate>03 July 2026 11:14:16 GMT</pubDate><author><name>James Burgess</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Natural Gas, Electric Power, Energy Transition, Hydrogen July 03, 2026 INTERVIEW: Mitsubishi Power gas turbine orders stretch to 2030 amid AI, security demand By James Burgess Editor: James Leech Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Annual demand hits 100 GW, triple pre-COVID US data centers, Middle East fuel orders Hydrogen-ready turbines standard for newbuilds The global gas turbine industry is experiencing unprecedented demand that has stretched delivery times to five years, filling order books through 2030, driven by artificial intelligence infrastructure, energy security concerns and the need for flexible capacity to balance renewable power generation, Mitsubishi Power's head of EMEA, Javier Cavada, told Platts in an interview. Annual demand for gas-fired power capacity has surged past 100 gigawatts, more than triple the 30 GW average seen in the decade before COVID-19, according to Cavada. The constraint is no longer capital or demand but the physical capacity of supply chains to deliver turbines, he said in late June. "We have never seen anything like this," Cavada said. "The bottleneck is the capacity [of the whole supply chain], not the demand or the capital." Lead times for new installations have stretched from two years immediately after the pandemic to five years or more today. Mitsubishi is now signing contracts for delivery in 2031-34, Cavada said. The surge in demand for gas-fired power generation comes as countries around the world add large volumes of renewables. Cavada said gas turbines, far from being in competition with renewables, enabled the transition to renewables-dominated grids, providing responsive power generation. "Gas provides the flexibility," he said. "When something goes wrong, you ramp up and you ramp down. It provides you energy frequency response. It gives you capacity that is available all the time. The gas is going to be utilized much less, but it is going to be available." Three regions dominate The demand surge is concentrated in three regions with distinct drivers, Cavada said. The US leads, propelled by data center and AI infrastructure buildout requiring not just vast electricity volumes but also cooling systems and high power reliability. The Middle East ranks second, with Saudi Arabia alone accounting for more gas turbine orders than any country except the US, Cavada said. The region's demand reflects replacing oil-fired generation with gas to cut emissions by around 70% while freeing crude for export, balancing rapid solar and wind deployment, and supporting industrialization as Gulf economies diversify, he added. China is the third major demand center, Cavada said. The country is rapidly pursuing a policy of power diversification and energy sovereignty. Europe, by contrast, is experiencing its lowest activity levels ever -- not from lack of demand but from regulatory uncertainty and investment challenges that have stalled new projects despite clear grid reliability needs, Cavada said. However, Germany stands ready to launch tenders for a combined 9 GW of new dispatchable gas-fired generation in September and December, subject to final parliamentary and European Commission approval. Energy security focus The Middle East conflict that began in late February has heightened concerns about energy security across importing regions, particularly Europe, which remains heavily reliant on Middle Eastern gas after diversification efforts since Russia's 2022 invasion of Ukraine. Rather than slowing activity in the Gulf, however, the conflict appears to have accelerated business as governments moved quickly to demonstrate reliability to investors and contracting new plants for post-2030 delivery. For Europe, the shock underscored an uncomfortable reality: despite ambitious renewable targets, the region cannot yet function without significant thermal capacity. Cavada noted that a holistic system view was needed across solar, wind, thermal generation and grids, with clear market mechanisms in place to provide the right incentives for gas-fired generation. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed German clean spark spreads for a standard 50% efficient gas turbine for the year-ahead at minus Eur7.20/MWh on July 2, underlining challenging economics for gas plant operators under baseload. Hydrogen ready All new turbines Mitsubishi Power delivers are now prepared for 30% hydrogen blending, with 50%-capable units entering service. Existing turbines can be retrofitted, primarily through combustion system modifications rather than wholesale equipment replacement, Cavada said. Customers demand this feature even in regions with no immediate hydrogen supply, viewing it as essential future-proofing as renewable power generation expands and enables large-scale electrolytic hydrogen production. "Even in the Middle East, customers want that feature incorporated because they know that when you build so much solar and you build so much renewable capacity, there will be a moment that you will start doing hydrogen," Cavada said. He said even though the pace of hydrogen adoption in energy systems was slower than expected, the direction was clear. "It's a matter of speed," Cavada said. "But the direction of travel continues." US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/070126-uk-energy-department-faces-gbp2-billion-cut-to-fund-defense-spending</link><description>The UK&amp;apos;s Department for Energy Security and Net Zero is facing a GBP2 billion ($2.7 billion) spending cut as the government redirects resources to boost defense spending, potentially putting some energy projects at risk. DESNZ received a large boost from the government&amp;apos;s 2025 spending review, but has now been asked to find savings of GBP2 billion through to 2030. &amp;quot;Some capital projects -- for</description><title>UK energy department faces GBP2 billion cut to fund defense spending</title><pubDate>01 July 2026 12:50:43 GMT</pubDate><author><name>James Burgess</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Natural Gas, Energy Transition, Electric Power, Agriculture, Refined Products, Carbon, Emissions, Hydrogen, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel July 01, 2026 UK energy department faces GBP2 billion cut to fund defense spending By James Burgess Editor: Namrata Srivastava Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Risk of delay to some clean energy projects Clean power mission remains protected DESNZ to target efficiency savings: source The UK's Department for Energy Security and Net Zero is facing a GBP2 billion ($2.7 billion) spending cut as the government redirects resources to boost defense spending, potentially putting some energy projects at risk. DESNZ received a large boost from the government's 2025 spending review, but has now been asked to find savings of GBP2 billion through to 2030. "Some capital projects -- for example, on roads and energy, which are important, but not immediately vital -- will no longer go ahead as planned," Prime Minister Keir Starmer said June 30. However, the government reiterated its commitment to cutting fossil fuel consumption. "Getting off fossil fuels is vital to our national security, safeguarding household, business, and government finances," the government said in a statement on June 30, setting out the defense spending plans. "DESNZ will reshape its capital budget in a way that continues to protect the clean power mission, drive renewable and nuclear build-out, and insulate us from future gas price spikes on the path to energy independence." A source close to the matter said DESNZ would find most of the savings through efficiency measures, capital underspend and delays to some projects. While there was some risk to capital spending on energy projects, DESNZ would try to ensure projects went ahead, the source told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, on July 1. This could mean scaling back or delaying some infrastructure spending. DESNZ funding will be cut by GBP100 million in 2026-27, rising to GBP600 million in 2027-28, GBP700 million in 2028-29 and GBP600 million in 2029-30. The energy department declined to comment on where the cuts would be made. The government is to set out further details of the spending reallocation in the autumn, by which time there will be a new prime minister, after Starmer resigned in June. Starmer's resignation has created further uncertainty for the country's hydrogen and carbon capture sectors, bringing the prospect of further delays to key funding and policy decisions. CCS projects In the 2025 spending review, the government allocated GBP9.4 billion to carbon capture, usage and storage over the period to 2030. The UK's first two CCUS clusters -- the East Coast Cluster around Teesside and HyNet in the northwest of England -- reached positive final investment decisions in 2024 and 2025, and are now under construction. ECC will capture and store 4 million metric tons/year of CO2 from 2029, while HyNet has an initial capacity of 4.5 million mt/year, starting around the same time. The government has also pledged support to fund a second round of CCUS clusters by the end of the current parliament, encompassing the Acorn and Viking stores, though industry leaders have said the timelines for these projects are in doubt. Platts assessed nearest December UK ETS carbon allowances at GBP56.85/mt on June 30. The UK's nascent hydrogen sector is also awaiting a delayed policy update, originally due by the end of 2025, as well as the results of the second electrolytic hydrogen allocation round and details of future rounds. Nuclear commitments On nuclear power, the government allocated GBP14.2 billion for Sizewell C over the spending review period. The 3.4-GW Sizewell C plant is under construction and due to start operations in the late 2030s. The UK will proceed with its next renewable energy auction as planned despite Starmer's resignation as prime minister and rumors of a potential promotion for Energy Secretary Ed Miliband, the government confirmed June 24. The indicative timeline for Allocation Round 8 of the UK's contracts for difference auction regime still stands, a DESNZ spokesperson told Platts. The government's spending review also committed GBP2.6 billion in capital investment to decarbonize transport, including GBP1.4 billion to support electric vehicle uptake. In addition, the spending review extended the Advanced Fuels Fund to 2029-30 to support sustainable aviation fuel production. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/technology-ai-research-insights/special-reports/2026-trends-in-data-center-services-infrastructure</link><description>Discover the ten key trends that 451 Research analysts anticipate across data center services and infrastructure in 2026.</description><title>2026 Trends in Data Center Services &amp;amp; Infrastructure</title><pubDate>23 January 2026 11:26:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ S&amp;P Global Energy 2026 Trends in Data Center Services &amp; Infrastructure Discover the ten key trends that 451 Research analysts anticipate across data center services and infrastructure in 2026. Learn More Let's Talk Need technology industry data and insights? Connect with us today to explore how 451 Research solutions can help guide strategic decision-making Contact Sales On this page Introduction About this report The Take Trends Methodology Further reading On this page Introduction About this report The Take Trends Methodology Further reading Introduction For decades, data centers have been essential infrastructure for IT expansion worldwide. However, the launch of ChatGPT in November 2022 sparked a generative AI boom and a race to build infrastructure for GenAI model training and use. This AI training infrastructure requires more energy and more efficient cooling than typical IT infrastructure, which impacts data center design, requires new construction and makes access to electricity a key potential bottleneck for the growth of AI. As utilities struggle to determine how much energy data centers will require over the longer term, fears are mounting that infrastructure could be over-built and demand may not materialize. The size and quantity of data centers have attracted scrutiny from governments, local citizens and environmental groups. Governments (and utilities) have restricted data center development in various markets even as the industry becomes more efficient and seeks to use renewable energy. AI training facilities can theoretically be placed in locations where electricity is available, away from population centers; however, it is not yet clear how much AI inference can be performed from those locations. Data gravity, as well as regulations, will impact IT workload placement, along with the need for interconnection between data, software, AI models and end users. We believe that the need for data centers will continue; however, some of the current build plans may not materialize or may be delayed. Back to Top About this report Reports such as this showcase insights derived from a variety of market-level research inputs, including financial data, M&amp;A information and other market data sources both proprietary to S&amp;P Global and publicly available. This input is combined with ongoing observation of markets and regular interaction with vendors and other key market players. This report specifically includes data from the following sources: Data Center Services &amp; Infrastructure Market Monitor &amp; Forecast Voice of the Enterprise: Data Centers, Colocation 2025 Voice of the Enterprise: Data Centers, Liquid Cooling Technology 2025 Back to Top The Take We continue to see large-scale plans for data center construction around the world to serve GenAI needs, even as concerns grow that not all the planned infrastructure will be required (or that it will be commercially viable to build). Although the adoption of generative AI and other types of AI is strong, it is difficult to know how much energy and data center infrastructure will be required and when. We believe that the data center industry itself is relatively agile and can quickly adjust or suspend build plans to match the demand for IT infrastructure. However, power infrastructure is not typically as agile or quick to build, which can create a potential mismatch between electrical system plans and data center demand that may not materialize. Sustainability remains a key concern, and a top question is whether AI infrastructure will lead to extended lives for coal-fired power plants or the construction of additional gas-fired power plants, which could impact carbon targets. We will continue to model how AI adoption is likely to affect data center demand as well as work with our S&amp;P Global Energy colleagues to model the energy industryâs response. We will also continue to examine new technological advances, supply chain challenges and the regulatory environment for data centers. Back to Top Trends we anticipate in 2026 Trend 1: Race to build AI data centers will continue hyperscalers and leading generative AI firms have engaged in what can only be described as an AI arms race. OpenAI, Google, xAI, Microsoft, Amazon, Oracle, Meta, Alibaba and others have committed hundreds of billions of dollars to train large language models in the hopes of gaining first-mover advantage and being recognized as having the âbest model.â This approach is exceedingly resource-intensive: Training a top LLM can use tens of thousands of graphics processing unit chips, each requiring 5-8 times (or more) the energy of other chips. These must be housed in data centers, along with data storage gear, other computational hardware and networking equipment. This AI demand has been particularly strong in North America so far, as most generative AI models have been developed in this region. However, firms have been laying the groundwork to develop large-scale AI data centers outside the US. Although some âprospectorâ data center builders are included in this forecast, as well as some duplicate plans for expansion that may not materialize or be delayed, we expect strong data center growth to continue globally in the immediate future. Back to Top Trend 2: Data center constraints will impact location and speed of builds Multiple factors determine data center location, and several of these are facing growing constraints. The first is related to AI use cases. There are relatively few location requirements related to AI workloads â AI model training can generally be carried out quite a distance away from where end users are located, for example. However, we are tracking AI use cases to monitor the need for AI inference or training that requires rapid connectivity or specific data constraints (e.g., due to data sovereignty requirements) and would need to be in a specific location, such as near urban centers. Another location factor is available power. Firms expecting to benefit from AI infrastructure demand, such as hyperscale cloud providers, are seeking to lock in as much power for future data centers as possible to avoid having their growth restrained by energy availability and potentially losing out to competitors that have access to more power. However, it is unclear exactly how much power will be required. This creates challenges for energy utilities, particularly if they need to build additional generation capacity and transmission lines (which can take years) to meet this expected demand. Many of the most desirable data center markets already face constraints related to power, including potential shortages of generation capacity or challenges in building transmission lines. These include PJM (which covers top data center markets such as Virginia, Ohio and Pennsylvania) as well as ERCOT (Texas). Data center developers increasingly face a choice between waiting years for a grid connection in a desirable location, seeking a less desirable site with faster access to grid power, or using behind-the-meter power (e.g., constructing a natural gas-fired power plant). Additional location factors include electricity costs, taxes, regulations, local resistance to data centers, availability of fiber, type of power available (e.g., from renewable sources), water access, suitable land and the ability to plug into district heating systems or other off-takers for heat. We are developing a model to weigh the trade-offs among data center locations to build scenarios for growth by area and the resulting market for behind-the-meter power options. Back to Top Trend 3: The ability to raise capital will be a key differentiator for data center providers and customers Organizations have invested massive amounts of capital in AI infrastructure so far, with continued eye-watering amounts expected, even without factoring in the costs of AI chips, servers and electrical infrastructure, such as transmission and generation. In the US alone, we project average spending on data center construction of more than $70 billion per quarter from 2025 to 2028. Numerous firms are hoping to enter the sector, and those with access to capital and experience in securing land, power and permits will be better positioned for success. New entrants can add competition in some locations, but they can also offer data center providers the opportunity to sell facilities that are already leased â with predictable revenue and appeal to investors â freeing up capital to build new facilities elsewhere. Vertically integrated models are also emerging, with energy companies, for example, entering the data center industry. Business models are evolving to become more specialized in managing capital, obtaining permits or power and serving particular customer segments. We will continue to explore how these data centers will be funded, how the industry is evolving and the business models that are emerging as a result. Back to Top Trend 4: The AI value chain will continue to support renewable energy Top AI and cloud firms have maintained their renewable energy targets, as have many of the firms that build or lease data centers to these clients, even as their annual electricity consumption rises. Although many technology firms claim to offset 100% of their energy use by procuring renewable energy, they also have data centers that rely on carbon-emitting power generation. This is expected to increase in many locations, as added electricity demand requires utilities to delay the retirement of coal generation or add gas-fired power plants. Additionally, data center firms themselves sometimes build their own gas-fired power plants if the grid cannot accommodate their needs. As a result, there has been a clear trend toward greater renewable procurement among surveyed companies, according to the âGlobal Datacenters Clean Energy Sourcing Strategy â 2025 update,â with the share of power sourced from renewables estimated at 58%, versus about 50% in the 2024 report. Power purchase agreements remain the primary method for renewable procurement, supplemented by unbundled certificates and green tariffs. While solar is a major source of supply, there is a growing emphasis on hybrid and nuclear solutions. However, in many areas, even if sufficient renewable or low-carbon generation is planned, a mismatch may occur between when the power-hungry data centers need that energy and the time it takes to add that capacity (e.g., from nuclear power). We will continue to work with teams across S&amp;P Global to track data center growth and its impact on both utilities and renewable energy. As data center power demand continues to rise, the tech industry may provide financial support for expanding generation across the board, including both renewable and non-renewable resources. But the need to offset increased emissions could drive investment into higher-cost technologies such as nuclear, carbon capture and storage, and battery energy storage systems. Back to Top Trend 5: AI requirements encourage innovation in data center technology AI workloads typically require high-density infrastructure at the data center level; however, this high-density equipment can generate a large amount of heat, testing the limits of standard data center cooling systems. Until recently, most IT equipment has been cooled using fans to pull cold air past the hot elements to remove the heat. However, as these components become smaller and hotter, they can reach the limit of what fans and cool air can do. Liquid is a more efficient cooling medium than air and has been used for some high-performance computing and advanced modeling, but it has not been broadly adopted in the data center industry for a variety of reasons. That may be changing. Our survey of enterprise data center decision-makers reveals that 21% of respondents plan to shift to liquid cooling over the next year, up from 13% in 2024âs survey, with another 25% planning to switch over the next two to four years. It helps that technological innovations have made liquid cooling easier to use and retrofitting operational data centers less costly. Most importantly, the increase in high-density workloads, combined with requirements that data centers be as efficient and sustainable as possible, is set to make liquid cooling a more logical approach than air cooling. After years of adoption for specialized uses, the combination of higher-density servers, liquid cooling innovation and sustainability benefits may finally lead to broad adoption. In addition, the industry is looking at other technological advancements in backup systems, such as using alternatives to lead-acid or lithium-based batteries, using diesel alternatives for generators or replacing generators altogether with hydrogen fuel cells or renewable power sources. Data center firms are also exploring the reuse of heat by plugging into local district heating systems, as well as investigating ways to reduce embodied carbon. We plan to examine and compare many of these proposed technologies in the year ahead. Back to Top Trend 6: Interconnection will continue to drive data center demand Companies that use colocation services increasingly point to interconnection â with public cloud, service providers, networks, partners and customers â as a key reason for leasing space in a data center (see Figure 4). As AI inferencing workloads grow, we expect these workloads to boost demand for interconnection. Inference workloads tend to be more dispersed â analogous to web front ends, as opposed to the training workloads, which are similar to back-end resources. This dispersed nature will impact network requirements, and these workloads are expected to require interconnection between AI modeling resources, data potentially stored outside of public cloud and diverse end users. Leased data center providers focused on interconnection typically have higher network density than other data centers and often have more large-capacity networks connected, which could help solve a key problem for enterprises regarding their AI workloads: network performance. To improve interconnection services, data center operators should consider a cloud-native approach. This could include partnering with cloud-native wide area network providers to offer connectivity in a self-service form with quick turnaround. This would allow networking to become a fluid proposition that could respond to the needs of both AI and non-AI workloads flowing between public cloud (possibly from multiple cloud providers), as-a-service providers and private cloud. In addition, data centers should think beyond interconnection to focus on helping enterprises wrestle with growing quantities of data. Leased data centers can offer a secure place to store data at a lower cost than public cloud storage, and with automated interconnection enabling that data to be used by applications residing in various clouds. This could be a differentiator for leased data centers, making them more appealing than public cloud for data storage and preferable to on-premises facilities for enterprises, thanks to their connectivity options. We expect to see continued growth and innovation around interconnection. Back to Top Trend 7: Data centers at the edge will become more important in an age of AI inferencing AI inferencing, the process that a trained AI model uses to analyze new data, creates an unprecedented opportunity for edge computing. Inferencing must run somewhere, and every computing venue is a candidate, from processors on devices such as cell phones to large-scale public cloud venues. While some inference will certainly run on public cloud, some will also likely run closer to end users, at the edge. Much will depend on the use cases for AI: Applications that need to respond in real time will be more likely to run edge inferencing. However, the edge may also be attractive for enterprises that want more control over data. Enterprises have already noted in our surveys that top reasons for processing AI tasks at the edge include security and data sovereignty, not just performance requirements. Key questions for enterprises will be: Which venue will provide the necessary AI inferencing performance at the lowest cost and with the least complexity? Network growth and innovation will also affect what data will be processed and stored at the edge and what will be moved elsewhere, as will changes to the infrastructure required to support these deployments (e.g., compute, storage, content delivery, accelerators, power, footprint, noise level, ruggedization). Edge vendors or operators will need to satisfy requirements for low maintenance, space constraints and power conservation. Still, the use cases will vary enormously, so it may be hard for vendors to gain scale in an atomized market. The ecosystem of vendors, operators, financiers and network providers at the edge is evolving rapidly, so we will continue to follow this market. Back to Top Trend 8: Blockchain, cryptocurrency will offer both pros and cons for the data center industry The cryptocurrency mining industry continues to add data center capacity, in many cases taking advantage of renewable energy or stranded energy, thanks to the relative flexibility of its workloads. Most miners build and operate their own data centers, and some are considering offering these capabilities to other enterprises, particularly those with similar computing profiles and requirements, such as firms with high-performance computing (HPC) and AI workloads. However, when mining companies build facilities specifically for AI or HPC workloads, they are typically closer to more traditional data center builds (e.g., with backup power and some redundancy of equipment) than mining facilities, largely due to client requirements. Thus, cryptocurrency firms are in some cases becoming competitors to traditional leased data center providers. We continue to monitor the cryptocurrency industry and its requirements, as well as blockchain, and the impact both have on the data center industry. Back to Top Trend 9: Geopolitics, regulation will continue to shape data center industry dynamics Data center developers and operators will need to navigate an increasingly complex web of geopolitical pressures and regulatory requirements for AI infrastructure. Export controls on high-performance AI chips, particularly between the US and China, are affecting hardware availability and influencing which countries require the highest-density data centers. Data sovereignty and privacy regulations continue to drive demand for local data centers or edge deployments. In addition, some governments are offering incentives â such as tax breaks â to attract sustainable, high-tech infrastructure. Other countries are imposing strict environmental or water-use restrictions that constrain data center growth. Political stability and energy policy are emerging as key factors that AI players need to consider. Regulators could add requirements to planning and approvals, such as targets for power use and efficiency or penalties that apply when data centers create a potential power imbalance in the regional grid. AI infrastructure players may need to seek off-grid or hybrid power sources to mitigate regulatory risk and reduce the time to market for their sites. We anticipate that regulatory and geopolitical factors will continue to influence global growth patterns. Companies with experience navigating these challenges that can rapidly adapt their infrastructure and sourcing strategies and coordinate well with local authorities will have a competitive advantage, particularly for large-scale facilities. Back to Top Interested in learning how 451 Research Solutions can help you navigate market disruption and technology innovation? Contact Sales Methodology S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons 451 Research provides essential insight into key trends driving digital transformation across the entire technology landscape. By offering a combination of expert analyst insight and differentiated data, 451 Research enables the industry with the information and perspectives they require to make more effective decisions. Reports such as this offer a holistic perspective on key trends and themes driving the technology space over the coming year. These markets evolve quickly, so 451 Research offers a wide range of research services that provide critical marketplace updates on an ongoing basis. These reports, datasets and perspectives are published frequently, in numerous short- and long-form formats. Forward-looking M&amp;A analysis and perspectives on strategic acquisitions and the liquidity environment for technology companies are also updated regularly, backed by industry-leading databases such as the 451 Research M&amp;A KnowledgeBase. Our research is organized into channels that align with the prevailing key issues driving digital transformation. These channels are: Applied Infrastructure &amp; DevOps; Cloud &amp; Managed Services Transformation; Customer Experience &amp; Commerce; Data, AI &amp; Analytics; Data Center Services &amp; Infrastructure; Fintech; Information Security; IoT, Edge &amp; Digital Industries; and Workforce Productivity &amp; Collaboration. For more information about 451 Research, please go to: spglobal.com/451research. Back to Top Further reading âBring your own powerâ is an option for those that cannot wait, November 2025 2026 US Data Centers and Energy Report, November 2025 What happened to the data center slowdowns? October 2025 The Nordics: Sweden Leased Data Center Market, October 2025 State-level data center policies, then and now: Part 1, the major markets, October 2025 India: Leased Data Center Market, October 2025 Asset-backed securities pave the way for a new data center financing model in Europe, September 2025 Air cooling remains prevalent, but liquid cooling is gaining momentum â Highlights from VotE: Datacenters, September 2025 Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei datacenter market remains one of the largest globally, July 2025 Truths about how the power sector can (and cannot) respond to datacenter needs, April 2025 Back to Top Authors: Kelly Morgan , Perkins Liu, Mai Barakat, Brian Partridge, Filippo Bonanno, Matthew Richesin, Soon Chen Kang, Dan Thompson, Leika Kawasaki, Stefanie Williams Design: Content Design ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/metals/070326-uk-cement-sector-urges-domestic-procurement-preference-carbon-cost-reform</link><description>The UK&amp;apos;s Mineral Products Association has called on the government to favor British-made cement and other domestic construction materials in major public projects, arguing that local supply is critical to meeting housing and infrastructure targets while supporting industrial resilience. The call, at a June 30 parliamentary reception, comes as UK cement producers face mounting pressure from energy</description><title>UK cement sector urges domestic procurement preference, carbon cost reform</title><pubDate>03 July 2026 09:56:24 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Shivam Prakash</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Renewables, Carbon, Emissions July 03, 2026 UK cement sector urges domestic procurement preference, carbon cost reform By Shivam Prakash Editor: Jonathan Fox Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Carbon policy costs hit GBP82 million total Non-EU cement imports reach 10-year high The UK's Mineral Products Association has called on the government to favor British-made cement and other domestic construction materials in major public projects, arguing that local supply is critical to meeting housing and infrastructure targets while supporting industrial resilience. The call, at a June 30 parliamentary reception, comes as UK cement producers face mounting pressure from energy costs and carbon policy charges, with climate and energy policies now costing the sector a combined GBP82 million, nearly double the GBP45 million recorded in 2015, the association said in a statement July 2. The association also called for continued backing for carbon capture and storage in cement, saying the technology could reduce sector emissions by 75% by 2035, and cut construction emissions by up to 3.8 million metric tons/year of CO2. The MPA said the cement industry remains excluded from the Energy Intensive Industries Compensation Scheme, leaving domestic producers exposed to energy prices significantly higher than those faced by overseas competitors. Cement is fundamental to delivering the housing, clean energy projects and transport networks required for economic growth, member of parliament Henry Tufnell said. "Domestic materials production is increasingly a matter of national security and resilience." Martin Casey, senior director for cement and lime at the MPA, said public procurement should prioritize domestic industry to drive innovation and secure jobs, noting that the UK has the raw materials and manufacturing capability to meet domestic demand. "We can't build without cement," Casey said. "Using domestically made materials doesn't just power growth, it supports resilience and security of supply." The association said these costs include network charges and direct and indirect expenses from policies such as the UK Emissions Trading Scheme and Carbon Price Support, which it said is not expected to be removed until 2028. Despite those financial pressures, the cement and concrete industries have cut emissions by 63% since 1990, the MPA said. Concerns also remain over the design of the UK's incoming Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism, wherein gaps in the policy could fail to fully equalize carbon costs between domestic producers and imports, potentially encouraging carbon leakage, the MPA said. The UK CBAM is scheduled to launch Jan. 1, 2027, initially covering imports of aluminum, cement, fertilizer, hydrogen, iron and steel. The mechanism is designed to apply a carbon price to covered imports comparable to that faced by UK manufacturers. Non-EU cement imports into the UK reached a 10-year high in March, official figures showed, a trend the association attributed to product diversion following the start of the EU CBAM charging phase earlier this year. "Cement is a productive, growth-generating industry," Casey said. "We need to back this kind of sector and create the conditions for it to thrive, not push it to the brink." Casey said a decarbonized UK cement industry could support the country's construction targets, but said government action was needed to create "fair, stable conditions" for long-term investment. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed clinker CBAM premium at $21.33/mt July 2, up 32 cents/mt week over week. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/refined-products/063026-asafa-ips-thailand-2026-asean-policy-harmonization-corporate-demand-signals-key-to-scaling-asia-saf-uptake</link><description>Regulatory convergence and stronger corporate demand signals will be critical to accelerating sustainable aviation fuel (SAF) adoption across ASEAN, as airlines, logistics providers, and policymakers navigate high costs and fragmented policy frameworks, speakers said at the ASAFA 2nd Innovation &amp;amp; Policy Summit Thailand 2026. Participants said that while momentum is building, Asia has room to grow</description><title>ASAFA IPS Thailand 2026: ASEAN policy harmonization, corporate demand signals key to scaling Asia SAF uptake</title><pubDate>03 July 2026 03:19:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Jenson Ong</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Crude Oil, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel, Carbon July 03, 2026 ASAFA IPS Thailand 2026: ASEAN policy harmonization, corporate demand signals key to scaling Asia SAF uptake By Jenson Ong Editor: Adithya Ram Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... Regulatory convergence and stronger corporate demand signals will be critical to accelerating sustainable aviation fuel (SAF) adoption across ASEAN, as airlines, logistics providers, and policymakers navigate high costs and fragmented policy frameworks, speakers said at the ASAFA 2nd Innovation &amp; Policy Summit Thailand 2026. Participants said that while momentum is building, Asia has room to grow compared to mature markets such as Europe in terms of policy certainty, coordinated incentives and penalties, and price competitiveness development ahead of 2030 targets. Regulatory fragmentation risks distorting market development Speakers on a panel highlighted uneven SAF readiness in ASEAN, with differing mandates and policy timelines across Thailand, Singapore, Malaysia and Vietnam, among others. "There is a real risk that fragmented regulatory systems could create distortions across borders for both producers and airlines," said Gabriel Ho, founder and chief sustainability officer at ASAFA. Panelists emphasized that a coordinated ASEAN SAF roadmap would require alignment on mandates, certification standards and incentive mechanisms, alongside stronger political commitment. Tharinya Supasa, head of sustainable and renewable energy at the ASEAN Centre for Energy, said that while momentum is building, significant divergence remains in policy design and implementation across member states. Similarly, Peter Dunda, regional officer for aeronautical meteorology and environment at the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), said that international coordination will be essential to ensure regional SAF frameworks remain compatible with global aviation emissions schemes. Corporate decarbonization targets drive SAF demand Corporate demand signals, particularly from global logistics and cargo customers, are emerging as a strong driver of SAF adoption in Asia. Daisy Ren, Corporate Public Affairs Director at DHL, said customer-led demand from large multinational shippers with established decarbonization goals is supporting early SAF uptake, as companies look to reduce emissions across supply chains. "Many of our customers are large cross-border players with their own decarbonization targets, and they rely on logistics partners to support that journey," Ren said, adding that SAF demand in Asia is expected to grow as regional economies adopt more structured sustainability frameworks. Mandates provide stability, voluntary demand limited Airlines said a combination of regulatory mandates and voluntary corporate commitments is shaping SAF demand in the region, although uptake remains uneven. Sam Smith, head of climate action at Cathay Pacific, said mandates play an important role in providing stability and predictability, while voluntary demand remains concentrated among a relatively small group of sustainability-focused customers. "Sustainability needs to be embedded across the entire ecosystem," Smith said, pointing to the need for broader industry alignment to support SAF uptake. High costs remain key barriers Elevated SAF prices relative to conventional jet fuel continue to weigh on wider adoption, particularly in price-sensitive Asian markets. Rachtaphol Sabhavasu, head of petroleum and aviation fuel management at Thai Airways, said regulatory clarity remains the key enabler for long-term SAF planning, while high SAF prices continue to limit uptake. "Without a clear roadmap, it is difficult to plan and operate," he said, adding that cost considerations mean airlines are still relying on transitional mechanisms such as credits. Philip See, chief sustainability officer at Malaysia Aviation Group, said SAF implementation in Asia has been constrained by both pricing and market structure, with airlines in Europe and the US often able to secure more competitive SAF pricing due to scale and market concentration. Participants also noted that spikes in jet fuel prices during recent geopolitical disruptions had tested demand resilience, underscoring the challenge of layering even higher SAF costs onto an already volatile fuel environment. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed sustainable aviation fuel HEFA-SPK FOB Straits at $2,430/mt on June 26, up $5/mt from June 25. The SAF FOB Straits premium was assessed at $1,568.75/mt over Platts Jet Kero FOB Singapore forward curve (MOPs), up $11.50/mt from June 25. Collaboration, book-and-claim seen as interim transitory solutions With supply and cost constraints persisting, stakeholders are increasingly exploring collaborative procurement models and transitional mechanisms to support SAF demand. Kelvin Lee, head of sustainability for Asia-Pacific at IATA, said industry collaboration will be pivotal, noting that no single airline can scale SAF adoption on its own. Panelists highlighted the role of alliance-based procurement structures and cross-industry partnerships in improving demand aggregation and cost efficiency. Book-and-claim systems were also widely viewed as a necessary interim solution to address physical supply constraints and uneven infrastructure availability across the region. Airlines noted that book-and-claim can help bridge geographical mismatches between SAF production and consumption, particularly in Asia where physical supply remains limited and unevenly distributed. Policy alignment, ecosystem development critical to scale Looking ahead, panelists emphasized that coordinated policy action and broader ecosystem development will be paramount to scaling SAF within ASEAN. Key priorities include harmonized regulatory frameworks across ASEAN, clear, long-term SAF roadmaps, and stronger collaboration across airlines, corporates, fuel producers, and regulators. "SAF cannot be developed in isolation," participants said, highlighting the need for cross-sector alignment to reduce fragmentation and accelerate market maturity in Asia. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/070126-saf-scale-lag-keeps-carbon-credits-central-to-aseans-85-billion-corsia-opportunity</link><description>Southeast Asian countries could generate between $1.6 billion and $8.5 billion over the next decade by supplying carbon credits to aviation&amp;apos;s global offsetting program, with the slow pace of sustainable aviation fuel scale-up keeping Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation credits a central compliance tool for airlines well into the 2030s, according to a new report</description><title>SAF scale lag keeps carbon credits central to ASEAN&amp;apos;s $8.5 billion CORSIA opportunity</title><pubDate>01 July 2026 01:47:10 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Agriculture, Refined Products, Carbon, Renewables, Biofuels, Jet Fuel July 01, 2026 SAF scale lag keeps carbon credits central to ASEANâs $8.5 billion CORSIA opportunity By Samyak Pandey Editor: Manish Parashar Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS ASEAN eyes $1.6 bil-$8.5 bil from aviation credits SAF supply gap sustains CORSIA demand 54 projects await government authorization Southeast Asian countries could generate between $1.6 billion and $8.5 billion over the next decade by supplying carbon credits to aviation's global offsetting program, with the slow pace of sustainable aviation fuel scale-up keeping Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation credits a central compliance tool for airlines well into the 2030s, according to a new report released at the myAero 2026 conference in Malaysia June 25-27. The report, jointly published by Boeing, GenZero and carbon intelligence company Abatable, identifies CORSIA carbon credits as a critical bridge while SAF supply chains, fleet renewal and operational efficiency improvements continue to develop, but finds that a near-term policy bottleneck risks leaving ASEAN's opportunity largely unrealized. SAF context SAF supply is severely constrained globally, with production covering only a fraction of the volumes needed to materially reduce aviation emissions at scale, the report stated. That supply gap sustains strong structural demand for CORSIA-Eligible Emission Units as airlines' primary compliance mechanism, particularly across ASEAN, where SAF offtake infrastructure and feedstock certification pipelines are still at an early stage, it said. "As the industry works on fleet renewal, scaling sustainable aviation fuel, improving operational efficiency and advancing new technologies, a credible and well-supplied CORSIA market remains a critical component of the transition," said Allison Melia, vice president of Global Enterprise Sustainability at Boeing, in a statement accompanying the report. Supply gap CORSIA requires airlines covering international routes to offset emissions growth above a 2019 baseline. Airlines in the first phase, covering 2024 to 2026, face a combined obligation of close to 200 million metric tons globally, with ASEAN carriers alone expected to require 17 million to 18 million units. The total global eligible supply stood at 36.6 million units as of June 1, a structural shortfall that the report says ASEAN is well-positioned to help address. The region hosts four carbon projects that have issued 2.6 million CORSIA-Eligible Emission Units, representing just 7.1% of the globally eligible supply and 1.3% of the expected first phase demand, the report said. An additional 54 carbon projects in the region meet CORSIA's technical requirements but lack letters of authorization from host governments. If authorized, ASEAN supply could increase more than eightfold to 20.8 million units, sufficient to cover the entirety of the region's first phase airline obligations, according to the report. Vietnam accounts for 24 of the 54 aligned projects, Thailand for 11 and Myanmar for eight. None has yet issued authorizations, the report noted. Looking ahead, a pipeline of 100 new carbon projects could add another 302 million units by the end of CORSIA's second phase in 2035, bringing the total potential ASEAN supply to 348 million units with an estimated market value of $1.6 billion to $8.5 billion at prevalent prices of $10-$23/unit, the report showed. Policy bottleneck The primary constraint is not project availability but government authorization. A corresponding adjustment requirement, under which host governments must discount authorized units from their nationally determined contributions under the Paris Agreement, has created political hesitancy across the region, the report said. The report calls for coordination between transport, environment and finance ministries, pilot authorizations with initial volumes to signal intent and a mapping of CORSIA-aligned supply against NDC measures by sector. "Ensuring that ministries of environment, transport and sectoral agencies are working in concert is the next step," said Frederick Teo, CEO of GenZero, in a statement accompanying the report. Airline readiness Singapore Airlines and its subsidiary Scoot retired 150,000 units for compliance earlier in 2026, while Malaysia Aviation Group has conducted purchasing pilots and developed a procurement framework, the report showed. Most regional carriers are still devising internal processes and have not transacted. Airlines have until Jan. 31, 2028, to retire units covering 2024-2026 obligations. ASEAN's CORSIA pipeline could support nearly 32,000 direct jobs over the next decade, with existing projects already delivering benefits, including reduced indoor air pollution in millions of households and conservation of natural resources, the report found. ASEAN Deputy Secretary-General Satvinder Singh said enhanced coordination among transport, environment and other relevant authorities would be important in helping unlock the opportunity while supporting broader sustainable economic growth, according to a statement accompanying the report. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed sustainable aviation fuel HEFA-SPK FOB Straits at $2,435/metric ton June 30, up $5/mt from June 29. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/060826-interview-xcel-energys-renewables-rich-footprint-is-primed-for-hyperscalers-ceo-says</link><description>Xcel Energy Inc. sees itself as uniquely positioned to continue leading on US power-sector emission reductions while accommodating a surge in demand from large-load customers such as data centers, Bob Frenzel, the company&amp;apos;s chairman, president and CEO, told Platts. &amp;quot;We think we can do that because we have a strategic geographic advantage,&amp;quot; Frenzel said in an interview with Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P</description><title>INTERVIEW: Xcel Energy&amp;apos;s renewables-rich footprint is primed for hyperscalers, CEO says</title><pubDate>08 June 2026 15:29:55 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Zack Hale</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Electric Power, Renewables June 08, 2026 INTERVIEW: Xcel Energy's renewables-rich footprint is primed for hyperscalers, CEO says By Zack Hale Editor: Ronnie Turner Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Google deal saves customers $1.5 billion over 15 years Company eyes 20 GW data center demand pipeline Xcel Energy Inc. sees itself as uniquely positioned to continue leading on US power-sector emission reductions while accommodating a surge in demand from large-load customers such as data centers, Bob Frenzel, the company's chairman, president and CEO, told Platts. "We think we can do that because we have a strategic geographic advantage," Frenzel said in an interview with Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, on the sidelines of the Edison Electric Institute's annual investor-owned utility conference in Las Vegas on June 3. Maintaining customer affordability amid an estimated $1.4 trillion wave of planned US utility capital expenditures through 2030, driven in part by explosive growth in data center demand, was the overarching theme of the 2026 conference. Just a few years ago, US electric utility gatherings were broadly centered on climate targets and net-zero goals. Frenzel noted Xcel Energy's most recent sustainability report, released June 2, which shows that the company's four operating utility subsidiaries across eight states reduced their collective carbon emissions by 58% through 2025 compared to 2005 levels. Xcel Energy's residential electricity and natural gas rates were also 29% and 11% below the national average, respectively, over the last five years, according to the report. Minneapolis-headquartered Xcel Energy serves 3.9 million customers across the Great Plains region, including parts of North Dakota, South Dakota, Michigan, Minnesota and Wisconsin, as well as Colorado, eastern New Mexico and the Texas Panhandle. Frenzel said the company's aggressive investments in new wind and solar generation over the last 15 years, along with new transmission lines, have helped keep rates low even as the nominal US average retail price of electricity increased by 23% from 2019 to 2024. "We've been the leading provider of wind; we're a leading builder of transmission line miles in the US for the past 15 years," Frenzel said. "When you build infrastructure where it makes economic and reliability sense for your customers, you keep costs low and sustainable." Data center pipeline With consumer concerns mounting over the cost impacts of new data center development, Frenzel highlighted a deal Xcel announced in February with Google LLC to support a new 750-megawatt data center in Minnesota as a replicable model for protecting ratepayers. As part of the agreement, Google committed to procuring 1,900 MW of incremental new wind, solar and energy storage capacity, including 300 MW from a Form Energy Inc. iron-air battery, the world's largest long-duration energy storage resource announced to date. The deal, underpinned by a Clean Energy Accelerator Charge, requires Google to cover the cost of related grid upgrades. Frenzel said the agreement is expected to save regular Minnesota customers approximately $1.5 billion over a 15-year period, amounting to roughly 2% in annual savings on residential bills. "We're commercializing innovation with our technology customers, we're building a more resilient grid for our new customers, we're continuing to deploy clean energy, all while protecting our existing customers," Frenzel said. Xcel Energy, in its first-quarter 2026 earnings presentation, reported a 20-gigawatt pipeline of potential demand from hyperscalers and other large data center developers, with individual project capacity ranging from 200 MW to more than 1 GW. To help meet that demand, Xcel Energy earlier this year entered into strategic partnerships with GE Vernova Inc. and NextEra Energy Inc. The strategic alliance framework with GE Vernova will support Xcel Energy's long-term capex plan, calling for 12 GW of new wind, solar, storage and natural gas generation from 2026 to 2030. "Structuring an enterprise-wide agreement on our side and their side allows us certainty, price flexibility, and access to their engineering talent and pipelines of tech development," Frenzel said. "It allows us to move with speed and scale." Meanwhile, a joint development agreement with NextEra Energy will see the two companies codevelop generation solutions for 2 GW of new data center capacity, with potential to expand beyond that. "We're great owners and operators of infrastructure, and they're great developers, and that partnership allows us to move faster to meet the needs of our data center customers," Frenzel said. Large-load tariff preference As utilities seek to shield ratepayers through new contract and business model arrangements for data center customers, Frenzel expressed a preference for large-load tariffs with minimum demand charges, long-term power purchase agreements and exit fees. "A large-load tariff is a simplified framework that allows you to move through the regulatory process quite quickly," Frenzel said. Xcel Energy has two proposed large-load tariffs pending with Minnesota and Colorado utility regulators, with decisions expected in the second quarter of 2026 and early 2027. Frenzel added that Xcel Energy can also "pivot" if a state has a different need. "We can be flexible, and we can be agile," he said. Even as utilities prepare for a historic level of infrastructure spending, questions remain about how much new data center demand will actually materialize. A recent JPMorgan analysis based on satellite imagery found that construction has yet to begin on roughly 60% of data center capacity planned for completion in 2027, with another 7% delayed. Frenzel cautioned against reading too much into reports of data center delays, while adding that he would not pretend "to have perfect insight into the compute needs of the hyperscalers." "The contracts that most people have with data centers, from the electric side, have minimum takes and values," he said. "So, to the extent we're building infrastructure on behalf of these large customers, we're largely protected from the cost side of this." "My job is to make sure the infrastructure is ready when they're ready and that I protect our existing customers from any shortfalls in the timing of their projects," Frenzel said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/062626-us-solar-tracker-additions-expected-to-reach-an-all-time-high-of-38-gw-in-2026</link><description>Solar-powered generation led the US in clean energy generating capacity additions during the first quarter of 2026, accounting for 57.4% of total renewable installations, with expectations that solar will continue to lead in new clean energy additions this year. The US added 4.453 GW of solar capacity in Q1, up 2.8% from the end of 2025 and an increase of 19.5% from a year ago, according to data</description><title>US SOLAR TRACKER: Additions expected to reach an all-time high of 38 GW in 2026</title><pubDate>26 June 2026 21:32:45 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Kassia Micek</name><name>Daryna Kotenko</name><name>Susan Dlin</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Electric Power, Renewables June 26, 2026 US SOLAR TRACKER: Additions expected to reach an all-time high of 38 GW in 2026 By Kassia Micek, Daryna Kotenko, and Susan Dlin Editor: Benjamin Morse Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS 4.453 GW of solar generation capacity added in Q1 NP15 solar capture price down 28% year over year Solar-powered generation led the US in clean energy generating capacity additions during the first quarter of 2026, accounting for 57.4% of total renewable installations, with expectations that solar will continue to lead in new clean energy additions this year. The US added 4.453 GW of solar capacity in Q1, up 2.8% from the end of 2025 and an increase of 19.5% from a year ago, according to data from S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence. "The US power sector is on pace to have a record year in 2026, with total capacity additions expected to exceed 78 gigawatts, above the prior peak of roughly 70 GW set in 2002," said Shayne Willette, S&amp;P Global Energy CERA senior research analyst. "Through the end of April, 16 GW are already in service, and another 62 GW, with targeted in-service dates before the year's end, are under construction." Based on current progress and typical construction-to-completion rates, the pipeline supports a credible path to over 70 GW for 2026, with upside if year-end commissioning trends hold, he added. "This year, solar additions are positioned to amount to 38 GW, an all-time high," Willette said. Battery additions are also expected to reach an all-time high of 22 GW, compared to wind addition of 11 GW and natural gas additions of 7 GW, he added. Market Intelligence data shows that 27.413 GW of solar is under construction or in advanced development and slated to come online this year. Looking further ahead, Texas leads the solar pipeline with over 14 GW of generating capacity under construction or in advanced development with expected online dates between 2026 and 2028. Arizona was next with 5.87 GW, followed by California with 3.54 GW. Fourteen states have over 1 GW in the pipeline, eight states have between 500 and 1 GW, 18 states have between 100 MW and 500 MW, and eight state have less than 100 MW in progress, according to Market Intelligence data. Q1 capacity additions Twenty-three states added solar capacity in Q1, ranging from Minnesota with 1 MW to Texas with 830 MW or 19% solar additions across the US, according to Market Intelligence data. Indiana followed with 650 MW or 15%, and then Florida with 596 MW or 13%. "The regional breakdown of new capacity additions provides further insight into the market trends," Willette said. "Notably, [the Electric Reliability Council of Texas] is in the midst of a rapid expansion. The ERCOT market represents nearly one-third of all new capacity and is more than twice the size of the next-largest market, California. ERCOT's build-out is supported by a favorable regulatory environment, which typically reduces costs and development timelines, and by an overall abundance of resources." Helping drive Texas solar development is the fact that the state has excellent solar resources plus relatively cheap, abundant and easily permitted land compared to other independent system operator regions, said John Murray, principal analyst at S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons focused on North America renewable markets. "Texas has low regulatory friction and is experiencing very high load growth," Murray said. "[The Inflation Reduction Act] tax credits are still available if construction begins by July 4, 2026, which is fueling a rush to build in Texas. But the IRA tax credits are being sunset early, which could impact solar development post 2027-2028." Everything's bigger in Texas Texas leads the US in solar capacity with 36.439 GW by the end of Q1, accounting for 22.2% of US solar capacity, according to Market Intelligence data. California ranks second with 24.968 GW or 15.2% of the US total, followed by Florida with 12.927 GW or 7.9% of US solar capacity. In total, three states have over 10 GW of capacity, 26 states have between 1 GW and 10 GW, 18 states have between 100 MW and 1 GW, while two states have less than 1 GW. North Dakota remains the only state without any solar capacity, although the state has 200 MW in the project pipeline that is slated to come online in October 2027, according to Market Intelligence data. At the grid operator level, ERCOT has the most solar capacity with 35.998 GW, followed by the SERC Reliability Corp. with 28.581 GW and the California Independent System Operator with 25.062 GW. The SERC Reliability Corp. was formerly known as the Southeast Electric Reliability Council. Solar output, market share The Western Electricity Coordinating Council region had the most solar generation output in Q1, averaging 232.05 GWh/day, an increase of 15% year over year, according to S&amp;P Global Energy CERA data. However, CAISO had the biggest year-over-year output increase at 40.5%, according to CAISO data. In Q1, CAISO had the highest market share at 24%, an increase of 6.2 percentage points year over year, according to CAISO data. "CAISO leads the US in solar market share because it has very high solar penetration, and procurement rounds by the California Public Utilities Commission keep pushing that share up while energy storage additions shift solar into more profitable evening hours of demand," Murray said. "ERCOT generates more solar in absolute terms, but its total load is larger and growing faster, diluting ERCOT's percentage share even as its solar output increases." WECC, specifically Arizona and Nevada, is a more plausible challenger to CAISO on a market share basis, given its high solar resources and growing solar-plus-storage project pipeline, he added. Solar output across the lower 48 states averaged 29.245 GW in Q1, up 19% from the end of 2025 and 21% higher year over year, according to S&amp;P Global Energy CERA data. Following seasonality, Q2 should have even more output. CERA forecasts the lower 48 states to average 47.456 GW solar output in Q2, which would be a 62.3% quarter-over-quarter increase and a 25.7% jump from a year ago, according to S&amp;P Global Energy CERA data. Solar capture prices When it came to average capture prices, CAISO observed a mixed trend across its three trading hubs, with NP15 decreasing 28% year over year to $19.14/MWh in Q1, while SP15 and ZP26 combined averaged 85% higher than a year ago and remained in the lower teens at an average of $11.42/MWh, according to Platts data. Platts is part of S&amp;P Global Energy. Supporting the uptrend in SP15 and ZP26, CAISO's average peakload demand in Q1 rose 6.20% year over year, reaching an average of 27.77 GW in Q1, according to CAISO demand data. In Texas, ERCOT capture prices saw marginal increases, with year-over-year Q1 prices up by an average of 4.5% across its three hubs to average $21.83/, according to Platts data. This also tracked year-over-year changes in peakload demand, which rose 1% to an average of 57.76 GW in Q1, according to ERCOT data. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/07/gulf-evacuation-plan-paused-after-ship-attack</link><description>IMO pauses its Persian Gulf evacuation plan after a ship attack near the Strait of Hormuz raises fresh safety concerns.</description><title>Latest ship attack puts IMOâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s Persian Gulf evacuation plan on hold</title><pubDate>03 July 2026 12:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Greg Knowler</name></author><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â Jul 3, 2026 Latest ship attack puts IMOâs Persian Gulf evacuation plan on hold By Greg Knowler The International Maritime Organization (IMO) has paused its Persian Gulf vessel evacuation three days after it was implemented following an attack on an Evergreen container ship sailing through the Strait of Hormuz on June 25. Despite the vessel not transiting under the IMO evacuation framework, Director-General Arsenio Dominguez said the safety of seafarers was a priority, so he suspended the initiative pending further clarity from the US and Iran over safety guarantees for ships exiting the Persian Gulf. âI have decided to temporarily pause its implementation in order to reconfirm that the necessary safety guarantees continue to be in place for the ships on our evacuation list and all those in the region,â Dominguez said in a statement. Singapore-registered Ever Lovely was hit by a projectile while leaving the Strait of Hormuz on Thursday via the southern Omani route, one of two routes agreed in the memorandum of understanding (MOU) signed by the US and Iran. US media reports say an Iranian drone was responsible for the attack. The Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore (MPA) condemned the attack. âThe MPA is deeply concerned about the incident, which was unprovoked, unjustifiable, and a breach of international law,â the authority said in a statement. No injuries were reported and the ship has continued its voyage. Shipping association Bimco called the attack âa setbackâ for IMO plans to evacuate ships and the more than 11,000 seafarers that have been trapped in the region since the war began on Feb. 28. âThe situation underscores the importance of clear and unambiguous agreements between the US and Iran regarding a resumption of maritime traffic through the strait," said Jakob Larsen, Bimcoâs chief safety and security officer. âThe wording of the US-Iran MOU is currently not sufficiently clear.â Threat level lowered The Bahrain-based Joint Maritime Information Center (JMIC) has maintained its lowered threat level for the Strait of Hormuz at âmoderateâ and said traffic continues to increase through two routes agreed in the MOU: the southern Omani corridor, and the northern route through Iranian-controlled waters. The transit separation scheme (TSS) route through which most commercial traffic passed before the war remains impassable because of mines. Data from supply chain visibility platform Kpler shows that by June 25, 172 ships had crossed through the strait since the MOU was signed on June 17. Maersk and Hapag-Lloyd are among the carriers that have safely moved ships out of the Persian Gulf in the past week. The 4,500-TEU Maersk Baltimore and a second vessel chartered by the carrier sailed out late Wednesday night and in the early hours of Thursday, a Maersk spokesperson said. âThe decision to initiate transit through the Strait of Hormuz was taken following a thorough security assessment and based on recommendations from security partners in the region,â the spokesperson said, adding that Maerskâs remaining three vessels will exit the Persian Gulf âat a later stage.â A Hapag-Lloyd spokesperson said all its vessels affected by the closure of the Strait of Hormuz have now safely left the Gulf. At the start of the war, Hapag-Lloyd had six container ships stuck in the region. Normalization timeline While the IMO tries to get its evacuation plan back on track, attention is now shifting to a timeline for the normalization of energy and commodity exports from the Persian Gulf. About 20% of the worldâs oil and gas supply passed through the Strait of Hormuz before the war, and cutting off that pipeline has led to tightening bunker fuel supplies in key refueling locations, most notably in Asia. Boudewijn Siemons, CEO of the Port of Rotterdam, said there were two factors to watch as traffic resumed through the strait â how long it will take to get energy and commodity flows back to pre-war levels, and how much damage has been caused to energy production plants in the Persian Gulf. âWe need to know the extent of targeting of energy and chemical installations because it will take time for them to come back on stream,â he told the Journal of Commerce. Siemons said 20% of the energy shipments exiting the Persian Gulf before the war were imported by Europe and the rest by India and East Asian countries. Refineries in East Asia were forced to scale down the production of raw materials shipped into Europe that are crucial for the chemical industry. âIndustry in Rotterdam faced issues with sourcing and they had to be creative to keep their operations going,â Siemons said. Global bank HSBC noted in a customer advisory this week that it will take time for the supply of commodities from the Persian Gulf to return to ânormalâ levels. âThere are a range of hurdles that need to be tackled beyond the logistical challenges of repositioning ships,â the bank said. âFor instance, clearing mines in shipping lanes. So far only two lanes have been deemed safe. Reinstatement of insurance and lower insurance costs will also take time.â HSBC said it was also not clear what a new normal will look like with Iran and Oman working on an agreement for the future administration of the Strait of Hormuz. This article was originally published by the Journal of Commerce on June 26, 2026. Subscribe to JOC.com Learn more about our data and insights Click Here Register for Inland26 The must-attend conference for shippers and transportation and logistics providers moving goods from ports to inland destinations Click Here ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/special-reports/energy-transition/energy-compute-and-quantum-era</link><description>Explore how Quantum computing is revolutionizing Energy and Compute, driving practical applications and commercial growth across industries.</description><title>Energy, Compute, and the Quantum Era</title><pubDate>23 January 2026 11:26:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons Energy, Compute and the Quantum Era What quantum technologies mean for energy experts confronting the compute transition Need technology industry data and insights? Connect with us today to explore how 451 Research solutions can help guide strategic decision-making. Contact us Contact us On this page Foreword Executive Intro Executive Summary Understanding the Quantum Landscape Industry Momentum Insider Insights Quantum Computing &amp; Data Centers Energy Implications &amp; Considerations Conclusion On this page Foreword Executive Intro Executive Summary Understanding the Quantum Landscape Industry Momentum Insider Insights Quantum Computing &amp; Data Centers Energy Implications &amp; Considerations Conclusion Foreword Download Report The quantum computing conversation has shifted from potential to evaluation. Progress at the hardware and algorithm level has reached the point where grounded assessment is possible, even as large-scale deployment remains years away. That means the question for technology leaders is no longer whether to pay attentionâit is how to build the technical literacy and architectural readiness to assess quantum honestly and evaluate it responsibly alongside existing AI and high-performance computing investments. This report helps with exactly that. It cuts through the speculation to examine where progress is tangible, where constraints are real, and which signals to look out for. Developing that understanding early creates the foundation for long-term strategy and the knowledge to act with confidence as the technology evolves. - Jake Yang, Chief Technology Officer, S&amp;P Global Energy Executive Intro Download Report A new wave of advanced computing is moving from research labs into strategic planning conversations: quantum technology. Quantum computing is not yet a broad commercial platform, but it is no longer theoretical. It has emerged as a strategic imperative for the energy sector. Public and private investment are accelerating, national strategies are emerging, and enterprise awareness is expanding. In my discussions with global energy executives, and through the lens of my technology background, it is increasingly clear that quantum is seen not simply as incremental, but as a potential step change in solving the industryâs hardest problems. Experts believe that in areas such as materials science and complex system optimization, quantum could prove even more transformative than AI in the long run. Classical computing, even at hyperscale, struggles with certain molecular, materials and optimization problems critical to long-term energy sector innovation. Quantumâs early impact will be targeted and complementary. It will not replace AI or high-performance computing. Instead, it may unlock capabilities in areas such as advanced materials discovery, development of more efficient catalysts for green hydrogen, high-capacity battery chemistries, grid optimization under uncertainty, carbon capture chemistry, nuclear engineering and complex reservoir modeling. At the same time, quantum infrastructure introduces new considerations for data center design, including cryogenics and power systems. This report explores the convergence of quantum readiness, infrastructure deployment and national security. For energy leaders and policymakers, the message is clear: The transition to a sustainable world is a data-intensive journey, and quantum computing is the engine that will power it. The report highlights areas where tangible progress has been made, places where expectations still exceed capability, and pragmatic steps that energy stakeholders can take to prepare. Quantumâs influence will unfold over years, not quarters. Strategic groundwork should begin now. Leaders who understand this trajectory will be better prepared to capture the opportunity and manage risk in an increasingly compute-driven energy system. - Atul Arya, Senior Vice President and Chief Energy Strategist, S&amp;P Global Energy Back to Top Executive Summary Download Report Quantum computing and quantum technologies apply the principles of quantum mechanics to process information and measure physical systems in fundamentally new ways. By using qubits that can represent multiple states at once, quantum computers open new approaches to complex optimization, simulation, and modeling challenges across computing, security, and energy systems. Why quantum computing matters now Over the past decade, quantum computing and the broader quantum landscape have undergone transformative growth. No longer confined to the realm of science fiction â or even academic research â quantum computers have taken the plunge into the world of commercialization. Systems have become more powerful, use cases have proliferated, systems have been deployed to data centers and general interest has been piqued. As quantum computers have moved out of the lab and into the market, an entire landscape has sprung up around them. From quantum networks building out an early quantum internet, to quantum-secure communication and even quantum sensors, quantum seems to be everywhere these days. We find ourselves in the earliest stages of the era of quantum utility â where foundational systems are transitioning toward practical use. 2025 ignited interest. 2026 is triggering change. In June 2024, the United Nations proclaimed 2025 as the International Year of Quantum Science and Technology (IYQ). The motion was made in response to a global push from national scientific societies to commemorate 100 years of progress in quantum mechanics, a field whose birth is often set in June 1925 with Werner Heisenbergâs first formulation of quantum theory. The early work of notable physicists set the stage for the quantum technology we see today, and while a hundred-year anniversary is worth celebrating, the UNâs timing served an added purpose: Quantum technologies had been teetering on the edge of global prominence, and dedicating a year to the celebration of quantum tech served as a strategic visibility effort to spur widespread awareness, interest and funding for the nascent industry. It worked. Only a few months into 2026, the quantum computing industry has been catalyzed: M&amp;A activity is surging, investment continues to grow, governments around the world are accelerating their commitment to quantum technology, and deployment and commercial conversations are increasingly supplanting hypotheticals. âQuantum computing is starting to be used for real-world problem solving. Partnerships between national laboratories and quantum vendorsâincluding work by Oak Ridge National Laboratory and IonQ on power grid optimizationâhighlight how early quantum systems are already being tested on complex energy challenges.â - 451 Research Analysts Quantum computing as a strategic technology for future energy systems The realms of computing and energy have become increasingly intertwined. While much of todayâs discussion centers on AI, quantum computing sits on the same compute continuum, introducing new computational approaches designed to tackle harder, more complex problems. Quantum offers new tools and schemas to solve existing challenges more efficiently or answer net-new questions in the energy space. These include: System optimization at scale: Quantum computing could enable more advanced optimization of power grids, supply chains and energy markets as system complexity and compute intensity increase. Accelerated modeling and materials discovery: Emerging quantum capabilities may improve simulation of complex physical systems, supporting advances in batteries, catalysts and low-carbon energy technologies. Infrastructure, security and readiness implications: As quantum systems progress toward deployment, energy operators will need to account for new infrastructure requirements, cybersecurity risks and workforce needs. Quantum computing has substantial implications for the energy systems of the future â implications that can guide organizational strategies when explored and discussed today. Back to Top Understanding the quantum landscape Download Report Quantum is more than just compute Reserves replenishment: The clock is ticking When the word âquantumâ enters a conversation, it can refer to many things. Broadly, however, quantum technologies apply principles of quantum mechanics (the physics of subatomic particles) to harness the unique properties of these particles for novel applications. While quantum computers are one of the most well-known technological applications of quantum mechanics, the quantum landscape also includes networks and communication, security applications and environmental sensors. Quantum computing This subset of computer science uses quantum mechanics to build powerful computers to solve problems that are difficult or impossible to solve using classical computation techniques. Quantum computers harness a unique property of subatomic particles known as superposition: the ability to exist not just in a single state, but in multiple states at once. In computing, that correlates to a computer that, rather than using a bit (0 or 1) to represent data, uses a qubit, which can be both 0 and 1 at the same time. The field of quantum computing encompasses hardware vendors building quantum computers, software vendors specializing in quantum-specific developer tools, and quantum computing-as-a-service (QCaaS) providers leasing access to quantum computers, usually via the cloud. Quantum vendor types Quantum computing is being pursued by more than just lab-grown startups. Vendors in the quantum computing ecosystem include: Private, quantum-first hardware companies: venture-backed firms focused primarily on building quantum computing hardware, often centered on a specific qubit modality Public, quantum-first companies: publicly traded firms whose core business is quantum computing, typically spanning hardware, systems integration and early commercial services Diversified technology companies (Big Tech): large, established technology firms investing in quantum computing as part of a broader portfolio that includes cloud, AI, semiconductors and high-performance computing (HPC) Cloud service providers: vendors offering access to quantum hardware and simulators via cloud platforms, often positioning quantum as part of a hybrid compute stack Quantum software and algorithm developers: companies focused on quantum programming tools, compilers, algorithms and application-layer software, often hardware-agnostic Quantum networking and communications vendors: firms developing quantum key distribution (QKD), quantum repeaters and early quantum internet infrastructure Quantum sensing and metrology companies: vendors applying quantum effects to sensing, timing, navigation and measurement, with nearer-term commercial applications than computing Systems integrators and professional services providers: organizations supporting quantum adoption through consulting, system design, integration with classical infrastructure and pilot deployments Government-backed or national lab-adjacent entities: research-driven organizations operating at the intersection of public funding, defense and early-stage commercialization Hybrid computing and enabling technology vendors: companies supplying cryogenics, control electronics, photonics, materials or other critical components required to operate quantum systems Key use cases and early adopting industries One of the biggest shifts over the past decade in the realm of quantum computing has been the emergence of early use cases for the technology. While quantum computers have plenty of runway for further development, current systems are already being used in what has been termed the âera of quantum utility.â Todayâs early quantum computers are functional rather than simply theoretical and are well-suited to solve problems requiring ultra-high-powered computing resources in various industries, including: Finance Chemistry and Pharmaceuticals Communication and Security Sustainability Energy AI and ML Quantum + AI Given the intense recent focus on artificial intelligence, it is no surprise that opportunities have begun to proliferate for collaboration between quantum computing and AI tools. Organizations merging quantum with AI include tech giants such as Google, IBM, Microsoft and Amazon (AWS), as well as quantum-native companies including Quantinuum, IonQ, Rigetti and Xanadu. For potential quantum users, AI and ML remain top-of-mind in their quantum planning: In a Voice of the Enterprise survey on quantum computing conducted by 451 Research from S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons, respondents placed quantum-enhanced machine learning model training (also known as quantum artificial intelligence, or QAI) and quantum-powered acceleration of AI/ML inferencing as the top two quantum use cases for their organizations. Back to Top Industry Momentum Download Report Key themes and sector challenges The past year has marked a watershed moment in the field of quantum technology, with recent advances and global initiatives piquing public interest and injecting both optimism and urgency into the sector. Public perception about the potential of quantum computing specifically is very high: Respondents to 451 Researchâs Voice of the Enterprise: Digital Pulse, Quantum Computing 2026 survey overwhelmingly anticipate quantum computing will begin producing material value for their business imminently. Within the broader momentum of the quantum computing space, a few key themes are driving industry discussions and shaping the market trajectory. â76% of enterprise respondents believe quantum computing will begin producing material value for their business within the next 5 years.â - 451 Researchâs Voice of the Enterprise: Digital Pulse, Emerging Technology - Quantum Computing 2026 Interested in learning how 451 Research Solutions can help you navigate market disruption and technology innovation? Contact Sales Fostering quantum talent Quantum computing in its current iteration requires a unique, highly technical skill set. Current employees at quantum vendors are often equipped with a Ph.D. in physics, quantum mechanics or photonics, or other advanced scientific degrees. As quantum begins to scale, there is concern that the lack of a quantum-skilled workforce could limit industry progress. To address this issue, many quantum vendors have collaborated with educational institutions to help develop curriculum, host hackathons and fund educational outreach. There has also been a push throughout the industry to develop bridge technologies to help make quantum computers more accessible to todayâs classically trained computer scientists and engineers, minimizing the need to retrain those workers in deep science. Government investment Government funding and support for the nascent quantum computing industry remain critical. While much of the conversation around national quantum initiatives has focused on North America, Europe and Asia, additional geographies are also engaging with the quantum computing space, with support initiatives announced from Brazil to South Africa. Much of the motivation behind government investment in quantum technologies appears tied to the twin issues of national security and technological supremacy. Quantum tech in the boardroom Industry discussion and conferences in the quantum sphere have shifted to focus on the end-user side of quantum. Executives and engineers from various industries are already showcasing proof-of-concept projects in quantum, with some integrating early quantum systems into their workflows to solve real-world business problems. Some industries have been more eager to test out early quantum systems than others, with finance, manufacturing and healthcare often touted as particularly good fits for quantum use cases. This aligns with our Voice of the Enterprise: Digital Pulse, Emerging Technologies 2025 survey, in which software and IT services, manufacturing and finance organizations indicated the strongest intent to invest in quantum computing, with healthcare a close fourth. Scaling While the past year brought a rapid increase in the size and power of quantum systems, the race is far from over. More powerful systems remain the order of the day, and they will come only through a combination of larger qubit configurations and more performant qubits. Industry voices generally estimate that commercially useful quantum systems will begin to proliferate before the turn of the decade. However, many nuanced caveats complicate such projections. For example, quantum annealers â a type of narrowly useful quantum computer â are already being used commercially, and progress in quantum computing has grown more rapidly over the past year than expected. Moreover, quantumâs âChatGPT momentâ may not arrive with one big bang of adoption; implementation might instead grow over a sustained period of several years. In any case, the near future holds the promise of larger, more powerful and more broadly useful quantum computers. Cryptography and cybersecurity While quantum computing shows great potential to tackle big problems, the technologyâs development also has a dark side: Projections indicate that sufficiently powerful quantum computers could break current encryption methods, making leadership in quantum computing not just a technical ânice to have,â but a national security issue. Given the rapid progress of quantum computing power over the past few months alone, there is a heightened sense of urgency behind efforts to develop and implement quantum-proof encryption methods and shore up national quantum capabilities. There has also been more discussion around areas that might be particularly vulnerable to quantum-enabled attacks, including the Bitcoin blockchain. Back to Top Insider Insights Download Report The following perspective was provided by IBM. IBMâs take on the evolving quantum landscape âIBM is building the future of computing by bringing useful quantum computing to the world. Quantum computing is a new compute architecture that encodes and manipulates information using the same mathematics that govern the behavior of interacting atoms and molecules. IBM is a leader in quantum, bringing this new hardware to life as part of a quantum-centric supercomputing workflowâone where quantum acts as an accelerator to existing CPU and GPU-based systems. Today, IBM is fostering a global network of clients and partners already researching potentially revolutionary use cases. Based on their research, quantum is poised to directly address bottlenecks that energy companies face when developing new materials or optimizing complex processes. For example, researchers at IBM and Oxford, the University of Manchester, ETH Zurich, Ãcole Polytechnique FÃ©dÃ©rale de Lausanne, and the University of Regensburg recently built a molecule from scratch and then studied its properties using a quantum-centric supercomputing algorithm. RIKEN scientists are modeling electronic structure, reaction pathways, excited states, and catalytic behavior as part of a new quantum + HPC workflow. Researchers from Zuse Institute Berlin and Los Alamos National Laboratory recently joined IBM to study a quantum multi-objective optimization algorithm for processes, supply chains and commodity pricing that offers the potential for speedups over todayâs best methods. And a team from The Hartree Center, E.ON, and IBM are exploring quantum algorithms to decompose weighted graphs for optimization. We see logical pathways to extend this research to energy-relevant applications including new battery materials for extended storage capability, new catalysts to reduce emissions, grid optimization for energy contracts between producers, prosumers, and consumers, and more. The field is accelerating fast, and we expect the first quantum advantages to emerge in the near term. IBM offers a suite of access plans to the worldâs highest-performing quantum computers and engagements to guide companies kicking off their quantum explorations. For the energy industry, thereâs never been a better time to get started.â - Scott Crowder, Vice President: Quantum Adoption and Business Development, IBM Back to Top Quantum computing &amp; Data Centers Download Report A new generation of compute infrastructure After several stages of development, intermediate-scale quantum systems are now available for purchase and are in use globally, with an estimated 2025 market revenue of $2.5 billion and a projected 2026 market revenue of nearly $9 billion. In 2025, global investment in quantum technology surpassed $55 billion, and many quantum vendors plan to release fault-tolerant quantum systems (high-powered, commercially targeted computers designed to run at scale) between 2028 and 2030. While quantum computing capability is accelerating rapidly and influencing business decisions today, the next few years will present a new set of challenges for the burgeoning industry. Even the best technology will falter if access is constrained, and careful system packaging and deployment will be critical to the widespread adoption of quantum computers for commercial applications. Realizing the technologyâs potential will require deployment at scale in quantum data centers around the world. The emergence of fault-tolerant quantum computing, able to detect and correct quantum errors in real time, is only a few years away. Yet significant gaps in industry knowledge and system design stand between todayâs data center blueprints and quantum computing integration. For the foreseeable future, key differences between conventional computing and quantum modalities will necessitate uniquely customized quantum data center environments. Quantum system deployments remain primarily centered in research-oriented environments, although a shift is taking place as hyperscalers, telcos and governments begin to acquire and prioritize quantum computing infrastructure, with quantum hubs emerging in high-value, high-expertise locales. âIn 2025, global investment in quantum technology surpassed $55 billion.â - 451 Research Analysts Interested in learning how 451 Research Solutions can help you navigate market disruption and technology innovation? Contact Sales Quantum deployment environments A common misconception among those new to the quantum computing space is that there are no commercially deployed quantum systems. In fact, various types of quantum computers have been installed and are in use around the world, although deployment details vary. The academic roots of quantum computing remain evident in the deployment patterns of todayâs systems, which often originate in universities, HPC centers or national labs. More mature quantum computing modalities have migrated to the cloud, with remote access to quantum systems available via hyperscale cloud providers and quantum vendors themselves. Many of todayâs intermediate-scale systems are also deployed in on-premises settings, with quantum simulators, annealers (built for specific types of optimization-related calculations rather than general-purpose computing) and superconducting quantum systems commonly deployed. Trapped-ion, photonic and neutral atom systems are also nudging into the space. Quantum deployment considerations Depending on the modality, the unique technical requirements of quantum systems may hamper the transition of quantum computing into data centers. Quantum systems can vary substantially in size, weight, form factor, energy use, cooling requirements, environmental conditions, connection and port locations, and network connectivity requirements. There is no set standard for quantum system construction, making every quantum computing deployment an exercise in custom construction. Some of the more mature quantum system architectures include superconducting qubits, built using cryogenically cooled superconducting circuits; photonic systems, which use photons manipulated via optical components; neutral atom qubits, built with neutral atoms held in place with optical tweezers and manipulated using lasers; and trapped ion qubits, which use ions held in place by electromagnetic fields and manipulated by lasers. Across these four leading modalities, installation considerations vary greatly, even across different providersâ systems built in the same modality. While all systems must address scalability, control electronics, interconnections, power demand and more, additional deployment considerations are unique to systems of different classes. âWith no set standard for quantum system construction, every deployment involves bespoke, customized construction.â - 451 Research analysts The emergence of quantum hubs While quantum computers are available around the world through various deployment methodologies, there has already been a consolidation of talent and accessibility into quantum hubs at strategic locations. The United States offers a unique view into some of the forces driving geographic capability in quantum computing, with hubs forming in locations with deep quantum expertise, a strong talent pipeline, local support and investment, and an existing supply chain. Cities such as Chicago, Illinois; Boulder, Colorado; Boston, Massachusetts; Santa Barbara, California; Chattanooga, Tennessee; and Poughkeepsie, New York are emerging as leaders in quantum availability and development. While there is some overlap with traditional data center hubs, in many cases quantum computing is gaining traction in new and distinct areas. We expect quantum computing data centers to remain near research hubs in the short term, while in the longer term, quantum computing infrastructure may need to deploy closer to data generation sites to facilitate a wider range of use cases and hybrid quantum/classical computation. As quantum data centers scale, their power, cooling and siting requirements will increasingly intersect with broader energy infrastructure planning. For more information on the intersection between quantum computing and traditional data center environments, visit our Look Forward Journal. Read Now Back to Top Energy Implications &amp; Considerations Download Report Connecting quantum progress to energy challenges and opportunities The proliferation of AI has brought the tech world roaring into the energy sphere. AI is driving intense demand for computing capacity, which in turn is leading to conversations about energy load and associated greenhouse gas emissions. While AI might be the initial driver of discussions about the impact of computing on energy demand, quantum computing is increasingly entering the conversation â both for its potential to help address AIâs energy demands in the long-term, and for its suitability in solving other energy system challenges. Todayâs quantum systems, while still early in deployment, are designed to address the classes of problems associated with complex global energy system challenges. Rather than a stand-alone breakthrough, quantum computing could prove a complementary tool to augment existing digital, physical and policy frameworks. âThe explosive growth of AI has led to projections that global data center power demand will nearly double between 2024 and 2030.â - 451 Research analysts Interested in learning how 451 Research Solutions can help you navigate market disruption and technology innovation? Contact Sales Policy and infrastructure alignment National quantum strategies are increasingly intersecting with energy policy, reflecting shared concerns about security, competitiveness and infrastructure resilience. Governments view quantum capabilities as both a scientific asset and a strategic technology for economic leadership and infrastructure protection. Investment in quantum computing naturally sits alongside investment not only in advanced technologies, but also in energy-related areas such as power generation, grids, data centers and digital infrastructure. While quantum strategy and energy policy could go hand in hand, there remains the risk of misalignment should quantum technology and policy advance faster than grid, data center or skills infrastructure. Optimization and simulation Energy systems â whether power grids, supply chains or generation portfolios â are defined by enormous complexity, tight constraints and competing objectives. Quantum approaches could eventually improve grid operations by tackling optimization: improving dispatch, balancing variable renewable resources in real time, and reducing losses across increasingly decentralized systems. In the arena of materials discovery, quantum-powered simulation may accelerate the development of advanced batteries, catalysts and low-carbon materials. Quantum companies are already working in this space: quantum vendor IQM partnered with Volkswagen to investigate battery simulation in electric vehicles, while IonQ has partnered with Hyundai to develop new variational quantum eigensolver (VQE) algorithms to study lithium compounds and battery chemistry. Climate modeling Climate systems are governed by highly complex, nonlinear interactions across Earthâs atmosphere, oceans and terrestrial environments, requiring enormous computational resources to model accurately over long time horizons or in deep detail. Quantum approaches could accelerate simulations involving everything from fluid dynamics to full Earth-system models, improving resolution and insight without proportionally increasing computing costs. While large-scale quantum advantage in climate modeling remains a long-term prospect, research in the area is growing, with quantum algorithm company Quanscient actively investigating both the potential of quantum computing for climate modeling, and the roadblocks still to be overcome in its implementation. Strategic recommendations for energy leaders Begin preparing now for hybrid computing environments, where quantum systems complement classical and AI-driven workflows rather than replace them. Engage early with vendors, cloud providers, research institutions and governments to help shape standards, influence policy alignment and reduce integration risk. Align quantum exploration with priority energy use cases, focusing on optimization, modeling and materials challenges that map directly to your sector. Invest in talent development across quantum specialists and quantum-literate engineering roles to avoid workforce bottlenecks as the technology scales. Proactively integrate post-quantum cybersecurity planning into critical systems, ensuring that todayâs infrastructure remains secure in a quantum-enabled future. âAs a leader in quantum, IBM is fostering a global network of clients and partners who are already researching interesting use cases that could revolutionize industries. Energy sector applications are especially promising for grid optimization, energy trading, simulation of novel materials, and more.â - Scott Crowder, Vice President: Quantum Adoption and Business Development, IBM Back to Top Conclusion Download Report Quantum computing is not yet a broad commercial platform, but it is no longer theoretical. The past year has solidified the trajectory of quantum technologies, elevating them to a topic of strategic consideration and placing them on course to intersect with the same largescale forces reshaping global energy systems. From AI-driven computing demand to rising grid complexity, decarbonization efforts, and heightened concerns around security and resilience, quantum computing has an evergrowing role to play. In the near-term, quantumâs influence will be targeted rather than universal. Its early value lies in its ability to complement existing tools, with hybrid computation workflows unlocking new approaches across materials discovery, system optimization, climate modeling and infrastructure planning. Looking to the future, however, quantum begins to introduce a new operational schema with specialized data center requirements and new cybersecurity considerations that energy leaders cannot afford to ignore. Quantumâs impact will unfold over years, not quarters â but preparation must happen today. Energy leaders who understand quantumâs trajectory, limitations and opportunities will be best positioned to balance risk and reward in an increasingly computing-driven energy era. 451 Research from S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons provides essential insight into the pace and extent of digital transformation across the global technology landscape. 451 Research offers differentiated intelligence and data on adoption, innovation, and disruption across technology markets, backed by a global team of industry experts, and delivered via a range of syndicated qualitative and quantitative research, advisory solutions, go-to-market services, and live events. Back to Top Our specialist teams are ready to help you successfully navigate market disruption and technology innovation. Contact Sales Contributors: Ellie Brown, Jake Yang, Atul Arya Editor: EDP Team Design: Cibele Camargo ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/special-reports/energy-transition/top-cleantech-trends-for-2025</link><description>As we move into 2025, the clean energy sector is witnessing transformative trends that are reshaping the landscape of energy production and consumption. The global commitment to emissions reduction has spurred unprecedented growth in clean energy investments, and we are seeing a surge in innovative technologies that promise to enhance efficiency, reduce costs and improve energy reliability. Additionally, geopolitical tensions, particularly concerning China&amp;apos;s dominance in the clean technology sup</description><title>Top Cleantech Trends for 2025</title><pubDate>13 January 2025 09:48:00 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/special-reports/energy-transition/cbam-eu-carbon-tax</link><description>The EU&amp;apos;s Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism aims to reduce carbon emissions by imposing taxes on imports, affecting global trade dynamics. Discover more.</description><title>CBAM: EU carbon tax set to disrupt commodities trading</title><pubDate>07 May 2025 15:05:00 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/special-reports/energy-transition/the-new-pragmatism-scenarios-to-understand-a-volatile-energy-transition</link><description>Global markets are set for change, but the energy transition may lag. Explore pathways and events that could accelerate or delay the global energy transition.</description><title>The New Pragmatism: Energy transition</title><pubDate>21 October 2024 16:47:00 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/energy-transition/070126-et-highlights-sbti-net-zero-china-renewable-hydrogen-un-ai-firms</link><description>Energy transition highlights: Our editors and analysts bring you the biggest stories from the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices.</description><title>ET Highlights: SBTiâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s new net zero standard, Chinaâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s renewable hydrogen consumption targets, UN chiefâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s environmental plea to AI firms</title><pubDate>30 June 2026 20:05:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Staff </name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Renewables, Emissions, Carbon July 1, 2026 ET Highlights: SBTiâs new net zero standard, Chinaâs renewable hydrogen consumption targets, UN chiefâs environmental plea to AI firms Energy Transition Highlights: Our editors and analysts bring together the biggest stories in the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices. Top story INTERVIEW: SBTi's Net Zero 2.0 standard aims to push companies to take action The Science Based Targets Initiative's most recent update to its Net Zero standard aimed to push companies toward implementing decarbonization goals, moving beyond simple target-setting and environmental ambition, SBTi's Chief Technical Officer Alberto Carrillo Pineda told Platts in a recent interview. The group published its long-awaited 2.0 version of the standard on June 11, following one year of surveys with 323 companies and pilot tests with 50 selected companies. The idea of the revision is to provide companies with a framework that allows them to act, Carrillo Pineda said in the interview. The 1.0 Net Zero was launched on October 2021 and quickly became the gold standard of environmental certifications. While including a path for target implementation, the focus of version 1.0 was primarily goal setting and decarbonization ambitions. SBTi is now focusing on how companies will implement targets and the challenges they face when doing so, according to Carrillo Pineda. Benchmark of the Week $14.2/mtCO2e Platts-assessed cost of Natural Carbon Capture Year One on June 26, in the global spot market. Explore Platts Energy Transition Price Assessments Editor's Picks: Free and premium content SPGlobal.com/energy China issues renewable energy consumption rules for industry that include green hydrogen China issued rules for the minimum consumption of renewable energy by industries on that include renewable hydrogen and its derivatives to count toward renewable energy consumption. The "Minimum Proportion Target for Renewable Energy Consumption and the Responsibility Weight System for Renewable Energy Power Consumption" -- Notice No. 42-- will take effect from Aug. 1, the National Development and Reform Commission said. UN chief urges AI firms to disclose environmental impact, calls for faster methane action UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres called on artificial intelligence companies to publicly disclose the environmental footprint of their data centers and power them entirely with renewable energy by 2030, linking surging electricity demand from AI to the broader climate crisis driven by fossil fuel dependence. The appeal, delivered during a keynote address at London Climate Action Week on June 23, forms part of a six-point plan to accelerate the clean energy transition as the conflict in the Middle East underscores the vulnerability of oil-dependent economies. S&amp;P Global Energy Core EU extends third hydrogen bank auction funding to four more projects The European Commission has invited a further four renewable hydrogen projects to sign grant agreements under its third hydrogen bank auction, after remaining funds were reallocated, an EC official told Platts. The four projects, in Germany, Portugal and Spain, total 77 megawatts in capacity, and secured fixed premiums of Eur1.09-1.48/kg ($1.24-$1.68/kg), compared with the 439-MW of projects under the original "Renewable Fuel of Non-Biological Origin" hydrogen category at 57-98 euro cent/kg. INTERVIEW: India's V.O. Chidambaranar Port to conduct methanol bunkering trial in August India's V.O. Chidambaranar Port Authority is to conduct methanol bunkering trial on Aug. 15 as it seeks to transform into a renewable fuels export and bunkering hub, Chairperson Susanta Kumar Purohit, told Platts. The government-owned port in Tuticorin, Tamil Nadu, aims to facilitate 1 million metric tons of renewable methanol for bunkering and about 2 million mt of renewable ammonia, primarily for export, by 2030, eyeing the shipping route from the west to east that is heavily navigated near the port, according to Purohit. South Korea launches carbon capture project with LG Chem, POSCO South Korea's Ministry of Science and Information and Communication Technology launched a large-scale carbon capture and utilization project in partnership with LG Chem and POSCO Holdings, to convert industrial CO2 emissions into sustainable aviation and marine fuels, the ministry said. The CCU mega project will receive Won 238 billion ($153.66 million) in government funding through 2030 to demonstrate technologies that capture carbon dioxide from power plants and steel mills and convert it into high-value products, including e-sustainable aviation fuel and methanol, the ministry said. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/crude-oil/063026-ctracker-renewable-fuel-compliance-asia-lng-strait-hormuz-iran-crude-china-bauxite-french-wheat-heat-wave</link><description>High renewable fuel compliance costs are reshaping US refining strategies, while Asia-Pacific LNG prices climb on Strait of Hormuz tensions and Asian refiners await sanctions clarity on Iranian crude. Meanwhile, China&amp;apos;s bauxite imports are set to decline after May&amp;apos;s record increase, and extreme European heat pushes French wheat prices higher. 1. Record RIN costs reshape US fuel production mix</description><title>COMMODITY TRACKER: 5 charts to watch this week</title><pubDate>30 June 2026 11:52:24 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Staff </name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, LNG, Metals &amp; Mining, Biofuels, Renewables, Grains, Non-Ferrous June 30, 2026 COMMODITY TRACKER: 5 charts to watch this week By Staff Editor: Roma Arora Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... High renewable fuel compliance costs are reshaping US refining strategies, while Asia-Pacific LNG prices climb on Strait of Hormuz tensions and Asian refiners await sanctions clarity on Iranian crude. Meanwhile, China's bauxite imports are set to decline after May's record increase, and extreme European heat pushes French wheat prices higher. 1. Record RIN costs reshape US fuel production mix What's happening? The US fuel market is being reshaped by record-high renewable fuel compliance costs, with refiners increasingly leaning into jet fuel production to limit exposure to road-fuel blending obligations. Under the Renewable Fuel Standard, obligated parties must blend renewable fuels or purchase compliance credits known as Renewable Identification Numbers. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed the current-year Renewable Volume Obligation at 37.6198 cents/gallon on June 26, setting a new all-time high. US jet fuel production has reached new all-time highs 18 times this year, with the latest Energy Information Administration data from June 24 showing a record 2.203 million b/d -- 7.6% above the five-year average. D4 RIN credits have soared 131% since the beginning of the year, with Platts assessing D4 RINs at $2.44/gal June 26. What's next? The increase in RIN prices reflects biofuel blending mandates for 2026 and 2027 finalized in late March, representing the highest volumes in the 20-year history of the RFS program. The 2026 mandates rose 20.06% to 26.81 billion gallons, while the 2027 mandates increased 21% to 27.02 billion gallons compared to 2025. The Environmental Protection Agency estimated biodiesel and renewable diesel production would need to increase by more than 60% to meet these targets. With US diesel prices easing and biodiesel blending economics weakening, production could decline, potentially reducing D4 RIN generation and sustaining high prices, according to market sources. 2. Asia-Pacific LNG prices rise amid Strait of Hormuz tension What's happening? Asia-Pacific spot LNG prices rose on June 29 following reports of the US and Iran trading fire near the Strait of Hormuz on June 28, despite an initial ceasefire agreement signed on June 17. Platts assessed the August JKM, the benchmark price for LNG cargoes delivered to Northeast Asia, at $15.908/MMBtu June 29, up 4.89% from the previous close. What's next? Northeast Asian buyers are exploring alternatives to limit full exposure to spot prices, including joint procurement strategies and advancing deliveries under long-term contracts, according to a South Korean source. Rising temperatures in South Korea are beginning to shift sentiment, with power generators preparing for stronger summer cooling demand as the Korea Meteorological Administration issued heat wave advisories on June 29. The Platts-assessed balance-month-September time spread remained at a three-month high of 52 cents/MMBtu, reflecting prompter demand. On the supply side, Train 1 at Indonesia's Tangguh LNG project, shut since June 4, is expected to return to normal operations in July without disrupting export activities or domestic supply, Platts reported. 3. Asian refiners await sanctions clarity on Iranian crude What's happening? Refiners in South Korea, Japan, Thailand and Taiwan are delaying purchases of Iranian crude despite competitive pricing, as they seek long-term clarity on sanctions relief before committing to spot and term deals, industry and trading sources said over June 22-24. South Korea was among the top three buyers of Iranian crude before sanctions, importing 148 million barrels in 2017, data from state-run Korea National Oil Corp. showed. Japan imported 172,216 b/d from Iran in 2017, according to data from the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry. Platts assessed Iran's South Pars condensate at an average discount of $5.11/b to Qatar's Deodorized Field Condensate this year to date. What's next? Refiners are unlikely to commit to Iranian crude without strong assurance that purchases can continue freely over the long term without renewed sanctions risk. A temporary waiver lasting only 60 days would not justify operational disruption and re-optimization costs, according to feedstock managers at ENEOS and an Ulsan-based refiner. The commercial appeal of Iranian barrels remains strong, with South Pars condensate assessed at an average discount of $5.27/b against front-month Dubai in June. If sanctions are permanently lifted, competitively priced Iranian South Pars condensate and various light and sour Iranian grades would broaden supply options and spur new competition among Middle Eastern producers for Asian demand, according to the South Korean, Japanese and Thai refinery feedstock managers. 4. China's bauxite imports expected to decline in June What's happening? China's bauxite imports are likely to decline in June after reaching a record high of 23.03 million metric tons in May, up 16.7% month over month and 31.9% year over year, according to General Administration of Customs data. The May surge was driven by concerns over potential export curbs in Guinea, the largest supplier to China, prompting Chinese alumina producers to lock in prices and restock early. Guinea accounted for 85.1% of China's bauxite imports in May, with shipments reaching 19.61 million mt. Chinese bauxite prices rose, with Platts assessing CIF China spot bauxite at $70/dry metric ton June 25 for low-temperature ore, basis 45% alumina and 3% silica, up $1/dmt from the previous assessment. Improved spot buying interest emerged as alumina refineries prepared to restock. What's next? Despite the anticipated June decline due to Guinea's rainy season, China's bauxite imports are likely to remain elevated throughout 2026, staying above the 10 million mt monthly mark, with the country's import dependency exceeding 60%, according to market sources. For the first five months of 2026, China's bauxite imports totaled 100.69 million mt, up 18.5% year over year. Market sources said refineries are likely to continue restocking in anticipation of potential Guinean export restrictions and seasonal supply disruptions. Further reading: METALS MONITOR: Pentagon taps miners for facilities; Dubai bans steel, copper, aluminum scrap exports 5. French wheat prices hit three-month high on heat wave concerns What's happening? French wheat prices reached their highest level in three months as record-breaking temperatures across Europe sparked concerns about crop stress and yield losses. Platts assessed wheat 11% FOB and CPT Rouen prices at Eur211/mt and Eur209/mt respectively on June 25, the highest since March 16. France set a new national temperature record, with extreme heat spreading to Germany, Poland and the UK. While some winter crops that have already been harvested have protection, spring crops remain vulnerable. Brokers reported significant damage to spring wheat, with corn and sunflowers facing critical periods as temperatures reached 40 degrees Celsius. What's next? The heat wave in France is gradually ending, with the system shifting east to Germany and Poland for a few days before exiting Europe. Winter grain harvest has begun in southern and Atlantic coastal regions, offering some buffer for wheat and barley, though spring barley and corn remain highly vulnerable, according to brokers. Reporting and analysis by Aaron Tucker, Ana Hernandez, Gwen Teo, Philip Vahn, Lucy Tang and Fikayo Owoeye. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/podcasts/private-markets-360/private-markets-360-episode-46-nav-finance-demystified-how-strategic-capital-is-shaping-private-equity</link><description>In this episode of Private Markets 360Â°, we welcome Dane Graham, Partner at 17Capital. With nearly 25 years of finance experience, including senior roles at RBC Capital Markets and Citigroup, heâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s followed the NAV market since its early days as it evolved from a niche solution into a core private markets tool. Dane discusses how strategic financing has matured alongside private equity, the misconceptions investors still face, and how flexible, well-aligned capital can support liquidity needs,</description><title>Private Markets 360 | Episode 46: NAV Finance Demystified: How Strategic Capital is Shaping Private Equity</title><pubDate>30 June 2026 04:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Chris Sparenberg</name><name>Christina Christina</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Podcast â 30 June, 2026 Private Markets 360Â° | Episode 46: NAV Finance Demystified: How Strategic Capital is Shaping Private Equity By Chris Sparenberg and Christina Christina In this episode of Private Markets 360Â°, we welcome Dane Graham, Partner at 17Capital. With nearly 25 years of finance experience, including senior roles at RBC Capital Markets and Citigroup, heâs followed the NAV market since its early days as it evolved from a niche solution into a core private markets tool. Dane discusses how strategic financing has matured alongside private equity, the misconceptions investors still face, and how flexible, well-aligned capital can support liquidity needs, portfolio optimization, and long-term value creation in a changing landscape. More S&amp;P Global Content: S&amp;P Global, Cambridge Associates, Mercer Private Markets Performance Analytics Credits: Host/Author: Chris Sparenberg and Christina McNamara Guests: Dane Graham, 17Capital Producer: Georgina Lee Published With Assistance From: Feranmi Adeoshun, Kimberly Olvany View Full Transcript Chris Sparenberg [00:00:00]: Welcome to Private Markets360, your insider's guide to private investments. Today we're joined by Dane Graham, partner at Seventeen Capital, a firm widely recognized as a pioneer and global leader in strategic financing solutions for private equity investors. Dane joined the firm roughly four years ago and plays a key role in sourcing, underwriting and executing these strategic transactions from the firm's New York Office. With nearly 25 years of experience in finance and more than 20 years across asset management and financial advisory, including senior roles at RBC Capital Markets and Citigroup and early experience with Exxon Mobil and about four years at 17 Capital, Dane has followed the NAV finance market since its earliest days, watching it evolve from a niche solution into a core part of the private markets toolkit. At 17Capital, he operates at the intersection of value creation, liquidity management and long term strategic partnerships, including the firm's relationships with Oaktree and Brookfield. We're excited to explore his perspective on the market's evolution and what's next for private equity investors navigating an increasingly complex landscape. Dane, welcome to Private Markets360. It's great to have you with us today. Chris Sparenberg [00:01:14]: How are you? Dane Graham [00:01:15]: Thanks Chris, I'm well and I appreciate you asking and having me on Private Markets360 today. Really look forward to the conversation. Christina McNamara [00:01:23]: Dane, welcome to the show. 17Capital is often described as the original architect of NAV finance and preferred equity in private markets. For listeners who may know the terms but not know the history, how do you describe what 17Capital does and why it exists today? Dane Graham [00:01:43]: Sure, I think simply put, 17Capital was built to solve a structural gap in the private market markets. At the time of the founding of the firm, those holding high quality private assets had few alternatives to generate proceeds off of those assets either for further investment or for liquidity, other than to sell, take a discount and forego the upside. So the idea was if a prospective borrower, either a gp, a fund or an lp, had a diversified pool of strong performing buyout assets overseen by a high quality institutionalized manager or managers, then 17 Capital could design an appropriate fit for purpose solution to provide them capital at very measured risk levels. And so the focus has been on strategic financing for performing portfolios, not rescue capital, primarily capital to invest more in the same or similar assets and take advantage of opportunities to further compound value. Today we execute those types of transactions across senior secured loans, unsecured loans and preferred equity structures across the developed markets of North America and Europe. Chris Sparenberg [00:02:56]: That's great background you've been with 17 Capital for about four years now. Can you tell us what attracted you to the firm specifically and why the timing was important? Dane Graham [00:03:05]: Yeah, the market was moving from niche to mainstream and I had conviction from similar work in early days at Citigroup with alternative asset managers and believed in the market for a long time. And 17 Capital's reputation as really the OG in the space was a. Which is a term I picked up from my son. And their disciplined track record made them an obvious choice really a firm that's almost the definition of an og with about a decade history operating in the nav finance space before really the next competitor entered the market. So quite a unique position that you don't typically see in this business or in this overall marketplace. But I would say overall it ultimately became the people. As with many human capital businesses, that is generally the key ingredient. And the team at 17 Capital is very oriented around a team based approach, a culture of making decisions, leveraging the collective experience of the team versus an individualized approach or that is either sold or forced onto the team. Dane Graham [00:04:14]: And we remain small enough to be very nimble and able to move quickly on that team based decision making process. But by far the largest dedicated team that all weigh into and have vast experiences that color and shape the way that we approach the market in net finance. Christina McNamara [00:04:32]: Now you've spent nearly two decades advising asset managers at Citi and rbc, two of the world's largest global banks. So you had a front row seat really to how asset managers navigate cycles, liquidity, shocks, regulatory shifts. How did that experience shape how you think about capital structures and risk today? Dane Graham [00:04:57]: Yeah, I did have the benefit of working at one of the first investment banking coverage groups that carved out a portion of the financial institution team to focus on the asset management industry and so fortunately had the opportunity to grow up with the institutionalization of the alternative asset management landscape and work on the first IPOs and take the first alternative asset manager through the ratings agency process, execute the first alternative asset management IPO deal, among other first. And so it was a great opportunity to really see deep into a large number of managers through both M&amp;A and capital markets and see that throughout the cycle that occurred and in particular through the GFC and really get to understand how these platforms are set up, what's unique about the platforms and what's unique about the alternative asset management landscape overall. And importantly, understanding the alignment, any incentives that exist within the GPS, the LPs for these platforms. I also had the opportunity to highlight to me how the capital markets are really set up well to serve these platforms in certain areas of their ecosystem, but not all. And so those early days shined a little bit of a light on the opportunity that NAV finance would have with within these ecosystems. That is just really underserved and it's really filling that gap Today. Chris [00:06:24]: Another dynamic at play here is made the shift from being an advisor to an investor. Can you tell us what changed most in how you approached these decisions once it became your capital at risk? Dane Graham [00:06:37]: Yeah, Chris, I would make an important distinction that our founder would say, it's not our capital, it's our limited partner's capital. And that is the mindset that we approach the market with. But the largest difference between those two roles is the incentive structure, an advisory role. The incentive structure is to get things done. You're rewarded for closing a deal, whereas as a principal, you own the outcome. And you are rewarded really once the outcome is achieved years later, and only if it's positive. So. But if you want your role as an advisor to be long standing and valued over time, you need to be thinking similarly about which deals make sense, what the underlying risks are involved, et cetera, et cetera. Dane Graham [00:07:18]: But ultimately you don't own it after the deal is signed. So as a principal, there's that extra focus on governance, documentation, monitoring, thinking in terms of durability, not just outcomes. Christina McNamara [00:07:32]: Before your time advising asset managers, you actually started your career at one of the world's largest operating companies, ExxonMobil. Does that operating mindset influence how you evaluate private equity portfolios today? Dane Graham [00:07:49]: Yeah, Christina, I'd say I spent a lot of time in another operating business as well, a dairy farm, growing up, and then ExxonMobil. And I think what they've taught me is the importance of risk and risk management. I've always been around risk as a function of those organizations. Growing up on a farm, When I was very young, I once took a shortcut through the barnyard to avoid walking through the rain. And I got roughed up by an unhappy heifer and learned quickly that shortcuts have material risk to them, you know, so you always, you kind of always need to do the work at exit on the organization. As a large operating organization is very focused on risks and really to the point where the first page of every monthly and quarterly performance report was incidents, not earnings, not revenue. And I'm sure it's the same today. It was really about incidents. Dane Graham [00:08:42]: So it was a focus on control. What you control can control, but always have a deep understanding of what you can't control and how it costs, how it can cost you and what the risks are. So both have led me to think longer term and stay focused on repeatable processes while being able to adapt as well. Chris [00:09:02]: Let's talk about 17 Capital as the OG, a pioneer in the market. The firm was active in that financing long before that became mainstream. Can you take us through a little bit of the history? What did the market look like when the firm first started and how has that evolved? Dane Graham [00:09:18]: Yeah, like what does a market look like before it is a market? Kind of. You're actually creating it at the start. So that what that meant was really largely translating an idea based on a deep understanding of the private equity ecosystem and what's there and what's lacking and really trying to turn that idea into action and ultimately a market. So there was a very, really very limited awareness of the product. There was a significant amount of education that needed to occur, which was a significant amount of the time of the folks at 17Capital spending both with GPs and LPs to really explain what NAV finance is and how it can be used and how it can be applied to create more value and ultimately kind of driving the proliferation of use cases that exist today. Transactions were very bespoke, very highly structured and really a strong emphasis on trust and long term relationships and alignment within the market and within each individual deal. Christina McNamara [00:10:18]: If you zoom out a little bit, the private market landscape today looks very different from what it did when you first entered capital. Is more global access points for investors have multiplied. So as you fast forward to today, I'm curious what's changed the most in your view? The sheer demand for private markets, exposure, the sophistication and expectation of buyers or the actual products themselves? Dane Graham [00:10:46]: Yeah, all three have changed and evolved as you highlight. And with respect to NAV finance in the broader private equity equity market, a demands or adoption has been the biggest change though and has accelerated the most. There are points in the market where borrowers have been forced to explore alternative forms of finance such as during COVID and that has kind of helped accelerate the awareness and ultimately adoption. And then really once utilized, the value creation is quite clear. And so it becomes used again in other areas of the manager's ecosystem, either on another fund or at the management company or vice versa. So there. So what's driving that market? The biggest change is adoption. And that adoption is coming from not only new borrowers entering the market, but also repeat users that have already adopted, that are proliferating the use of NAV throughout their platforms. Dane Graham [00:11:43]: And gps are now acting more proactive versus reactive. I think it used to Be that no one ever called us for a transaction. We would typically have to always be calling on GPS and hearing and seeing what's happening within their ecosystem and then proposing ideas to help them capitalize on those opportunities. Now the market's grown and adopted to the point where they're aware and we do, they do call us, we do receive inbounds. And so the market's come a long way over that last 18 years with that market. Chris [00:12:14]: Evolution has also become maybe the discovery of this opportunity and a change in the competitive landscape. Some might even say the market's getting a lot more crowded. Against that backdrop, how does 17Capital maintain its leadership position? Dane Graham [00:12:30]: Yeah, Chris, we really benefit from a first mover advantage. And I alluded to it as why I joined 17 Capital. It's very unique to be operating in the market for 10 years before really before you see your first competitor. And so having executed 125 transactions, fully exited half of those. We really have unparalleled experience. And borrowers in the market want to work with an organization that has seen it all, that can provide guidance and insights into considerations before they become aware or apparent to the borrower. Ultimately, this is a financing that is opportunistic and is largely to capture value. So borrowers are looking for size, speed and certainty. Dane Graham [00:13:13]: And those factors really come from experience, not from doing it once or twice. On top of that, it's maintaining the relationship approach, the solutions oriented approach in this market and being very transparent on what you can and are able to do and what fits your capital solutions and what doesn't. Christina McNamara [00:13:31]: You've mentioned earlier that 17 Capital really has two core products within NAV, GP Solutions and NAV Loans. Can you walk us through the differences between the two and when each makes sense? Dane Graham [00:13:46]: Yeah, sure. We do provide two main product solutions, if you will, for, for LPs to invest in. And they're really divided between the borrower type. And so we, we think of them all as NAB because that ultimately is the underlying exposure or the vast majority of the underlying exposure that we're underwriting. Those diversified portfolios of private equity buyout exposure. But the two different products, the non dilutive GP solutions is really for the GP or LP as borrower. It's flexible fit for purpose capital used by the GP or partners of the GP to continue to invest more capital behind their business and their own funds, helping them further align themselves with their LPs and drive further growth of the GP at the same time. And so we work with GPS in that manner. Dane Graham [00:14:41]: We also work with LPs who think similarly to GPS, who have meaningful exposure to the buyout asset class and are seeking to invest further behind strong portfolios or behind their favorite managers. And then we provide a what we call credit, which is the market would refer to as NAV loans, which is generally two primary private equity funds with the purpose to facilitate additional value capture in a non dilutive way, typically through portfolio company M and A and sometimes capital structure optimization, or to facilitate better overall fund management by getting the fund more fully invested, improving fee ratios as well as adding to the nominal return for LPs. Christina McNamara [00:15:28]: There still seems to be a misconception that NAV finance is only for distressed solutions. How do you push back on that narrative? Dane Graham [00:15:37]: Yeah, I actually think this misconception is fading pretty fast and maybe that's wishful thinking. But I think as the market continues to adopt it sees more transactions that it be it's becoming very clear to all of those that are utilizing and ultimately seeing it utilized that it's really a tool that's for high quality performing portfolios and for truly institutionalized managers. It's not for distress. It's primarily designed and used to accelerate growth and capture additional value where one of the main feedstocks for accelerating that growth and capturing that value is flexible capital. And again, as the market adopts you can the use cases become much more visible and as the earlier transaction season the value creation is pretty clear in these transactions. So I think as a function of adoption we are seeing the evidence that truly is a misconception and that the tool is really built for. It's built for driving value where there's already been quality performing portfolios that can compound that value over time. Chris [00:16:46]: Let's talk about the strategic partnership between 17 Capital and Oaktree in Brookfield. Those firms own roughly 50% of the business. Can you take us through how this relationship works in practice? Dane Graham [00:16:59]: Yeah, Chris. We do have a relationship with the Oaktree Brookfield organization. And it's now been four years since we've created that partnership. And part of the idea of it was to further enhance the 17 Capital brand in the US amongst borrowers, ultimately validate the underwriting process. 17 Capital with the rubber stamp, if you will, from an organization like Oaktree who's made its history within the credit markets and obviously very well known for cred. But the idea of the partnership was to be fully autonomous and continue to operate independently at 17 Capital. So no change to the the investment philosophy, no change to the investment process, no change to the ic but ultimately benefit from the resources of a much broader organization that include underwriting capability, that includes size and scale among a number of other factors. And so it's really one of those unique relationships with a high level of support and network and resources, but without interference. Dane Graham [00:18:06]: And that was the idea of striking the relationship with Oaktree. And it's been quite a good partnership so far. Christina McNamara [00:18:13]: Let's talk about operational autonomy a little bit more. Why is it so important, particularly in a specialized market like this? Dane Graham [00:18:22]: Yeah, the autonomy allows us to continue to move quickly and independently, which is necessary for this market. As I mentioned, the use cases here are typically strategic and so speed and certainty are really paramount to the borrower. It was important to preserve the culture and the underwriting approach, discipline. It's been an 18 year history now of executing. We're really developing the market and executing the way that we have approached it as an organization. And maintaining that was really critical to us and ultimately to our LPs and our borrowers. It's to maintain the GP trust. The, the information stays, you know, with 17Capital, it's not shared more broadly, there are walls in place that protect that. Dane Graham [00:19:08]: And it's to avoid conflICts of interest. All we do is NAF finance. We don't do anything else. The broader organization has many other solutions, but we think our sole focus on NAF finance is quite unique, especially at our scale. And it is completely void of conflICts of lending at the portfolio company level or other solutions that could present conflICts of interest. Chris [00:19:34]: That is critically important. If we shift gears a little bit and talk about the current market environment, the trends that we're seeing now across private markets. Can you share your thoughts on some of the macro trends that are driving record demand for NAV finance today and any other observations you have from the market dynamic as it currently exists? Dane Graham [00:19:55]: Yeah, we do see some things from the current and recent market that has helped accelerate use cases for NAV finance. I think going back a couple years, the spike in rates. Yeah. Drove some. A little bit of a freeze in markets overall with some uncertainty of where that was ultimately going to land. What does it mean for performance, valuation, defaults, other items? And so we've had as a result, a bit of a slower exit environment for an extended period of time within private equity. And private equity managers, if they're holding their assets, waiting for a more opportune time to exit, they can't just sit on their hands. They need to continue to drive value creation within those portfolios. Dane Graham [00:20:41]: And one of the feedstocks for that value creation is capital. And so now finance can be can provide that. It can help them continue to grow their portfolios and drive that value and ultimately look for a more opportune time to exit. So that is definitely driving use cases at both the fund level to continue to grow those portfolios as well as the manager level as they continue to grow as managers raised for capital but are not seeing the same liquidity themselves for their interest in their own portfolios to reinvest in the newer fund vintages. So there's use cases at multiple levels of the organization as a result. But it's the overall growth of NAV is less about the existing market environment. It's more about the size of the overall market, its growth and the adoption of NAV in particular across the market and just the need for more tools given the size of the market. So we see the buyout market at about 4 trillion of value that's expected to double in the next six or so seven years. Dane Graham [00:21:51]: And naffinance is just a small portion of that overall market. And our opportunity set has increased about 30% per year over the last five, six years fairly regularly. So we think the, the driver of the market is less the market environment, it's more the adoption. And a little bit of a proof case that was in 2021. We saw pretty substantial step up from, from the prior years and that's a result of higher deal activity in the market. Does present the opportunity to capture more value if you have the capital to be able to do it. So we think it's well suited for the overall market environment. Whatever we're facing over the last couple Christina McNamara [00:22:33]: of years the backdrop has shifted meaningfully. How are GPs thinking differently about capital solutions today than they were to give years ago? Dane Graham [00:22:47]: I think gps are continue to grow, platforms continue to grow, the market continues to grow. It kind of ties back into some of what I just shared that they need more tools to be able to better manage the overall portfolios as well as the GP. And I think there's been a number of tools in place and they're very, they've been very well worn at the portfolio company level and select tools at the GP level, but not as many tools at the fund level itself, which is what we're doing with the NAV loans and at the GP for in particular their balance sheets. And so we see gps being more strategic and planned around that, educating themselves on the new tools quite rapidly and then finding the appropriate time in place to, to begin to use them and adopt them. And the general premise of it is when and where it makes sense and to create value. And once they do that with a new tool, they tend to become repeat users of it. And so that's probably the biggest change with respect to how it applies to NAV and GP's thinking around capital solutions over time. I think one of the other larger items that is coming and is actively being thought through is generational transfer and as time passes, how gps are ultimately going to facilitate the rotation of the ownership of the GP from what was a founding generation ultimately to the folks that will be driving it going forward when the founding generation moves on. Dane Graham [00:24:21]: And that's something that is a large opportunity set ultimately for us and something that the market is actively thinking through and working on. Chris [00:24:28]: Do you think those factors will lead NAV financing to become or to be seen more as a permanent part of the private markets capital stack? Dane Graham [00:24:37]: Yeah, we have pretty high conviction around that. We see somewhat similar adoption curves as we saw to the subscription line market a decade ago and how once it began and folks really appreciated what was happening and how it was being used and why it was value creating very quickly adopted it across the market. We think the same is happening within NAV finance mainly because the fundamentals are there, the needs are ultimately there and the solution is built for exactly that. And so we expect that most gps will be users of NAV finance eventually and likely the early adopters will be at an advantage and will probably have captured additional value and have had provided better performance for themselves and for their LPs. And that itself will drive others to adopt as well. Christina McNamara [00:25:29]: If the last five years have taught us anything, it's that private markets can evolve quickly when capital conditions, regulation and investor expectations shift. So now, looking ahead five years from now, how do you expect this market to look any different? Do you see any structural changes or, or is the biggest shift in the buyer, in who the buyers are and what they demand from managers? Dane Graham [00:25:58]: Yeah, I think we're going to see, obviously our view is we're going to see a larger market. I think it's going to be more institutionalized market. With adoption continuing to accelerate. I think we'll probably see a little bit more of a uniform or standardized reporting with respect to NAV among the uses, specifically at the, at the fund level as more adopt. And I think there's probably going to be a clear segmentation of providers across the market given just given the overall size of the market and scale and where managers will be best suited to provide these types of solutions. And as we see new entrants into the market I think there's probably going to be a much more widely understood set of best practices that will exist across the marketplace. Chris [00:26:49]: So, Dane, as we see the market continuing to develop and as we're maybe anticipating some of these best practices to emerge, knowing that you've had so many of these conversations and 17Capital has been involved in this market going back to before it was an actual market, what is the advice you'd give to GPs who are considering NAV finance for the first time? What are the questions they should be asking upfront? Dane Graham [00:27:13]: I really think there are three questions that GP should ask themselves or three main questions GP should ask themselves when thinking about a NAV financing is one, what is the use case and what are the opportunities that exist that they can capture? Two is what does it really mean to be fit for purpose and in a NAV financing solution? And three is who do they want to work with? What type of lender do they want to work with? On the first one, it is really about are they, are they foregoing opportunities that could be captured and create a lot of value if they just had a different tool or they could move faster and more quickly with higher certainty? NAV provides that and it and it, it avoids having to bend other solutions into place to be able to capture those opportunities in terms of a fit for purpose there. It's a developing market and the idea of an NAV solution should be one that is designed so that the GP can continue to make the decisions around the portfolio that they deem appropriate, whatever the environment that they face, and that the outcome is ultimately within their control and that the NAV facility doesn't force inappropriate decisions on them at the wrong times. And so being fit for purpose and structured that way is an important question that they should ask themselves. Is the solution actually meeting that criteria? And it's an important one for their LPs and then I think it's who do they want to work with as a lender? And NAV is something that is relatively new. It's unlike other lending solutions like portfolio company leverage, which every lender has and every GP has done hundreds of it's typically solutions that folks are doing for the first time. And so working with parties that have the experience and have been through it and seen it all ultimately create that certainty of execution and also what type of conflicts might exist. So is the provider an LP? Does that yet create some level of misconnect versus other LPs within the portfolio or misalignment? Or are they already a lender to the portfolio and what type of conflicts exist there. So I think that's the other thing for them to keep in mind and ask themselves about whether or not those those conflicts are manageable. Christina McNamara [00:29:31]: For young professionals looking to build a career in this space, what skills or experiences matter the most and what advice would you give them? Dane Graham [00:29:41]: Yeah, we've got a number of them and we are generally looking for talented folks that have really a strong understanding of the private equity market. Ecosystem of private equity portfolios we'll understand companies from both a valuation and a credit perspective are creative thinkers because all of these transactions are bespoke and you're trying to design the best solution. Ultimately we look for folks with a team approach that like solving puzzles, if you will, together as a team as opposed to maybe more individually. But I'd also say kind of a key and very different from other types of lending is a bit of a resilient approach. You have to be willing to go out and create the solution and know that you may have a number of conversations, a number of great ideas that ultimately don't materialize, and you need to continue to go out and seek those opportunities. It's very different from expecting to review opportunities that come across your desk because the financing solution is by definition necessary and so it leans more to folks that are, I think, a little bit more ambitious in terms of going out and trying to create an opportunity themselves. Christina McNamara [00:31:03]: Thank you all for joining us for this episode of Private Markets360, where we had the pleasure of hearing Dane Graham's insights on the evolution of strategic financing in private markets. Dane's channel journey from advising global financial institutions to investing at one of the original pioneers of NAV finance offers a unique perspective on how capital solutions have matured into essential tools for long term value creation. We explored 17 Capital's role as an early architect of GP solutions and NAV loans, the misconceptions surrounding these strategies, and how thoughtful flexible capital can help GPS navigate liquidity growth and portfolio optimization in a shifting market environment. Dean also shared valuable perspectives on market Trends, alignment with LPs and what the next chapter of private markets may hold. If you enjoyed this episode, please subscribe to Private Markets360 and leave us a review. Join us next time as we continue to explore the world of private markets and bring you more insights from industry leaders. Until then, keep thinking critically and exploring the opportunities that lie ahead in private markets. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/062426-concerns-linger-over-corsia-credit-demand-despite-passage-of-iran-us-ceasefire-agreement</link><description>Demand forâ&amp;#x80;¯Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviationâ&amp;#x80;¯credits from airlines may notâ&amp;#x80;¯immediatelyâ&amp;#x80;¯pick up following an agreement between Iran and the US to end the conflict in West Asia, as several challengesâ&amp;#x80;¯persist, developers and traders told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy, in the week of June 22. Despite the optimism associated with the announcement in the wider</description><title>Concerns linger over CORSIA credit demand despite passage of Iran-US ceasefire agreement</title><pubDate>24 June 2026 14:06:31 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Anirudh Iyer</name><name>Felix Njini</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Carbon, Emissions June 24, 2026 Concerns linger over CORSIA credit demand despite passage of Iran-US ceasefire agreement By Anirudh Iyer and Felix Njini Editor: Adithya Ram Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS CORSIA credit prices fall 37.5% since war Airlines delay purchases amid policy uncertainty EU eligibility rules slow European buyer activity Demand forâ¯Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviationâ¯credits from airlines may notâ¯immediatelyâ¯pick up following an agreement between Iran and the US to end the conflict in West Asia, as several challengesâ¯persist, developers and traders told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, in the week of June 22. Despite the optimism associated with the announcement in the wider commodities markets, participants Platts spoke to said there were challenges with securing funds at lower rates, thin margins in the airline sector, andâ¯a lack of strict regulatoryâ¯directions,â¯which may not result in a sharp rise in interest from airlines for carbon credits. Immediately after the conflict escalatedâ¯in March,â¯energy prices shot up, nudging airlines toâ¯allocateâ¯fundsâ¯to ensure theyâ¯procuredâ¯jet fuel at competitive prices. The Platts-assessed CEC current year price has fallen by 37.5% since the start of the war in late February to date. Platts reported earlier that Iran and the US signed a memorandum of understanding to end the conflict and decided toâ¯subsequentlyâ¯engage in high-level negotiations to devise a plan within the nextâ¯ 60 days to permanentlyâ¯resolve the dispute. An Asia-based developer with carbon projects eligible to supply credits into the CORSIA market for the first phase said it thinks the agreement can result in an improvement in demand, but was not sure of the exact timelineâ¯for that. "Survival is the priority now for most of the participants, and even after the conclusion of the war, it may take at least another eight months for demand revivalâ¯in the larger carbon market," according to an India-based developer looking to set up a CORSIA project in Africa. Besides persistent weakness in demand from airlines stemming from various policy and geopolitical developments, new projects receiving eligibility to supply credits into Phase 1 of the scheme also weighed on prices. Currently, the following projects are eligible to supply credits into phase 1 of CORSIA CORSIA-eligible projects as of May 29 ID Project name Developer Project Type Standard Region Country 102 ART Trees Guyana JREDD+ ART Trees Americas Guyana 11677* Biomass Energy conservation programme Hestian Cookstove Gold Standard Africa Malawi 11732 Efficient and Clean Cooking for households in Tanzania BURN Cookstove Gold Standard Africa Tanzania 3699 DelAgua Clean Cooking Grouped Project in Rwanda DelAgua Cookstove Verra Africa Rwanda 4150 DelAgua Clean Cooking Grouped Project in Rwanda DelAgua Cookstove Verra Africa Rwanda 4000 DelAgua Clean Cooking Grouped Project in Gambia DelAgua Cookstove Verra Africa Gambia 3837 DelAgua Clean Cooking Grouped Project in Sierra Leone DelAgua Cookstove Verra Africa Sierra Leone 2924 Grouped Projects for Laos Improved Cookstove INTRACO Carbon Cookstove Verra Asia Laos 3204 Grouped Projects for Laos Water purifier INTRACO Carbon Water purfier Verra Asia Laos 11639 Spouts water purifier programme in Africa Spouts International Water purfier Gold Standard Africa Rwanda 10959* Safe Water Project In Rwanda Iceberg Environment Water purfier Gold Standard Africa Rwanda 3052 Grouped Project For Cambodia Water purfier INTRACO Carbon Water purfier Verra Asia Cambodia 2925 Grouped Projects for Cambodia Improved Cookstove INTRACO Carbon Cookstove Verra Asia Cambodia 2311, 2312, 2313, 2314, 2315, 2685, 2687, 2688, 2689, 2690, 2772, 2773, 2774, 2775, 2776, 2777, 2778, 2779, 2780, 2825, 2826, 2827 Madagascar Improved Cook Stove Project Korea Carbon Management Cookstove Verra Africa Madagascar 4531 Reducing Gas Leakages within the Hududgaz Gas Distribution Networks across Uzbekistan ECOEYE, GasGreen Asia, EcoCarbon Services Leak detection and repair (LDAR) Verra Asia Uzbekistan 2676 Community Carbon Efficient Cooking Programme UpEnergy Cookstove Verra Africa Tanzania Total available supply Disclaimer: 11677* refers to the POA ID.Project IDs encompass: 11902, 11903, 11904, 11905, 11906, 11907, 11908, 11909, 11910, 11911, 11912, 11913, 11914, 11915, 11916, 11917, 11918, 11919, 11920, 11921, 11922, 11923, 11924, 11925, 11926, 11927, 11928, 11929, 11930, 11931, 11932 Disclaimer: 10959* refers to the POA ID. Project IDs encompass: 11098, 11133,11134,11135,11136,11137 Airlines hold back from purchasing Participants Platts spoke toâ¯said the lukewarm buying interest from airlinesâ¯was a key reason for the decline in prices for CORSIA credits. The Platts-assessed CORSIA price for current year delivery was at $9.75/mtCO2e on June 23, down from $21.75/mtCO2e during the same time the previous year, Platts data showed. The June 24 assessments of Jet CIF northwest Europe cargo and Jet Kero FOB Singapore cargo increased by 11% and 18.8%, respectively, from around the time of the conflict, Platts data showed. An incremental rise in the rate of borrowing has also resulted inâ¯a generalâ¯slowdown in investments in carbon projects, thereby reducing demand from institutional buyers, a South Asia-based cookstove developer said. Market participants said airlinesâ¯making sporadic purchases forâ¯smaller volume CORSIA credits were more reflective of their efforts to test the market rather thanâ¯theirâ¯interest in being well-equipped to mitigate their emissions. Platts previously reported that Singapore Airlines retired 134,781 CORSIA phase 1 credits in April, while Shell retired 180,000 mt credits for Japan Airlines in March. "These deals can't be considered as firm demand from airlines since it is not a recurring purchase," a Japan-based trader said. Echoingâ¯a similar sentiment, an India-basedâ¯developer/trader said that sinceâ¯airlines were already a stressed sectorâ¯in terms of profit margins,â¯perhaps aâ¯"travel boom" following the peace agreement may nudge airlines to look at purchasing large volume credits. Possible fragmentation The introduction of an additional layer of quality checks by the EU has further contributed to the lull in the market as participants moved to the sidelines amid concerns over a further division in market operations. Earlier this year,â¯Platts reportedâ¯the EU was considering introducing stricter rules of eligibility forâ¯European airlines to procure CORSIA credits under Phase 1 and Phase 2 of the scheme. The proposal said the EU would exclude credits from projects using a fraction of non-renewable biomass values above the Clean Development Mechanism's Tool 33 threshold and bar High Forest-Low Deforestation projects from eligibility. Market participants have continued to attribute stalled buying activity from European airlines to a pending decision on eligible activities. "No one is quite sure when [the EU is] going to clarify what the EU airlines can or cannot do," said a Europe-based trader. "So, for now, the EU airlines are stuck; they cannot trade, they cannot really get involved." Market participants said they expect eligibility to be clarified alongside the ETS reform review in July, with liquidity expected to increase thereafter. "All the signs point to the EU, so by the end of July, we will have clarity, then maybe trading will pick up," an Asia-based developer said. Platts alsoâ¯reported earlier that the Commission was considering extending the EU ETS beyond intra-EU flights to cover extra-European routes. Such policy uncertainties were stalling a sharp improvement in demand for CORSIA credits from airlines, along with developing geopolitical and economic developments in major regions across the globe, market participants said. "Perhaps some implementation pressure from IATA can help with demand improvement," an India-based trader said.â¯ US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/061626-caiso-sets-wind-solar-peak-records-on-increased-capacity-favorable-weather</link><description>The California Independent System Operator set a solar peak generation record of 22.849 gigawatts and a wind peak record of 8.312 GW, surpassing records set days earlier, according to the grid operator&amp;apos;s latest Key Statistics report. The May Key Statistics report showed that the solar peak record was reached at 1:47 pm PT June 10 and surpassed a May 20 record by 143 MW, while the wind peak record</description><title>CAISO sets wind, solar peak records on increased capacity, favorable weather</title><pubDate>16 June 2026 18:56:25 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Kassia Micek</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables June 16, 2026 CAISO sets wind, solar peak records on increased capacity, favorable weather By Kassia Micek Editor: Giselle Rodriguez Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Curtailments reach record high of 1.449 TWh SP15 on-peak spot prices down 81% on year The California Independent System Operator set a solar peak generation record of 22.849 gigawatts and a wind peak record of 8.312 GW, surpassing records set days earlier, according to the grid operator's latest Key Statistics report. The May Key Statistics report showed that the solar peak record was reached at 1:47 pm PT June 10 and surpassed a May 20 record by 143 MW, while the wind peak record was reached at 1:41 am May 15 and surpassed a May 4 record by 564 MW. "Capacity growth is the main driver as CAISO has added more solar and wind resources, which are now contributing to these totals," CAISO spokesperson Jayme Ackeman said June 16. "We've also added more battery storage resources to help capture some of the additional capacity these additions are bringing online. Approximately 17,000 MW as of now. Weather conditions this time of year also typically contribute to achieving these records. We typically see our highest outputs in spring as the days get longer and weather provides both stronger solar output and spring wind patterns." Wind record "The wind records are driven by the testing of the SunZia line," said Annie Gutierrez, S&amp;P Global Energy CERA senior research analyst. "The project is set to be fully operational this month." The SunZia wind and transmission system, touted as the largest clean energy infrastructure project ever in the US, was announced as fully operational June 2. The over 2.4-GW SunZia Wind South and nearly 1.1-GW SunZia Wind North projects in New Mexico connect to the Palo Verde substation in Arizona via a roughly 550-mile high-voltage transmission line that recently came under the California Independent System Operator's operational control. CAISO's installed wind capacity jumped 42% month over month or 3.651 MW between April and May, according to the Key Statistics report Solar record CAISO's installed solar capacity increased 1.3% month over month or 298 MW in May, according to the Key Statistics report. For the first five months of 2026, utility-scale solar surpassed natural-gas generation in CAISO, as solar electricity generation was up 21% compared to the same period in 2024, and gas generation decreased 60%, according to the US Energy Information Administration. Utility-scale solar generated more electricity than natural gas on a daily basis on 82% of days in the first five months of 2026, up from 21% in 2024 and 2025. "Solar records are driven by increased capacity and favorable spring/early summer weather conditions, though curtailment continues to eat into potential generation despite strong battery build-out," Gutierrez said. "We expect to see around 3 GW of solar added in 2026." CAISO wind and solar generation curtailments jumped 221% year over year to a record 1,448,995 megawatt-hours in May, which followed a 98% increase in April, according to the Key Statistics report. Battery storage capacity continues to grow in the CAISO footprint, reaching 16.531 GW in May, up 33% year over year. As curtailments and renewable capacity increased, spot prices plunged. SP15 on-peak day-ahead locational marginal price averaged $2.80/MWh in May, down 81% from a year ago. Grid operations impact These additional resources are an important factor as CAISO heads into the summer months where demand begins to peak, Ackeman said. "As a result, we are expecting the grid to perform well through the extreme weather conditions typically seen during the summer barring any unexpected emergencies," Ackeman said. "During the Spring, we also increased our exports thanks to the increased output from new generation resources." CAISO expects to add roughly 11.9 GW of wind and solar capacity through the end of 2026-end, in addition to the 5.142 GW that has achieved so far this year, she added. "This would mark a record for us, if achieved, as the most resource brought online in a single year," Ackeman said. "That said, there is a possibility some of the 11,900 MW will get pushed into 2027." US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/sustainability-insights-el-nio-2026-operational-headwind-or-credit-catalyst-s101690521</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. El NiÃ±o--the cyclical warming of sea surface in the central and eastern Pacific--influences weather patterns, and together with La NiÃ±a (the cooling phase) forms the El NiÃ±o-Southern Oscillation Cycle. A stronger-than-average El NiÃ±o increases global temperatures and exacerbates extreme weather events like drought and flooding, which can cause damage and disruption to companies&amp;apos; operations, assets, and supply chains. The likelihood of one deve</description><title>Sustainability Insights: El NiÃ±o 2026: Operational Headwind Or Credit Catalyst?</title><pubDate>29 June 2026 15:27:27 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/062526-brazil-seeks-new-beef-markets-as-china-quota-fills-eu-ban-looms</link><description>Brazil&amp;apos;s protein industry is seeking to diversify its export routes, given that China&amp;apos;s beef quota is largely filled and the EU&amp;apos;s import ban is set to take effect in September. A redirection of trade flows is already underway as Brazil increases beef shipments to the US and Russia, S&amp;amp;P Global Energy CERA analyst Caroline Machado told Platts at the Agriculture and Livestock International Forum in</description><title>Brazil seeks new beef markets as China quota fills, EU ban looms</title><pubDate>25 June 2026 16:45:29 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Monique Murer</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Refined Products, Maritime &amp; Shipping, Energy Transition, Meat, Livestock, Biofuels, Vegetable Oils, Fuel Oil, Bunker Fuel, Renewables, Jet Fuel June 25, 2026 Brazil seeks new beef markets as China quota fills, EU ban looms By Monique Murer Editor: Meghan Gordon Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Brazil redirects beef exports to US, Russia EU bans Brazilian beef imports from September DDG boosts protein output without more land Brazil's protein industry is seeking to diversify its export routes, given that China's beef quota is largely filled and the EU's import ban is set to take effect in September. A redirection of trade flows is already underway as Brazil increases beef shipments to the US and Russia, S&amp;P Global Energy CERA analyst Caroline Machado told Platts at the Agriculture and Livestock International Forum in Campo Grande, Mato Grosso do Sul, June 18. "The US still has room to absorb additional volume, while Russia could gain further relevance after recognizing Brazil as free of foot-and-mouth disease," Machado said. Furthermore, given a transit time of roughly 45 days, Machado said shipments to China could resume around mid-November, with cargo arriving in January and counting against the following year's quota. Starting Sept. 3, Brazil will be removed from the EU's list of countries cleared to export animal products, under a measure on growth-promoter antimicrobials that the bloc formalized in early June. Within Mercosur, it singles out Brazil. Damian Lluna, representative of the EU delegation, told the conference that the rule is not new, tracing it to 2019 legislation that has bound European producers since 2022 and is only now being extended to imports. Lluna said his colleagues in Brussels are "working intensely" with Brazil's agriculture ministry, and a call had just taken place between the Brazilian and European leaderships, where a "new mechanism" had come out of it, though he offered no further details. DDG drives efficiency in protein chain Panelists said dried distillers' grains, a coproduct of corn-ethanol production, are also reshaping the protein market. "With more DDG availability in the coming years, we will be able to produce more volume without requiring additional land," said Eduardo Pedroso, Friboi's director of cattle origination. "Younger animals mean faster turnover, with weight being the key driver of profitability," while noting this is all due to DDG's high protein content. The corn-ethanol industry is mainly centered in Mato Grosso, home to the largest cattle herd in Brazil. Data from the National Union of Corn Ethanol shows there are 14 plants in Mato Grosso, representing 48% of the country's total, with six more expected to be built in the coming years. The event also highlighted corn-ethanol's low carbon intensity. "We see corn ethanol as a marine fuel closer to reality today than sustainable aviation fuel," AndrÃ©a VerÃ­ssimo, UNEM's international relations director, told Platts at the event. "Since you can't swap a vessel's engine, the solution has to be drop-in, and corn ethanol is well on its way there." Aviation, by contrast, remains a longer game; the sector is still working out how to bridge the gap between SAF and fossil fuel, VerÃ­ssimo said. Part of that future involves technical corn oil, an ethanol coproduct being repositioned from animal feed to SAF. "We're looking at TCO in a way we didn't before," VerÃ­ssimo said, as the product's low-carbon intensity makes it eligible for SAF production. What sets the Brazilian product apart, VerÃ­ssimo said, is that it is an intermediate crop rather than a primary one, and, unlike sugarcane, it can be stored, so there is no seasonal break in supply. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item></channel></rss>